Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout139-92 RESOLUTIONtir sue r + RESOLUTION NO. 139-92 A RESOLUTION AWARDING A CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT TO SWEETSER CONSTRUCTION COMPANY IN THE AMOUNT OF $129,745.00 PLUS A CONTINGENCY OF $15,570.00 FOR REPLACEMENT OF CULVERT/BRIDGE AT SOUTH COLLEGE OVER TIN CUP CREEK NORTH OF JEFFERSON ELEMENTARY AND APPROVAL OF A BUDGET ADJUSTMENT IN THE AMOUNT OF $145,315.00. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: Section 1. That the Mayor and City Clerk are hereby authorized and directed to execute a contract with Sweetser Construction Company in the amount of $129,745.00 plus a contingency amount of $15,570.00 for replacement of culvert/bridge at South College over Tin Cup Creek North of Jefferson Elementary. A copy of the contract authorized for execution hereby is attached hereto marked Exhibit "A" and made a part hereof. Section 2. That the Board of Directors hereby approves a budget adjustment in the amount of $145,315.00 decreasing Account No. 4470-9470-5315.00 to increase the account of Bridge Replacement: Acct. No. 4470-9470-5315.00, Project No. 92085-0000. A copy of the budget adjustment authorize for execution is attached hereto and made a part hereof. PASSED AND APPROVED this 15th day of September , 1992. ATTEST: • CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS IN -YEAR BUDGET ADJUSTMENT ADJUSTMENT # BUDGET YEAR 1992 DEPT• Public Works DIV : Engineering PROG: Captital Imprvmt DATE REQUESTED 8 Sept 92 PROJECT OR ITEM REQUESTED: Concrete Box Culvert project, to replace the existing bridge over Tin Cup Creek on South College (near Jefferson Elm.). JUSTIFICATION OF THIS INCREASE As noted by the AHTD Bridge Inspection Report, the bridge on South Collegeis structurally deficent. Unbudgeted Capital item. PROJECT OR ITEM DELETED: "Various channel improvements" (re -allocated, not deleted) JUSTIFICATION OF THIS DECREASE Unobligated funds are available in the General Various Channel Improvement Program INCREASE ACCOUNT TITLE Bridge Replacement ACCOUNT NUMBER PROJ. NO. 4470-9470-5-31500 92085-0000 AMOUNT $145,315.QQ DECREASE ACCOUNT TITLE ACCOUNT NUMBER PROJ. NO. 4470-9470-5315.00 (0. 428 budget) AMOUNT $145,315.00 REVUE TED BY B DG COORDINATOR D ARTMEN IRECTOR DATE BUDGET OFFICE USE ONLY Entered &Aft twi Posted DATE OF APPROVAL By Date Type: ABCDE F'AYETTEVI LLE THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS DEPARTMENTAL CORRESPONDENCE , To: Scott Linebaugh, City Managerirect7! Thru: Kevin Crosson, Public Works or Don Bunn, City Engineer/p.n, From: Jim Beavers, Engineering Date: 8 September 92 /''--�� Re: Agenda Request, 15 September 92 Board Meeting Supplemental information - Results of the Bid opening held 8 Sept 92 for the Concrete box culvert to replace the existing bridge on South College over Tin Cup Creek. 1. Bid opening. Bids were opened at 2:00 on 8 September 1992 with the following results: McClinton- Sweetser Engineers's Anchor Estimate Total Bid $212,634.00 $129,745.00 $100,653.00 The low bid of $129,745.00 submitted by Sweetser Construction Company is recommended for award. Additionally, the approval of a project contingency/budget of $15,570.00 (12%) is requested. The project contingency is necessary to fund the Right-of-way acquisition, material testing, potential change -orders and the potential variations in the construction and construction management contracts. The total obligation thus requested is $145,315.00. 2. Budget. The bridge rehabilitation is an unbudgeted capital item and will require a funding source and budget adjustment. The proposed budget item to be increased is account no. 4470-9470-5-315 00 - Capital Improvement Construction Fund, contract services, drainage improvements (page 428 in the budget). • After consultation with the budget staff, the proposed source for the program increase is the re -allocation of "Various Channel Improvement" bond funds (page 428 in the budget). 3. Board Action requested (15 Sept 92 Meeting): a. A resolution to award the unit price construction contract to Sweetser Construction Company in the estimated amount of $129,745.00. b. Approve the requested project contingency/budget of $15,570.00. c. Approve the enclosed budget adjustment to fund the construction and establish the project budget at $145,315.00. encls: 1. Copy of Bid from Sweetser. 2. Copy of engineers estimate (received 8 Sept 92) 3. Budget Adjustment Principals Danny L. Brown, P.E. Bob H. Crafton, P.E. Thomas E. Hopper, P.E. R.E. Reece, P.E. David Swearingen, A.I.A. Lemuel H. Tull, P.E. September 8. 1992 Mr. Jim Beavers Project Engineer The City of Fayetteville 113 West Mountain Fayetteville, AR 72701 Crafton, Tull & Associates, Inc. Architects & Engineers RE: Engineer's Estimate South College Street Box Culvert CTA No. 92088.00 Associates Everett L. Balk, P.E. James L. Burke, P.E. D.E. Chapman, P.E. James W. Kooistra, A.I.A. Rick G. Rose, R.L.S. Gary Wain Ryer, A.I.A. James P. Swearingen, A.I.A. Dear Sir: Attached Is the estimated cost to complete said box culvert as was requested. Should you have any questions, please feel free to contact us. Sincerely, CRAFTON, TULL & ASSOCIATES, INC. Thomas E. Hopper, P.E. TEH/sc Encl. P.O. Box 549 / 2800 North 2nd Street / Rogers, Arkansas 72757-0549 / (501) 636-4838 / FAX (501) 631-6224 ITEM •••• 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.1 5.0 6.0 7.0 7.1 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 SOUTH COLLEGE STREET BOX CULVERT BRIDGE NO. 19528 CTA NO. 92088.00 DESCRIPTION Clearing & grubbing Unclassified excavation 18" R.C.P. Standard drop inlet Drop inlet extension Dumped rock rip -rap Relocate existing water Std. Drop EST. UNIT UNITS QUANPRICE *sox L.S. L.S. L.F. EA. L.F. S.Y. line L.S. EA. EA. L.F. 43 L.F. 287 L.F. 326 S.Y. 460 S.Y. 460 L.F. 326 EA. 3 C.Y. 152 concrete manhole 6'-12' manhole Concrete encasement 12" ductile iron san. sewer Concrete curb & gutter Aggretate base course 3" asphaltic concrete hot mix 4" concrete sidewalk 5" concrete drive apron Class "S" concrete Seeding 1 110,000.00 1 13,000.00 81 120.00 6 11,200.00 8 185.00 200 120.00 16.000.00 3 31,000.00 Z 12,000.00 L.S. 1 120.00 133.00 16.00 14.50 16.60 110.00 1500.00 1250.00 TOTAL 110,000.00 13,000.00 11,620.00 17,200.00 1680.00 14,000.00 16,000.00 13,000.00 14,000.00 1860.00 39,471.00 31,956.00 12,070.00 13,036.00 13,260.00 11,500.00 138,000.00 31,000.00 11,000.00 ••s••••••••• 3100,653.00 BID PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: Box Culvert for South College Street - Fayetteville,_ Arkansas Bridge No. 19528 (B) CTA JOB# 92088.00 (C) THIS BID IS SUBMITTED TO: (Name and address of Owner) The City of Fayetteville, Arkansas 113 West Mountain Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 1 The undersigned BIDDER proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted. to enter into an Agreement with Owner in the form included in the Contract Documents to perform and furnish all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time indicat- ed in the Contract Documents or the Contract Price and within the Contract Time indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. BIDDER accepts all of the terms and conditions of the instructions to Bidders, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid Security. This Bid will remain subject to acceptance for forty-five days after the days of the Bid opening. BIDDER will sign the Agreement with the Bonds and other documents required by the Contract Documents within fifteen days after the date of Owner's Notice of Award. 3. In submitting this Bid, BIDDER represents, as more fully set forth in the Agreement, that: (a) BIDDER has examined copies of all the Contract Documents and of the following Addenda (receipt of all which is hereby acknowledged): CD -11 COPYRIGHT 01992 DATE NUMBER (b) BIDDER has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. (c) BIDDER has studied carefully all reports and drawings of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions, and accepts any determination set forth in the Supplementary Conditions of the extent of the technical data contained in such reports and drawings upon which BIDDER is entitled to rely. (d) BIDDER has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in (c) above which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as BIDDER considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions; and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports or similar information or data are or will be required by BIDDER for such purposes. (e) BIDDER has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities and/or will be required by BIDDER in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.3 of the General Conditions. CD -12 COPYRIGHT O 1992 CRAFTON, TULL 8 ASSOCIATES, INC. (f) BIDDER has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. (g) BIDDER has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the Written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to BIDDER. (h) This Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person, firm or corporation and is not submitted in conformity with any agreement or rules of any group, association, organization, or corporation; BIDDER has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other BIDDER to submit a false or sham Bid; BIDDER has not solicited or induced any person, firm, or corporation to refrain from bidding; and BIDDER has not sought by collusion to obtain for itself any advantage over any other BIDDER or over Owner. CD -13 COPYRIGHT 0 1992 CRAFTON Tull x secnrm.m.a TOTAL. BID PRICE V j 0 • N • u` C CD 1 OE. U. L. wu N O >Nrl cco_.. CO C C4-1 0 w CU C 0 ^ w a Jr ^9 U 01 .1-1 U J E U 1. C 1, w C +.aN -4 H C 1. O Cl N w w U uw DOL L C 00 Ca/ w 0 -. 4 u -.v N CO 01 004. C CON N ▪ •-• (0 w .0 N-.0 J N C L a L O.. C. a0 Na aIJ bel 4 N Ca D .b L nn c�a N o + ^ w N 1. W Na p y G w>1... U w U E 0 0 C i O r♦ N F z W L.1 z z W La 1- F• — ce 3 La u u cc tn C O a. O ace C 03 -3 1 z m z 1-- z O 0 F- -1 • a L w C. 1. E w O 1-4 J O 0 U T wCO 3 0 CO w .0 1. c CO 00 L L J oid L L N 0 w 0)CO 4J C U9 CO O It MW 04. J 0 M 0 CO > . war O -. O 111 • 14-1 w. 0 O O -.J a CO u • a 1.01. 44 00 CO +4 C N C0 u O 1. CO CO J a a 0 0 uuvo e c c ^d CO •••• 0 •N • z W F• — C 3 3 W w u ct CD a..0 aC c4 03 —3 ca co F- 2 O N N m . J • O M CD e 14A COPTBIWIT Q j� r1/R�K TIII1 1 Icenrnw.: ...' ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS EST. QUANTITY UNIT BID PRICE TOTAL BID PRICE �6/�I �--, 4.0 Standard drop inlet installed complete in EA 6 $ $ O ;place, includes special 2'-6" x 4'-0"- 10400 / �/(J_ 0 •, curb inlets over concrete box culvert UNIT BID PRICE WRITTEN �/ IN WORDS �' & nova/e4hwownc( nova DOLLARS AND CENTS TOTAL BID PRICE WRITTEN r' 4)ted q,Ld "A bo IN WORDS DOLLARS AND CENTS 4.1 drop inlet extension, installed complete L.F. 8 W $ 1a5. $ /OGi• • _ , UNIT BID PRICE WRITTEN anti- koA.ciszc( * -G scx..&"ii asb IN WORDS DOLLARS AND / CENTS Q - � 0.� TOTAL BID PRICE WRITTEN OI tkboSa✓ n cl itbo IN WORDS DOLLARS AND CENTS r 92" 02- 5.0 Dumped rock rip rap, installed complete - S.Y. 200 $ ' / O • $ Q000 , UNIT BID PRICE WRITTEN OC IN WORDS DOLLARS AND CENTS TOTAL BID PRICE WRITTEN 40f 4 &sLd, apLA C:cApp Ih WORDS DOLLARS AND CENTS UNIT BID PRICE WRITTEN IN WORDS DOLLARS AND CENTS TOTAL BID PRICE WRITTEN P Aft- c\Dl?S0.rt A..-& iiW 1 ` w 0 DOLLARS AND CENTS UNIT BID PRICE WRITTEN IN WORDS DOLLARS AND CENTS TOTAL BID PRICE WRITTEN 4C-4.10 fkr\ 0 5 - At a7".. 4,0 IN WORDS DOLLARS AND CENTS 1 ^ EST. QUANTITY `UNIT BID PRICE' TOTAL BID PRICE N 8 N Mrs i Ni 1 N N .d rf UNITS N -3 n ITEM DESCRIPTION Relocation of existing water line complete including 6" tapping sleeves & valves, fitt- ings, thrust blocking, service line extension 6.0 and/or connections, relocations or resetting of water meters, connection to existing distribution system lines, testing, disinfection, & poly wrapping of all lines, valves & fittings Standard concrete manholes 6' - 12' depth complete in place including ring and cover 0 •n COP VONT O PAP CRAFTOIS T i ASSOCUn i RIS' UNITS IEST. QUANTITY'UNIT BID PRICEI TOTAL BID PRICE g( `i CV) w411, o UNIT BID PRICE WRITTEN IN WORDS DOLLARS AND CENTS TOTAL RIO PRICE WRITTEN h.r-r,a_I .1. .0 an _ 8� . O CO t ' ) UNIT BID PRICE WRITTEN % CO IN WORDS DOLLARS AND TOTAL BID PRICE WRITTEN �4- ��.�ti �Lc ktmcil 0 0 S 0 $ Y 0 T N DESCRIPTION 11,0 Aggregate base course, Class 7 (6" thickness) complete in place 3" asphaltic concrete hot mix installed complete in place including prime and pavement striping F _ O r4 19)28 - Fayetteville, AR • 0 4 i W U o. 0 m 4 r 0 r N z a- 1 - •C ra a W N z z 0 F- 0. cc u N W 1 0 d .-1 0. E 0 LI C 0 0 L O. n CD .14 0 d LI0 U in ...I O S me 2 W !- F F- 3 3 u • a C o a oC ae 3 -3 0 m Z: z r ✓ F - f vto N cr ` D N Y1 0 C .4 +I w u u U t d U 6 L 0 w U Y x E u E +C C .-4 0 2=1-1" 0 4 C U 7 0 c U w C 0 a c w O L M C w M U+4 w L C 0O R o W u c W Y .d • E -L d C U L > w q u 0 0 L 0 C •4 0• U •4 O X L L U O-4 o .c u c c D.y a7 .51 .c u k r a oCE>n 00 •w. •.44 ..i y ti 0140.311•61. 0 N - f 0 0 8 00 L • d +4 N 9+4 L • •40 • M W • +v G L R + d L W CO d +L LI C O. ✓ r r aU C .-di u c�s LO c d d w O Y 4 •d. M 04 O 00C U Ss- L. C may.: a.. +4 .0 O. d 0 uI0 C q 0 .a -4 CD - 14F 03PiB16tli • TOTAL CONTRACT PRICE The &WNW / AUME .41.10:4> 5 Ev,Ea 1 Necv!i iwq/ v:" (Use Words) is 9 7.4s (Use Figures) 5, BIDDER agrees that the Work will be substantially completed within 90 calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run, as provided in paragraph 2.3 of the General Conditions, and completed and ready for final payment within 120 calendar days after the date Contract Time commences to run. BIDDER accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the Work on time. 6. The following documents are attached to and make a condition of this Bid: (a) Required Bid Security in the form of: 5% Bid Bond, 5% Cashier's Check. (b) A Tabulation of Subcontractors and other persons and organizations required to be identified in this Bid. (c) Required Bidders Qualification Statement with support- ing data. 7. Communications concerning this Bid shall be addressed to: \Tag`7• sues 3,z Jit / BIDDER'S NAME 570 V. ?air- >ray ,9R. 7,2 703 BIDDER'S ADDRESS .-DI 40.55 002.,6 BIDDER'S PHONE NUMBER 8. The tens used in this Bid which are defined in the General Conditions of the Construction Contract included as part of the Contract Documents have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. SUBMITTED ON 59.7 8 , 19 :ZZ CD -15 COPYRIGHT O 1992 CRAFTON, TIAL 8 ASSOCIATES, INC. SPECIFICATIONS ANO CONTRACT DOCUMEKTS POR SOUTH COLLEGE STREET BOX CULVERT�.� -- BRIDGE 1952& _ FAYETTEVILLET,..ARKANSAS- u1 August 1992 Crafton, Tull &• Associates,• Inc. Architects & Engineers • • 1 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR SOUTH COLLEGE STREET BOX CULVERT BRIDGE 19528 FAYETTTEVILLE, ARKANSAS Prepared by: Crafton, Tull & Associates, Inc. Architects and Engineers 103 North College Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 August 1992 CTA Project No. 92088.00 • • ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS The City of Fayetteville, Arkansas OWNER 113 West Mountain ADDRESS Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 Separate sealed bids for the construction of Box Culvert for South College Street - Fayetteville, AR Bridge No. 19528 will be received by The City of Fayetteville, Arkansas at the office of Purchasing Office - Room 307 until Central Daylight Time , 1992 The CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, consisting of Advertisement Instruction to Bidders, Bid and Bid Bond, Agreement Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Payment Bond, Bond, Drawings, Specifications, and Addenda, may be the following locations: for Bids, , General Performance examined at The City of Fayetteville - Engineering Department 113 West Mountain - Fayetteville, AR 72701 Copies of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS may be obtained at the office of Crafton, Tull & Associates, Inc. located at 2800 N. Second St., Rogers, AR upon payment of $ 100.00 for each set, none of which will be refunded. By Dan Brown, P.E. First Publication Second Publication CD -1 COPYRIGHT 0 1992 CRAFTON, TULL 8 ASSOCIATES, INC. • INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 Defined Terms. Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined in the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract, NSPE-ACEC Document 1910-8, CSI 56465 (1978 editions), have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. The term, "Successful Bidder", means the lowest, qualified, responsible Bidder to whom the Owner (on the basis of Owner's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. 2. Copies of Bidding Documents. 2.1 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents in the number and or the deposit sum, if any, stated in the Advertisement for Invitation may be obtained from Engineer (unless another issuing office is designated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid). The deposit will be refunded to Bidders who submit a bona fide Bid and returns the Bidding Documents in good condition within ten days after opening of Bids, unless noted otherwise. 2.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids; neither Owner or Engineer assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations result- ing from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.3 Owner and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 3. Qualifications of Bidders. To demonstrate the qualifications to perform the Work, each Bidder must be prepared to submit within five days of Owner's request written evidence of the types set forth in the Supplementary Conditions, such as financial data, previous experience and evidence of authority to conduct business in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. Each BID must contain evidence of Bidder's qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the contract. 0-2 COPYRIGHT 0 1992 CRAFTON, TULL d ASSOCIATES, INC. 4. Examination of Contract Documents and Site. 4.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submit- ting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, or performance or furnishing of the Work, (c) consider federal, state, and local Laws, and Regulat- ions that may affect cost, progress, or performance or furnishing of the Work; (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 4.2 Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of: 4.2.1 Those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface physical conditions at the site which have been utilized by Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents Bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon non -technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. • 4.2.2 Those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site which have been utilized by Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents Bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. Copies of such reports and drawings will be made available by Owner to any Bidder on request. Those reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents, but the technical data contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraphs 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 are incorporated therein by reference. Such technical data has been identified and established in the Supplementary Conditions. 4.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Docu- ments with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by Owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and Owner does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless it is expressly provided otherwise in the Supplementary Conditions. • CD -3 COPYRIGHT 0 1992 CRAFTTULL A ASSOCIATES, INC. 4.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidder on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities and other physical conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in Paragraphs 4.2 and 4.3 of the General Conditions. 4.5 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder will, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examina- tions, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work and which Bidder deems necessary to determine his Bid for performing and furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of Contract Documents, 4.6 On request in advance, Owner will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of his Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes, clean up, and restore the site to its former condition upon comple- tion of such explorations. • 4.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of mater- ials and equipment are to be provided by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by Owner unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 4.8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by the Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of Work. CD -4 COPYRIGHT 01992 CRAFTOH, TILL & ASSOCIATES, INC. 5. Interpretations and Addenda 5.1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by Engineer as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than ten days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clari- fications will be without legal effect. 5.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Docu- ments as deemed advisable by Owner or Engineer. 6. Bid Security 6.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security, made payable to Owner, in an amount of five percent of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or bank check or a Bid Bond (on form attach- ed, if a form is prescribed) issued by a Surety meeting the requirements of Paragraph 5.1 of the General Conditions. 6.2 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required Contract Security, whereupon it will be returned. If the successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement and furnish the required contract security within 15 days of the Notice of Award, Owner may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid Security of that Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of other Bidders whom Owner believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by Owner until the earlier of the seventh day after the Effective Date of the Agreement or the forty-sixth day after the Bid opening, whereupon Bid Security furnished by such Bidder will be returned. Bid Security of Bids which are not competitive will be returned within seven days after the Bid opening. I CD -5 COPYRIGHT 01992 CRAFTON, TULL A ASSOCIATES, INC. 7. Contract Time The number of days within which, or the date by which, the Work is to be substantially completed and also completed and ready for final payment (the Contract Time), are set forth in the Bid Form and will be included in the Agreement. 8. Liquidated Damages Provisions for liquidated damages, if any, are set forth in the Agreement. 9. Substitute or Equal Items The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitutes or "or equal" items of material or equipment which may be furnished or used by Contractor if acceptable to Engineer. Application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the "effective date of the Agreement". The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor and consideration by Engineer is set forth in Paragraphs 6.7.1, and 6.7.2 and 6.7.3 of the General Conditions which may be supplemented in the General Requirements. 10. Subcontractors, etc. 10.1 If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors and other persons and organizations (including those who are to furnish the principal items of material and equipment) to be submitted to Owner in advance of the specified date prior to the effective date of the Agreement, the apparent Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall, within seven days after the Bid opening submit to Owner a list of all Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work for which such identification is required. Such list shall be accompanied by an experience statement with pertinent information regarding similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each such Subcontractor, Supplier, person, and organization, if requested by Owner. If Owner or Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, Supplier, other person or organization, either may, before the Notice of Award is given, request the apparent Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable sub- CD -6 COPYRIGHT 0 1992 CRAFTON, TULL.& ASSOCIATES, INC. stitute without an increase in Bid price. If the • apparent Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, Owner may award the Contract to the next lowest Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcon- tractors, Supplier, other persons and organization The declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid Security of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, Supplier, other person or organization listed and to whom Owner or Engineer does not make written objection prior to giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to Owner and Engineer subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Agreement as provided in Paragraph 6.8.2 of the General Conditions. 10.2 In contracts where the Contract Price is on the basis of Cost -of -Work Plus Fee, the apparent Successful Bidder, prior to the Notice of Award, shall identify in writing to Owner those portions of the Work that such Bidder proposes to subcontract and after the Notice of Award may only subcontract other portions of the Work with Owner's written consent. 10.3 No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcon- tractor, other person or organization against whom he has reasonable objection. 11. Bid Form 11.1 The Bid Form is included with the Bidding Documents; additional copies may be obtained from the Engineer. 11.2 All blanks on the Bid Forms must be completed in ink or typewriter. The Bid price of each item on the form must be stated in words and numerals; in case of a conflict, words will take precedence. 11.3 Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the signature. 11.4 Bids by partnership must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner whose title must appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. i CD -7 COPYRIGHT O 1992 CRAFTON, TILL & ASSOCIATES, INC. 12. Submission of Bids 0 0 0 Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement for Bid, and shall be included in an opaque sealed envelope, marked with the Project title and name and address of the Bidder, and accompan- ied by the Bid Security and other required documents. If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation, "BID ENCLOSED", on the face of it. 13. Modification and Withdrawal of Bids 13.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to opening of Bids. 13.2 If, within twenty-four hours after bids are opened, any Bidder files a duly signed written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of his Bid, that Bidder may withdraw his Bid and the Bid Security will be returned. Thereafter, that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents. 14. Opening Of Bids Bids will be opened a. publicly X b. privately 14.1 When Bids are opened publicly, they will be read aloud and an abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and major alternatives (if any) will be made available after the opening of Bids. 14.2 When Bids are opened privately, an abstract of the same information will be made available to Bidders within seven (7) days after the date of Bid opening. 15. Bids To Remain Open All bids shall remain open for forty five days after the day of the Bid Opening; but Owner may, in his sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid Security prior to that date. COPYRIGHT O 1992 CRAFTON, TML & ASSOCIATES, INC. 16. Award of Contract 16.1 Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work, and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder, and the right to disregard all nonconforming, non -responsive or condit- ional Bids. Also, Owner reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder, if Owner believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by Owner. Discrepan- cies in multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of unit prices. Discrepan- cies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 16.2 In evaluating Bids, Owner shall consider the qualifi- cations of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates and unit prices, or other data, as may be requested in the Bid Forms or prior to the Notice of Award. • 16.3 Owner may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors. Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work as to which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations must be submitted as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. Owner also may consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance data, and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for incorpor- ation in the work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award. 16.4 Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications, and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to Owner's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 16.5 If the contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest Bidder whose evaluation by the Owner indicates to Owner that the award will be in the best interests of the Project. CD -9 COPYRIGHT 0 1992 CRAFTON, IULL & ASSOCIATES, INC. 16.6 If the contract is to be awarded, Owner will give the • Successful Bidder a Notice of Award within forty-five days after the day of the Bid opening. 17. Performance and Other Bonds Paragraph 5.1 of the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions set forth Owner's requirements as to performance and payment Bonds. When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to Owner, it shall be accompanied by the required Perform- ance and Payment Bonds. 18. Signing of Agreement When Owner gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement and all other Contract Documents attached. Within fifteen days thereafter, Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to Owner with the required Bonds. Within ten days thereafter, Owner will deliver one fully executed signed counterpart to Contractor. Each counterpart is to be accompanied by a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate identification. [1 E CD -10 COPYRIGHT 0 1992 CRAFTON, LULL A ASSOCIATES, INC. 0 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: Box Culvert for South College Street - Fayetteville, Arkansas Bridge No. 19528 (B) CTA JOB# 92088.00 (C) THIS BID IS SUBMITTED TO: (Name and address of Owner) The City of Favetteville. Arkansas Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 1. The undersigned BIDDER proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with Owner in the form included in the Contract Documents to perform and furnish all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time indicat- ed in the Contract Documents or the Contract Price and • within the Contract Time indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. BIDDER accepts all of the terms and conditions of the instructions to Bidders, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid Security. This Bid will remain subject to acceptance for forty-five days after the days of the Bid opening. BIDDER will sign the Agreement with the Bonds and other documents required by the Contract Documents within fifteen days after the date of Owner's Notice of Award. 3, In submitting this Bid, BIDDER represents, as more fully set forth in the Agreement, that: (a) BIDDER has examined copies of all the Contract Documents and of the following Addenda (receipt of all which is hereby acknowledged): CD -11 COPYRIGHT 01992 CRAFT0N, TULL B ASSOCIATES, INC. DATE NUMBER (b) BIDDER has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. (c) BIDDER has studied carefully all reports and drawings of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions, and accepts any determination set forth in the Supplementary Conditions of the extent of the technical data contained in such reports and drawings upon which BIDDER is entitled to rely. (d) BIDDER has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and • studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in (c) above which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as BIDDER considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions; and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports or similar information or data are or will be required by BIDDER for such purposes. (e) BIDDER has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities and/or will be required by BIDDER in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.3 of the General Conditions, is CD -12 COPYRIGHT 0 1992 CRAFTOH, TULL & ASSOCIATES, INC, (f) BIDDER has correlated the results of all such observations, • examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. (g) BIDDER has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the Written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to BIDDER. (h) This Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person, firm or corporation and is not submitted in conformity with any agreement or rules of any group, association, organization, or corporation; BIDDER has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other BIDDER to submit a false or sham Bid; BIDDER has not solicited or induced any person, firm, or corporation to refrain from bidding; and BIDDER has not sought by collusion to obtain for itself any advantage over any other BIDDER or over Owner. 0 0 CD -13 COPYRIGHT 0 1992 CRAFTON, TUU. & ASSOCIATES, INC. . I C W WId u > a p -` rMO, r C �Y / g 00 ta. U, vI. N N r r r r r r W Z Z 2 Z Z .tea u W W W W W55 u u u u u u A ea a pq — V N SI O O F Q Q Q Q o G -4 -. d wi u H u LO N W K ac aC d N Z 00 N .� J J ,^ J J J J C$ d r J J v J J qqq _ • J J ca J 0 ' .. G O) O U) C C C D U. U W cm y W 41 d EC + w a+ N mrt++NC eu _ Oc• N C'XaJd c +Oi o •• c •• d u u- o V_ W � C .,v u . u 4.' OEU c x 9 0 E Y C Z cs dc+ as Z wc o B bo u • z M Y 7 4 rZ u Z W W O Z•-O�NCo • r r W CRA F v Fr- I- I— Q e m.a"' r — - re 03u d w — Oc I- 0. r Umtawi> cc 3 ,°wow z 3 w 3 u O L 0 3 W H i W Li u W u o'w b 0 W u >.+wdr W u W u J u • 4.'C4 u — w -1 0 n u u — o G e` g d K 0.0 ac > u+O+u 0.5 cc ,wy dS ca0 u o • lkauas O OO NANC 0 _oO U 03 -3 J a0 dC 7 q d o 3 m i urn m m •aa G 3 3 y — a7 a0 ca u p 10 Z Z -+ C a++ m Z Z • y m Z z = a94 tUp — J— U u J — N w-+amaa r Q maa r Q I... FQ- •.. �` d>Y.�d U N u uv O Z O ' D. Z O a oguaca r cccu o r o ' o m -s W Q r O O • r 2 V •1 CD - 14A COPYRIGHT O11. x C ��11 W u O � a O Lm MLN J 0 I 0 0o w N N W - r C, a M 0 U O w m u F- 0 C, 'i V _ I- C Z P7. Q a Cft C, W O n N W y 00 0 N Z w O3 w I- - o .i — m J 0 m til o U LL F W 1 F 2 C M Jr Y 0 ti Wok C) La. SW e d > 0 ago = o d '0 0 3 W -, a mN.y Y Y o I- Q FA4 Mu W u 1 a d0 I - W -w C.LU -Do 0 0 O u o 'CO J• ,J co 4 C c R -vd — 3 mmra N N 6U .lc9 - s u N a W u — ct 0: J n a J a O O Z w I -- I- - d 3 3 W W U u - -c SLfl az w o 0 O 3 3 - m z z — I- Q- - I- I-. 0 I w N Z Z Z W W W U U U G O O O 0 7d a 0 o D N N N - cc J J J J J J O 0 C Z LU I- I- F F - C•. 3 3 W W U me a0 a o O0 03 m3 m Z Z J— J I Z w -+ W I - i F _- — K 3 3 W �a 1. W U U 0. 4 O 0 0_C 5%O o: OO U O3 —3 o — m m Z 'L 0 — J — 0 I-. Q f1-J/i J I•• 0 CD .14B C0PTBIGNf roll. T U. A Lcwi�rew S. 4 C I 000»+1 ' M N W O u O 0 J o N W Z I— In. 2 2 u} in Z Z .�-� U W W W W W W U U U Q U U m a Q ? O . $4 z ` O s 0 z w. u d .r C ^ O cm w H W d o in 2 N W N IN N N oX 000 N J J J ` J Q CC 03 0 O .i F— w O O O O J{7 J J 0 0 ..1 O O O O OD r pQ W '000 .C du•'•Ic W u uua•.4 b w 2 7 .drw Nu d ,C d 0.0 0 VWd4u ti VV .eed+q W LU d .-4C1..-4t�' OXCNo OC Y C>.' d•N.. '� U d a u .0 O: 2 ...tldcoao 'C o w O >>UOud C - 4 do 3 O WW1JC ^.Ci z W m Z W '°' z W W i Z m d d U+ a C' W I "C W •J•0 0 0 W I' •' I... Q S'm ar•i C ~ O z I.. I-. mb •dd.a3 — cc C- ' M a — D: W U d "V:c .00.9r� = 3 c 3 3 -u C = 3 b.+Y b u 01 O d La J U~%%aUC o mg W U uu W U VHd W LL in N m.•�.a a >� U — @140 U b •u U = W _'°'4 •_ N eC N 4 .y — N . C U1 m V d to C N 0 0 oauw++C"' cco M. Va K0 0.0 flu 000 00 U p NmGdOC u O. re cc C 0.C OC d C p c �ce.+„o,w 0 00 1J 0 00 -to 0 00 • Otuow"u,e 03 m3 vu 03 m3 Lmu 03 m3 _� 0C b9u 4utaw b cox Z Q y 00 2 Z v ii a f0 z •L 7 . O a L 9 m 0% yCCCW.'a„o b — f" 28 — I-. oOc. — I"' OG,+.i b ooy > 2 O {O U 2 0 k c .r Z 0 i I- J I- 0 m O `. -, _ W ¢ F C a u •1 CO - 14C C0Pi&6Hi c©. Is cMfl01 i ` I• en k II 4 W W V V N F W u C 0 a a zI IC a C Cie J K J a O O O O w a .r o U m I' w mm m H C U 7 m + m +v U W U. W F w U W L I_ I_. m w v X d L 6 W W p — 3 .+cwc°' toa) u u W U u m a — e m +> m V� KH 0-4•,-4m9 aoOC aC 000G30 3 3 u u w 0 •.... eum — m u Y 4 C m m 2 2 ur+ •.+.. — J — I- v w U L YCC w C — j 0 N 0 M N r 4 MCOL O 0' N N J a J J 0010 Z W F~- -. 3 W W ao �c o. O D O _G3 m3 m 2 — J — I... C J C J a J 2z2 a C, ti a C +1 C, d r+ Z W V IW- F- — l� W u u— C L doOC ce y u O 3 3 m u tm. F. F pC V .7. . CD- 14D COPVRIGNi c%• aim fO� LTULL�Lcwuw •1 I O X3 Z W u o bJ10 Z 41Z Q tIC b 1 Ja ___ J J �( J J o0 CO 8I . Q ri 'Pr y, SM _____ I. F - Z W uI to Oz Ix Q —J Q • J04-0 D C 0 n In J J -J J J O 10 • C) -c u i yg� .-Vi C 4 U 2 M d Z = LU BOO Lii_w Z La W F W F C W F F- H .CZ I"' — •4 F" — K 3 u,,, v K 3 ''' °c 3 3 Lii a ULI U C (JC a d u — N S N 0.0 Cw 0.0 �d m d K S 0 c°CC U 0_ m2 m Vu — m d m m2 oy cc x uu m 2 'L° J au F- G cc — J — n ua 7 I•• 7 F o -I O• O N N -' CD - 14E OOPTBIGNT CQ• 1!� S. e v . ^ W • W u ++ a u — w rj O N N N N y N N in Z 9 Z u W W W W W W u "� u • u u u d .o a d 1r ]`{n� • w z > Y 0 V p p p t Q Q Q Q Q •i d Q cc d t I - Lao. d Y N = U) W N N N N d << J J Q Q p3 I.- J J J J J J Q a v a O p LL W C .r M 0 I— O Y u~ ^ C d u y d N OO. C)Cd L 0 ti H d u J p W WO Qo -�o..uo uu� d rl ud w C -4 W C Z e +Y 3 u u m c o o m Z ^ "" ^'' Z u m ini 3 to " Z W Z W Rca 2 W = 7 ZO v W F~.. 9 b u .ci n W o..CuR I-^ F W1.3 a a 0c 3 ". wC a K 3 m1 3 3 - 3 ''E ^aV oW mc0 W W D: d W u • W W . a di >> u •O dCC O. N-�1 u — u .r .0 ^.r u — u — N 0cc N O O p ac p 0.p C 9 mw cc In 0-O .+4O C p O_ O d d OC K U2-.,., d b 6. O p O C j co uu p3 �3 ?:, emm 03 �3 ua�d 03 m3 O OU coZ JZ �++.C� mZ mZ Cd mZ z N ^ ^q — J— b d.Ai .4i — J 1 N O c a uc F- FQ., mf.0boom 1 la-. ov "4.00.1. F- Q-. j F .. .rr .+ I- S = O O C W r u :1 CD - 14F G0PTlJGNT C S ) TOTAL CONTRACT PRICE Cue %t..nan 7,us,.,7ii ,viv6 7W_w d> Sfy6M A"Zeoa TWt 7Cvc (Use Figures 5. BIDDER agrees that the Work will be substantially completed within 90 calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run, as provided in paragraph 2.3 of the General Conditions, and completed and ready for final payment within 120 calendar days after the date Contract Time commences to run. BIDDER accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the Work on time. 6. The following documents are attached to and make a condition of this Bid: (a) Required Bid Security in the form of: 5% Bid Bond, 5% Cashier's Check. • (b) A Tabulation of Subcontractors and other persons and organizations required to be identified in this Bid. (c) Required Bidders Qualification Statement with support- ing data. 7. Communications concerning this Bid shall be addressed to: 'S NAME �t5 P4x YrA ✓. AT, 7.z 7O -r BIDDER'S 4933 CU BIDDER'S PHONE NUMBER 8. The terms used in this Bid which are defined in the General Conditions of the Construction Contract included as part of the Contract Documents have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. SUBMITTED ON .SeP 7- y g , 19 • CD -15 COPYRIGHT O 1992 CRAFTON, TILL a ASSOCIATES, INC. AN INDIVIDUAL . __________ (Individual's Signature) By (Seal) (Individual's Name Typed) doing business as Business address: Phone No.: A PARTNERSHIP By (Firm Name) 0 (General Partner's Signature) (General Partner's Name Typed) Business address: Phone No.: CD -16 (Seal) COPYRIGHT O 1992 CRAFTON, LULL & ASSOCIATES, INC. I• I. A CORPORATION By Jerry D. Sweetser, Inc. (Corporation Name) (S$/ of Incorporation) Typed Name of Person Authorized to Sign (Corporate Seal) Attest (Secretary) `f Business address: 590 W. Poplar Fayetteville, AR 72703 Phone No.: 501-443-3026 A JOINT VENTURE By (Signature) By (Typed Name) (Address) (Signature) (Typed Name) (Address) CD -17 COPYRIGHT 0 1992 CRAFTON, TULL A ASSOCIATES, INC. UNITED STATES BID BOND BOND NUMBER KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: COMPANY THAT..........Jerry ._D:.._Swee.C. e...,...I.Tl!<.t..._.»..».._»_._........»..»..»............_.__.._.._.............._.._..._.»......................_..._.._._...... Fayetteville, Arkansas of....».............................................................................................................. as Principal , and UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND COMPANY, a Maryland corporation, City pf Fayetteville, GUARANTY as Surety, are held and fumly bound unto........................................_ Arkansas Five Percent (5%) of Bid as Obligee, in the full and just sum of...................._ ......... ............................... Dollars, lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the said Principal is herewith submitting its proposal for furnishing all labor and materials for box culvert bridge improvement, South College St., Fayetteville, Arkansas in accordance with plans and specefications by Crafton Tull & Associates Inc. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that it the aforesaid Principal shall be awarded the contract the said Principal will, within the time required, enter into a formal contract and give a good and sufficient bond to secure the performance of the terms and conditions of the contract, then this obligation to be void; otherwise the Principal and Surety will pay unto the Obligee the difference In money between the amount of the bid of the said Principal and the amount for which the Obligee legally contracts with another party to perform the work if the latter amount be in excess of the former, but in no event shall liability hereunder exceed the penal sum hereof. Signed, sealed and delivered......9/8/92 .. ................................. (Date) Jerry D. Sweetser, Inc...................(SFAU ..........,..((../..J ...................._.......... ....._ ...................... ............................................................................................... ...J.'.f/�...................._..................................ISEAU res d� UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY ».c .. ............................ Robert M. Davis Attomevin•fact Contract It (Revirea) (1.741 sl CERTIFIED COPY GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY 1oou7 Know all Men by these Presents: That UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland, and having its principal office at the City of Baltimore, in the State of Maryland, does hereby constitute and appoint Robert M. Davis of the City of Fayette.1lie , State of Arkansas its true and lawful attorney in and for the State of Arkansas for the following purposes, to wit: To sign its name as surety to, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, and to respectively do and perform any and all acts and things set forth in the resolution of the Board of Directors of the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, a certified copy of which is hereto annexed and made a part of this Power of Attorney; and the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, through us, its Board of Directors, hereby ratifies and confirms all and whatsoever the said Robert M. Davis may lawfully do in the premises by virtue of them presents. In Witness Whereof, the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY has caused this instrument to be sealed with its corporate seal, duly attested by the signatures of its Vice -President and Assistant Secretary, this 31st day of December , A. D. 19 87 UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY. (Signed) By....W. J.D....8c er lle...Jr,.................... Vice -President. (SEAL) (Signed) ....DOU9188.R'. B.ONIEII............................ Assistant Secretary. STATE OF MARYLAND. BALTIMORE CITY, On this 31st day of Dece her . A. D. 1987. before me oersonallv came W.J.D. Somerville, Jr. , Vice -President of the UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY and Douglas R. Bowen . Assistant Secretary of said Company, with both of whom I am personally acquainted, who being by me severally duly sworn, said that they, the mid W.J.D. SQIle3Viller Jr. and Douglas R. Bowen were respectively the Vice -President and the Assistant Secretary of the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing Power of Attorney; that they each knew the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to mid Power of Attorney was such corporate seal, that it was so fixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that they signed their names thereto by like order as Vice -President and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of the Company. My commission expires the first day in July, A. D. 19..90 (SEAL) (Signed) Fa 3 (147) ............................................................ Notary Public. WCOPY OF RESOLUTION That Whereas, it is necessary for the effectual transaction of business that this Company appoint agents and attorneys with power and outharity to act for it and in its name in States other then Maryland, and in the Territories of the United States and in the Provinces and territories of Canada; Therefore, be it Resolved, that this Company do, and it hereby does, authorize and empower its President or either of its Vice• Presidents in conjunction with its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries, under its corporate seal, to appoint any person or persons as attorney or attorneys -in -fact, or agent or agents of said Company, in its name and as its act, to execute and deliver any and all contracts guaranteeing the fidelity of persons holding positions of public or private trust, guaranteeing the performances of contracts other than insurance policies and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings, required or permitted in all actions or proceedings, or by law allowed, and Also, in its name and as its attorney or attorneys-indact. or agent or agents to execute and guarantee the conditions of any and all bonds, recognizances, obligations, stipulations, undertakings or anything in the nature of either of the same, which are or may by law, municipal or otherwise, or by any Statute of the United States or of any State or Territory of the United States or of the Provinces or territories of Canada, or by the rules, regulations, orders, customs, practice or discretion of any board, body, organization, office or officer. local, municipal or otherwise, be allowed, required or permitted to be executed, made, taken, given, tendered, accepted, filed or recorded for the security or protection of, Ly or for racy person :•r persons. corporation, hedy. office, interest, municipality or other association or organization whatsoever, in any and all capacities whatsoever, conditioned for the doing or not doing of anything or any conditions which may be provided for in any such bond, recognizance, obligation, stipulation, or undertaking, or anything in the nature of either of the tame. is Jatles M. CaaO11 , an Assistant Secretary of the UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, do hereby certify that the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the original power of attorney given by said Company to RObert M. Davis• of Fwjetteville, Arkansas , authorizing and empowering him to sign bonds as therein set • forth, which power of attorney has never been revoked and is still in full force and effect. And I do further certify that said Power of Attorney was given in pursuance of a resolution adopted at a regular meeting of the Board of Directors of said Company, duly called and held at the office of the Company in the City of Baltimore, on the 25th day of November, 1981, at which meeting a quorum of the Board of Directors was present, and that the foregoing is a true and correct copy of said resolution, and the whole thereof as recorded in the minutes of said meeting. In Testimony Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of the UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY on (Date) ....................................................... Assistant secretary. C 0 • KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned, as Principal, and as Surety, are hereby held and firmly bound unto The City of Fayetteville, AR as Owner in the penal sum of or the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our successors and assigns. Signed this day of ,19__ The Condition of the above obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to The City of Fayetteville a certain BID, attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a contract in writing, for the Box Culvert for South College Street - Fayetteville, AR Bridge No. 19528 NOW, THEREFORE, (a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or in the alternate, (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a contract in the form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a bid for his faithful performance of said contract, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect; it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability CD -18 COPYRIGHT O 1992 CRAFTON, TULL A ASSOCIATES, INC. • of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the Owner may accept such Bid; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth above. (L.S. Principal Surety By: IMPORTANT - Surety companies executing bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in the state where the project is located. L_J CD -19 COPYRIGHT O 1992 CRAFTON, TULL A ASSOCIATES, INC. • AGREEMENT This AGREEMENT is dated as of the/3' day of_______________ in the year 19 92 by and between The City of Fayetteville, Arkansas (hereinafter called OWNER) and Jerry D. Sweetser, Inc. (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: ARTICLE I. WORK CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as follows: Box Culvert for South College Street - Fayetteville, Arkansas Bridge No. 19528 The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is generally described as follows: Box Culvert Replacement on South College Street Fayetteville, Arkansas ARTICLE 2. ENGINEER The Project has been designed by Crafton, lull & Associates, Inc. P.O. Drawer 549, Rogers, Arkansas 72757-0549 who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who will assume all duties and responsibilities and will have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. CD -20 COPYRIGHT O 1992 CRAFT014 TULL A ASSOCIATES, • ARTICLE 3. CONTRACT TIME 3.1. The Work will be substantially completed within 90 days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in paragraph 2.3 of the General Conditions, and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13 of the General Conditions within 120 days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run. 3.2 Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not substantially complete within the time specified in paragraph 3.1 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. They also recognize • the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not substantially complete on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER Two Hundred dollars (S 200.00 ) for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3.1 for substantial completion until the Work is substantially complete. • CD -21 COPYRIGHTS 1992 CRAFTON, TULL & ASSOCIATES, INC. ARTICLE 4. CONTRACT PRICE • 4.1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for performance of the work in accordance with Contract Documents in current funds as follows: According to Bid Schedule page CD -14A thru CD -14F , inclusive. ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES Contractor shall submit Applications for Payment in accor- dance with Article 14 of the General Conditions and Division I of the Technical Specifications. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5.1 Progress Payments OWNER shall make progress payments on • account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR'S Applications for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER, on or about the 10th day of each month during construction as provided below. All progress payments will be on the basis of the Work measured by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2.9 of the General Conditions. 5.1.1 Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to: the percentage indicated below, but in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions - 90% of Work Completed. 0 CD -22 COPYRIGHT o ion CRAFTON, TULL A ASSOCIATES, INC. • If Work has been 50% completed as determined by ENGINEER, and if the character and progress of the Work have been satisfactory to OWNER and ENGINEER. OWNER and ENGINEER may determine that as long as the character and progress of the Work remain satisfactory to them, there will be no addition- al retainage on account of Work completed in which case the remaining progress payments prior to Substantial Completion will be in an amount equal to 100% of the Work completed. One hundred percent of materials and equipment not incorp- orated in the Work (but delivered, suitably stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in paragraph 14.2 of the General Conditions.) 5.1.2 Upon Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount sufficient to increase total payments to CON- TRACTOR to 95% of the Contract Price, less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine or OWNER may withhold, in accord- ance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions. 5.2 Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 14.13 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 14.13. ARTICLE 6. Deleted • CD -23 COPYRIGHT 01992 CRAFTON, TULL A ASSOCIATES, INC. ARTICLE 7. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS • In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement, CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 7.1 CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, work, site, locality, and with all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 7.2 CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in the Supplementary Condit- ions and accepts any determination set forth in the Supplementary Conditions, of the extent of the technical . data contained in such reports and drawings upon which CONTRACTOR is entitled to reply. 7.3 CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraph 7.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Docu- • CD -24 COPYRIGHT0 1992 CRAFTON, TULLSOC ATES, INC. ments, including specifically the provisions of paragraph • 4.2 of the General Conditions; and no additional examina- tions, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purpose. 7.4 CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by the CONTRACTOR in • order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.3 of the General Conditions. 7.5 CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observa- tions, examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7.6 CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all con- flicts, errors or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR. • CD -25 COPYRIGHT 01992 CRAFTON, TULL & ASSOCIATES, INC. ARTICLE 8. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consists of the following: 8.1 This Agreement (pages CD 20 to CD 28, inclusive). 8.2 Exhibits to this Agreement (pages_ to , inclusive.) 8.3 Payment and Performance Bonds, (pages CD 29 to CD 36, inclusive). 8.4 Notice of Award. 8.5 General Conditions (pages 3 to 27, inclusive.) 8.6 Supplementary Conditions (pages 1 to 14 , inclusive). 8.7 Specifications bearing the title Box Culvert for South College Street - Fayetteville, AR Bridge No. 19528 and consisting of _ divisions as listed in table of contents thereof. 8.8 Drawings, consisting of a cover sheet and sheets numbered 1 through 5 inclusive with each sheet bearing the following general title: Box Culvert for South College Street Fayetteville, Arkansas Bridge 19528 8.9 Addenda numbers_ to _, inclusive. 8.10 CONTRACTOR'S Bid (pages CD 11 to CD 17 inclusive). 8.11 Documentation submitted by CONTRACTOR prior to Notice of Award (pages _ to _, inclusive). 0 CD -26 COPYRIGHT 01992 CRAFTON, 71)11 & ASSOCIATES, INC. 8.12 The following which may be delivered or issued after the • Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto: All Written Amendments and other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraphs 3.4 and 3.5 of the General Conditions. 8.13 The documents listed in paragraphs 8.2 et. seq. above are attached to this Agreement (except as expressly noted otherwise above.) There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 7. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.4 and 3.5 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 9. . 9.1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions shall have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 9.2 No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law) and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. CD -27 COPYRIGHT a 1992 CRAFTON, TOLL & ASSOCIATES, INC. • 9.3 OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed this Agreement in triplicate. One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed or identified by OWNER and CONTRACTOR or by ENGINEER on their behalf. This Agreement will be effective on fc`P "<" C LCA ZS 1992 . . The Cit Fa ettev' le AR (SEAL) ATTEST: Name Fred Vorsanger (Please Type) • (SEAL) ATTEST: i4449 Namey_P 20 _1 J _WEfkE (PleaeType) Title 1 KStL4ARV CD -28 CONTRACTOR: Jerry D. Sweeiser. Inc — By &&V4 w Name G 1'e (Please Type) Address 590 W. Poplar Fayetteville, AR 72703 COPYRIGHT O 1992 CRAFTON, 7ULL & ASSOCIATE$ INC. PAYMENT BOND • KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that Jerry D. Sweetser, Inc. (Name of Contractor) 590 W. Poplar - Fayetteville, AR 72703 (Address of Contractor) a Corporation hereinafter called (Corporation), (Partnership), or (Individual), Principal, and United States Fidelity & Guaranty Convany (Name of Surety) P.O. Box 5880, Little Rock, AR 72215 (Address of Surety) hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto The City of Fayetteville, Arkansas (Name of Owner) 113 West Mountain - Fayetteville, AR 72701 • (Address of Owner) hereinafter called OWNER, in the penal sum of One Hundred • Dollars, lawful money of the United States, for payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, and successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas, the Principal entered into a certain Contract with the Owner, dated the Z s day of f t` 1 > `' , 195, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the construction of: Box Culvert for South College Street Fayetteville, AR 72701 Bridge No. 19528 CD -29 COPYRIGHT 0 1992 CRAFTON, TILL A ASSOCIATES, INC. NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall promptly make payment to • all persons, firms, subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the prosecution of the work provided for in such Contract, and any authorized extension of modification thereof, including all amounts due for materials, lubricants, oil, gasoline, coal and coke, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed or used in connection with the construction of such work, and all insurance premiums on said work, and for all labor, performed in such work whether by subcontractor or otherwise, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, • alteration or addition to terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time alteration or addition to the terms of the contractor to the work or to the specifications. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this if_day of 1 Ct t(`fr' e `'~ , 19 CD -30 COPYRIGHT 01992 CRAFTON, TULL & ASSOCIATES, INC. ATTEST: Jerry D. Sweetser Inc. • OJ 9Y� (Principal Sec Lary) Presiders (SEAL) (Witness as to Principal) (Ad ress) o/4 k ATTEST: Patricia M. Singer • (Surety) Secretary (SEAL) • 590 West Poplar (Address) Fayetteville, AR 72703 - United States Fidelity & Guaranty Co. Surety BY AL Witness as to Surety Attorney -in -Fact 1710 Woodland Ave. (Address) Fayetteville, AR 72703 CD -31 P.O. Box 4217 (Address) Fayetteville, AR 72702 COPYRIGHT O 1992 CRAFTON, TILL i ASSOCIATES, INC. NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of . Contract. If Contractor is Partnership, all partners should execute bond. IMPORTANT: Surety companies executing bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in the state where the project is located. CD -32 COPYRIGHT 01992 CRAFTOH, TILL & ASSOCIATES, INC. Certified Copy GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY 0 NO. 104815 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: N° 095502 That UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland, and having its principal office at the City of Baltimore, in the State of Maryland, does hereby constitute and appoint A.P. Eason, Jr. and Robert M. Davis of the City of Fayetteville , State of Arkansas its true and lawful attorney(s) in and for the State of Arkansas for the following purposes, to wit: To sign its name as surety to, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, and to respectively do and perform any and all acts and things set forth in the resolution of the Board of Directors of the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, a certified copy of which is hereto annexed and made a part of this Power of Attorney; and the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, through us, its Board of Directors, hereby ratifies and confirms all and whatsoever2Wtgrdt anyow of the said A.P. Eason, Jr. or the said Robert M. Davis may lawfully do in the premises by virtue of these presents. •In Witness Whereof, the said UNTIED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTYCOMPANY has caused this instrument to be sealed with its corporate seal, duly attested by the signatures of its Vice President and Assistant Secretary, this4th day of September .A.D. 19 92. 40 (SEAL) UNITED STA A ARANTY COMPANY (Signed) By .. .................... Vice PReident (Signed) ... (j - -Inn. < e .. iCf ...... sir STATE OF MARYLAND ) ss: BALTIMORE CITY ) On this 4th day of September ,A.D. 19 92, before me personally came Edward W. Gold , Vice President of the UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY and Patricia M. Singer Assistant Secretary of said Company, with both of whom I am personally acquainted, who being by me severally duly sworn, said, that they, the said Edward W. Gold and Patricia M. Singer were respectively the Vice President and the Assistant Secretary of the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing Power of Attorney; that they each knew the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said Power of Attorney was such corporate seal, that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that they signed their names thereto by like order as Vice President and Assistant Secretary, respective( �f the Company. My Commission expires the=y in March A.D. 19_35 (SEAL ) w \ J� B (Signed) NOTARY PUBLIC PS 3 (12-91) � -- -tea• •- � k1NV�lV.1O QNV A.LI73QL3 S3.LVIS QH.1.IN.'1 ag1.Jo Ieac aqi put purti 4w pc otunanq OArq I 'J°'4M duownsa•L ul -i:)oj a pur 3310] pni u! sanu!luoa ya!4.m uopnlocw pwc jo ;don vauoa put anJ1 c ci 1u!olaio,I aql irgl put 'JoasaJd stn sJrnnuir jo p.tog acp in wnionh r Sunaaw gatym It .1661 43I1 P] 4rp g19Z -Ml ao PIxI Put Pallta Xlnp Fuaaw r It ANVdI%OJ AUNV21VfH) QNV A.LI73Qld S3.LV1S Q3.L1.N.1 In sJoiaanQ J Pig xP Aq paidopr uuunlosaJ anogt 341 Jo <ivaginr..Cq put Japun ainxruRis paanpoadaJ <t[ratutgaaw Jo uauuccadXi 'al!w!car.J 4q pauJJs aq .Arta ,(doa pay!ux s!t[y 4urdwoj aqi Jo .unaiaa$ luticissV ,Cur jo ainiruJ!s zipwis tj aq1.<q aq 4rw uonraysuaa tans lras paayjr pur aininnuis uauumpury r. Sr otucs a4i pair3J1 oq IIt4` ',(urdwn3 s!4i Aq pansc: XatuoUV JO Jamod Cut Jn .Cdoa p:sy!uaa r uodn Fuutaddr 13A21314 Jagraiat Jo aJQJOtaiaq Ja4Ja4m <urdwoj s!gt Jo Icas a41 put sJaayJO 4uc Jo aJnicuRI' paanpcudau 4llra!ut4naw Jo uaaumoddl 'aI!wisacl ayl 1r4L 'CI3A1OS321 sainirut!$ pannpoidab ,<Ip a!uryaaH ;o ualiumadA j •al!wisacd Funa.buJ pirx iO salnww a41 Ul papJO.:u Sr. JO.uag1 3l°'ag1 pur. uounlosu pt1n Jo 4dna vauo- put an r s! FuioSainj aqi imp pur ivacaid sem sioinwi(j jo pitog a4i Jo wwonh c Suilaaui gaigm nr. 'i6( JagwanoN Jo ,Cap 41SZ ayi uo •awwnlrg 1a Ci!J au 1 u! 4urdwOJ 3411 Jo ;41u 341 ir. PIa4 pur pailra 4lnp •,Cutdwoj p!rs 10 sJnlaal!(i io pmog aqt jo Suipm JrinSai r it paidorr uu!lnlosm r to aoucncmd u! U'' scm i(auuouV JO Jamod pir` imii AJ!u. , Ja4unt op I puV •1a3JJa pur. a3JOJ IInU u! II!) c! put pTlnnaJ uaaq JaAau s'my LaWOUV In J3MtOd 4a!gm guoj LS utaiagi sr spuoq u2is o1 11Jat,-4 Fuuamodwa pur Ru!zJnglnr S28UB>(Ib 'L LrAa3ga{P3JO • STAP0 N 3xagc pue '.7; 'uaslz3 •d•V 01 4umdwo7 p!rc Aq uaciS Aauulnv IC Jamod vu!RuO aqi Jo Adna iaauoa pur. awi IInJ r a guiaftgl ag11r41 Cauaa .<gaJa4 OP ANVdI%OJ A.LNVNV,rl'J QNV A.1J1RCl1.1 S3 LV.LS (11UN.1 aq1 Jo 4Jtlu3S lum%lsSV ur. ' 3a6U39 It[ 2T3T.zled '1 awes ayJ Jo Ja41!a JO wain all sit 8uigi.iur Jo '9unleu;vpun JO uontlndns 'ttaprRJlgo 'aatrrr!u8oaa: 'puoq gnr.s Cur. U! Jo; pap!soid aq 4rw q. qi suonIputla .Cur. 10 Ruttp,itrr io 8wop uw w Sump '4l JoJ pauontpuon ';aA 0S1clm sauinc:dcn IIr plur bur. Iii 'JasA,gmgm uoi r,iur;Lo in uoumnotcr. Jag]a its S1!pldi.r•unw •IsalaluI aayjo 'CPOS, ' UQ!1UJodion ' 'UnVad JO 'JOuad <Ur Joj is cc -i0 unttzalnJd Jo .Cluny. aql Jgl papto.flu x, PI! i •paidannc pa;opuaJ ' uam i 'ua,Im 'aprw 'painaaaa oq 01 pautuuad Jo pairnhm pamOllr aq •asi.wagn, Jo pld!a!unw Icnal Jan!JO JO aa1JO Ucnlri•!urSJo 'Cpoq 'P1V.IN <ur JO urnlaiastp Jn aii ntid muoisrn 'cJapJO cuoiminAaJ •salfJ all riq w rptur.J JO saunlu;a,L JO SQ UTAa:d all Jo ;O salm$ raiiu-I a41 Jo <Jn1waJ, Jo airsAlm jo it, sung paliu.1 14) Jo ainirl$ .Cur 4q xi 'as!wallC JO [cdia unw ' mtl 4q 4cm Jo azc gaiym 'awns all Jo Wyly; JO ainicu alp U! Juigi.Sur JO sJwytuapun suoptlnd!ls •suopr.F!lgn sx+urz!u&oaal •spuoq Ile Put ,Cur jo cuotl:puoa Ni aalutirn? pur alnaasa 01 qu3Fk JO 1UD c Jo pcj-ui-s ( Luton JO .<aiuoilr qt cr pur awru q! ut RUT! •pamollr mini .4q Jo 'SFu!paantud Jo suogar llc u! pali!uuod Jo paunbal cJutytuapun pup cl,uoq SuinutnmF JO Fu!lnysa pur ca!oi nd aautincut uugI Ja410 svrJ)uOa jo saauruuo4Jad oti Fu!aatupmnn 'icfh1 aItAud xi a![gnd je cuoilisod Futpioq cuosjad Jo Aillap4 aq1 Fwaaiutirn? slaczuoa Ilc pur ,(u! JaA!lap put a1naaxa of •lam si! su pup mnu qI u! ',Sumdwo3 p!es JO siva t x, lua$r. m iavJ-ui-cAawonc Jo CawOnt sc suosJad Jo uOSJad Rur. Ju!Oddr 01 [cas onjoclIOa sty JapUn sautlua3S lunsiscV cn Jn auo Jo 4JmaiaaS sit q im oopaunlu0a ut SlUfl'1S ld aa'A sn JO 134113 JO luap!S 1d %i JaModwa put azuogint 'sx p ,Cgalac it pup 'op ,Curdwoj stye Itilp p.)cpwa 1! aq aioJaiaiLL 'LPCUCJ JO sauo1UJay pur saau!Aoud arp u! piiv 5alm$ pal!ui1 ayi Jn sauolwal au l w pur purl ciit aryl 13q10 salmtS UJ aureu sit u! pUP 11 JoJ :.w 01 .Cluoylnc put J3Mod Lp!M sAawoum put sivaFm lu!odde i(urdwo;) city mr,, ccaut%nq io uoiinn'unn p:np.'j.ia Ni ioj .Cmsa'au si It 'sraJa4,M unLL ivawiwoddV Joj ltwogmS SNOLLf11OSTh dO AdOJ PERFORMANCE BOND • KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that Jerry D. Sweetser, Inc. (Name of Contractor) 590 W. Poplar - Fayetteville, AR 72703 (Address of Contractor • a Corporation hereinafter (Corporation, Partnership, Individual), called Principal, and United States Fidelity & Guaranty Coupany (Name of Surety) hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto The City of Fayetteville, AR (Name of Owner) 113 W. Mountain - Fayetteville, AR 72701 (Address of Owner) hereinafter called Owner, in the penal sum of One Hundred Dollars, red Forty Five and no/ in lawful money of the States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas, the Principal entered into a certain Contract with the Owner, dated the z3 day of SEf'T(`r.,/6Fn� , 19 a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the construction of: Box Culvert for South College Street Fayetteville, Arkansas Bridge No. 19528 CD -33 COPYRIGHT 01992 CRAFTON, TVLL & ASSOCIATES, INC. NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully • perform its duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions, and agreements of said Contract during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by the Owner, with or without notice to the Surety and during the one year guarantee period, and if he shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such Contract, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the Owner from all costs and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the Owner all outlay and expense which the Owner may incur in making good any default, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, FURTHER that said Surety, for value received hereby . stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to work to be performed thereunder of the specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the Contractor shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this the ii day of J i`i'/rn., , 19 S z-, S CD -34 COPYRIGHT 0 1992 CRAFTON, lull & ASSOCIATES, INC. ATTEST: (Principa Secretary (SEAL) c.F,2 (Witness as to Principal) 12— b ( ddress) ATTEST: D. Sweetser, Inc. (S) 590 West Popla (Address) Fayetteville, AR 72703 United States Fidelity & Guaranty Co. Surety Patricia M. Singer (Seal) (�l.iJ- s t C _ d�CUh+� p j///J l?�Lw,. Witness as to Surety Attorney -in -Fact 1710 Woodland Ave. (Address) Fayetteville, AR 72703 CD -35 P.O. Box 4217 (Address) Fayetteville, AR 72702 COPYRIGHT 01992 CRAFTOk TULL i ASSOCIATES, INC. • NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract. If Contractor is Partnership, all partners should execute bond. IMPORTANT: Surety companies executing bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in the state where the project is located. • 0 CD -36 COPYRIGHT O 1992 CRAFTON, LULL i ASSOCIATES, INC. Certified Copy GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY 0 NO. 104815 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: N° 095597 That UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland, and having its principal office at the City of Baltimore, in the State of Maryland, does hereby constitute and appoint A.P. Eason, Jr. and Robert M. Davis of the City of Fayetteville , State of Arkansas its true and lawful attorney(s) in and for the State of Arkansas for the following purposes, to wit: To sign its name as surety to, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, and to respectively do and perform any and all acts and things set forth in the resolution of the Board of Directors of the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, a certified copy of which is hereto annexed and made a part of this Power of Attorney; and the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, through us, its Board of Directors, hereby ratifies and confirms all and whatsoeverxltticIC anyone of the said A.P. Eason, Jr. or the said Robert M. Davis may lawfully do in the premises by virtue of these presents. •In Witness Whereof, the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY has caused this instrument to be sealed with its corporate seal, duly attested by the signatures of its Vice President and Assistant Secretary, this4th day of September , A.D. 19 92. (SEAL) UNITED STA E ARANTY COMPANY (Signed) By .......................... vice Pfoidee (Signed) ... ? 1. .. i.. iK4�4 ...... r STATE OF MARYLAND > ss: BALTIMORE CITY ) On this 4th day of September , A.D. 19 92, before me personally came Edward W. Gold , Vice President of the UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY and Patricia M. Singer Assistant Secretary of said Company, with both of whom I am personally acquainted, who being by me severally duly sworn, said, that they, the said Edward W. Gold and Patricia M. Singer were respectively the Vice President and the Assistant Secretary of the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing Power of Attorney; that they each knew the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said Power of Attorney was such corporate seal, that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that they signed their names thereto by like order as Vice President and Assistant Secretary, respective4f the Company. My Commission expires the ki�May in March A.D. 19..S&. (SEAL) epol^q;� (Signed) ` a...-. . NOTARY PUBLIC PS 3 (12-91) 0 co ANvdwOJ A.LNVHVf1O QATV A.LI'13O1d SRLVIS U LIN.`I 3P1 to rc-s 341 Puc Pw4 Alit i S olunata14 antq I •Joala4M £uotunsa•L ill 1aaJJa put auo; irnl ul sanulltloa galgM uonnlnca.i pies Jo 4doo ]Daum pun aM t Si SutuSalo; aql 1n4 put luasad cem vmungl jo pmeog ay. jo wnionb r Sullaaw gaiym In -1661 '4a1N JO ATP 4192 341 uo Pla4 Put W u' ,Slop Suliaaw t n: ANWINOJ A LN'214'11OJ Q,\V 4UflGH S3.LY'.LS Q3.I.1Nf7 JO vn:aat1Q Jn pmlg ag1 aq paldopr uotlnlocat annge 3111;u Aiuotpnr..<q purr. ;.)pun ainwuSic paanpoidar 4lleamm�.)aw Jo uallu.MadA1 'alltulsaeJ Sq pauSic aq Arm ddna payulaa sl0.L •Sutdwoj 311U0 A iaraas lunslssy Aut ;o amwitSts 3liwtsar; g16q aq Stw uoilray111aa gans 'r¢as paxyjr ptm aznlr.uSrc ual1umputy t sc awes Ni palean aq Iregs 'dutdwoJ situ ,Cq pancc: dawoUy Jn Jaknd ,(ur jo Adoa pagnian r uodn Suur.addr zanym '2alinat.q Jn alo;alar q Ja41a4M Auedwcj sup jo lrac 3yi put slaagjo Sue jo alnmu8ls paanpnJdal '+IltalueW%aw Jo uaUUMad�Cl 'all U Z)t ay] ItgL '(JA -1O9 1 caJnlruSiS paanpoldall Xiltalueyaai1 JO uanu.MadX•L apwlsaeq RUllPPw puec ]a Salnww ayl ul paryo.xu cc 1O i 41 aiotim 341 put 'uwinitnaJ pins Jn 4doo laaun: put ann r sl Sulollaxij a111 tnit pur. ':unsaid a:m voiaanQ;o ptrog 341 Jo uinzonb c Sull3xu g3:gM 1t '1861 'zatlwano.\ jo Xcp 4iSZ 341 uo •atowulrg o ,)IJ ay1 ul uedwo3 ayi Jo aaylo m1111e PIa4 Pur P3llea Atnp aAuedwoj pits jo slolaaliQ Jo pirog aql Jo 8uq=u rrin8a1 a lr r aldope uoilnlos3J a Jo aauensmd ut WACR se% i.xuuny Jo Jamod pm. will 6J!lazo Jayuni op I Puy iaaJJa pup. aaIoJ IInJ w Iles cl Pug pa1p)ea1 uaaq Janau sey Aawouv Jo Ja*nd gat(M •tryoJ Pc ulua11l sc sPunq uSiS 01 Suuamodwa )Up Sulzuoymt ' SPSUPll1r *9MAa�;alSa�Jo stAea I. .agog pm 'Sr 'UOSP3 •d•lr n1.SutdwoJ• prts 'q un tin Aawullt' in JaMnd rruiguo airy Jn ,Sdar 1aaauon put x711 ';In1 r ci liwnlialn; 3111 1t41 SlruL Agalag op ANYdkOJ A.LNy21b fl!1 ONy A.11'73QI3 S31yLS Q311N.I ay1 Jo Cm ai..1as luelsissy ut . .xabuTS N PTo?S312d •I 'awes oy1 Jo nq is JO alnlru ay1 w Sulyi.Sue w 'Sutlltuapun it, 'uonwIndlic 'uollvSllgo '3aUt71U 11 1 •puoq lam .Sur, ul Jc1J paplawd aq Aew ya14M cunntpUoa .Sue Jo RwylAUt Jo SUtOp IOU .c Sulop Dull Jo] paun111punr 'JaSangegm samaedra lit put tier. u: 'Jaaxtslrtm uolitzturRJ0 In uonetaosse Jayln x1 .S1lledrawnw '1sWalut 'aauJo 'tipoq 'ualrxldion -suosj d Jo uovad 4ur zoi Jo Aq 'Jn uopaainzd IC' Clunaaa aw zq1 papJo= w paiy paidaaac 'pa:apual 'uaAiI 'ualln 'apew palnaaxa aq n: panluuod to pazlnbai 'pamollr N •ast.wa4lc Jn ledPDlunw Icxr J3nq;o Jo aauJo •uoiwitrrSJo •Xpoq p.roq ,Cur jo uotlanslp Jn 3I acid 'swolgn:) •vapid cunuring.0 -salru 341 q x1 r.ptur,J jo Sauoiunal, JO saaulnozd agl Jo Jo salrtS paUu f 241 Jo ,CJolulal in airs 4ur Jo Jo salrls panu;l 341 Jo ainit1S bur. 4q it' 'aslsuaylo Jn Irdtalunw reI Aq SruJ Jo an i iun. •'urn" app' Jay1l2 Jo 3Jrntu 341 w Rwtp+ue Jo s2unleuapun •sutlllelndlls •suoue8llgo 'wautzluaoaa: 'cpuoq Ile put Am? JO Suompuoa 341 aaluricn3 put ainaaxa o) siu3Re Jo 1n2Re 10 '1aeJ-U!-S 3UJO31e Jo Aawour su ST put awru $31 u1 •ocly put 'pamollt Mrl Aq Jo 'sSulpaaaeud Jo Suolloe ire ul pauluuad w pannbal 'sBuultyapan put spuoq Su:aalutwflg JO Rullnl3S3 put salallod aauemsul uvula zagio slaenuoa jo saaunuiolzad Dull Sulaaluvirn1 •isrw alrnud Jo aligrd Jo cuonicod Rutplo4 cuou3d Jo Aurapq aqi Sutaawezen8 sixnuoa lit pue but Jaatl3p pin alnaa]a 01 1aC sn st pur awrl slt Ul 'AuredwOJ Pies 10 sluahe Ju luaft io 'p!11-w-sA3wo11r Jo wout se suosnd in utsUad Mit iulodde 01 Teas altLodma Sit Japun •Sautl3Jnas lutllS•sy su JO Duo x, ,Gelata3S Sll 411M u0iPunfuoa Iii sluaPlcaXd ;01A sli Jo natlla Sc 1uaPrsay sit Ja.%odwo pun azuo4lnr 'swop hganq it put -op .Cuedwoj sty] wqi 'paAIM.. PN 1t aq alo;alatU, 'PVJ° S2Uc%U*J, Put s3at11AOJd 241 Ul put salels p21!UJ alp JO saurotuay 341 ut Pt]! PiIkmIN uegl Jaym sale1S ut 2wtu slt ill pur, 1l JO,] tae o1 ,SluoLpnv put Jamod gum sAauwiit pur, swage lutoddt Xutdwoj sty] leyl scaulsnq Jo urnlarsuen rrn1..?l;a . ql wJ .SJecsaaw sl 1l '4.M mu. luawwtoddy Joj dluo4u�. SNO1S.:1'1OS311 JO AdOJ CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE: CSR CM 09/16/92 I Eason & Company, Inc. I CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE MOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE I I 100 West Center I DOES N]T WEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE I I uite 201 I POLICIES BELOW. I yettevil le, AR I- — — — --- — — -------------------I 702-4217 I COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE I I PHONE 501-521-2233 Jerry Sweetser, Inc. 590 W. Poplar Fay0etteville AR 72703 I CCW Y LETTER A USF&G I ------------------------ I COMPANY LETTER B I --- I COMPANY LETTER C I ----------------------------- I COMPANY LETTER D COMPANY LETTER E COVERAGES (___ ______= —_ = _= _ ______ _ =_- _ --__'=== THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISIED TO THE INSURED HAYED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAI�1 THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL TEAMS, EXCLUSIONS, AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN RED(1LED BY PAID CLAIMS. I COI TYPE OF INSURANCE ILTRI I IGENERAL LIABILITY I I I AIDO COMMERCIAL LEN LIABILITY I I I I I I I ] CLAIMS MADE D( ] OCC. I I I[ ] ➢WNERS'S & CONTRACTOR'S I I I PROTECTIVE I I I I It) I I I I I IC) I el I (AUTOMOBILE LIARI I I I AIDO ANY AUTO I I I[ ] SCHEDULED AUTOS I I II ] HIRED AUTOS I I NON-OWAUTOS It I LIABILITY I I It] I I -- I - -- - -I I (EXCESS LIABILITY I I AIDO UMBRELLA FORM I I It ] OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM I II -----------------------I I I I Al WORKERS' COMP I II AND I I EMPLOYERS' LIAB I I I OTHER I I Al O' s & E's Cont ing-1 I lent Prot. Liab. POLICY NUMBER 1 CP3000 1039201 3902852917 Binder I POLICY EFF I POLICY EXP I LIMITS I DATE I DATE I I -----------I-------I---------------------------- I I 1(ENE.. AGGREGATE 1 $2,OO,OOO 1 II--------------I-------------I 110/30/91 110/30/921PROD-COMP/DP PEG. --- 2,000, 000 I-------- I II I ------- I I IPERS. & ADY. INJURYII, 000,000 ---I I I I -------I I I IEACH OCCURRENCE I1,000,000 II-----------------I -------------I I (FIRE DWl I I I I (ANY DE FIRE) Be, 000 I I ------------1 II -------------- I I TIED. EXPENSE I I I I I (ANY ONE PERSON) 5,000 I I•---- -- -I -------------I -- --- - I ------- I I I ICONS. SINGLE LIMIT I $1,OOO,OO@ I --I------------I 110/30/91 1 10/30/921BODILY INJURY I I I I I(PER PERSONN) I I II I----------------I------------I ( I (BODILY INJURY I I I ((PER ACCIDENT) I I II ----------------1---------- I i IPROPERTY DAMAGE I IEACH OCCURRENCE 1 $2,000,000 I 10/30/91 110/30/921----------------- I -------------I REGREGATE 2,000,000 -------------I------------I-----------------I-------- I ISTATUTORY LIMITS( 10/30/91 110/30/92IEACH ACCIDENT 1100000 I IDISEASE-POLL LIMIT 500000 I I I➢ISEASE-EPOI EMP. 1100000 1 I I I $2,000,0001 i I I DESCRIPTION (F OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES/SPECIAL ITEMS I I I I I The following named as additional insureds: The City of Fayetteville and 1 Crafton Tull & Associates, Inc. 103 N. College, Fayetteville, AR 72701. 1 U CERTIFICATEIOLDER (- -- ----) CAINCELLATION (-- = SHOULD ANY IT THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CAN LLED BEFORE THE EX- I I = P]RATION DATE THEREOF THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30 I I = DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE Tb THE CERTIFICATE (OLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT BUT I e City of Fayetteville, = FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF I kansas = ANY KIND UPON THE COMPANY, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. I i 13 West Mountain I Fayetteville AR 172701 I-ACORD 25-S (7/90) = AUTHORIZED TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph Page Number & Title Number Number & Title Number I. DEFINITIONS ................................... 13 2.5-2.7 Before Starting Construction; III Addenda ............................. 13 CONTRACTOR's Responsibility to 1.2 Agreement ........................... 13 Report: PreliminarySchedules; 1.3 Application for Payment .............. 13 Delivery of Certificates of 1.4 Asbestos ............................. 13 Insurance .......................... IS 1.5 Bid..............I.................... 13 2.8 Preeonstruction Conference ........... i5 1.6 Bidding Documents ................... 13 2.9 Initially Acceptable Schedules ......... 16 1.7 Bidding Requirements ................ 13 1.8 Bonds ................................ 13 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, 13 AMENDING, REUSE ............................ 1.9 Change Order 16 1.10 Contract Documents .................. 13 3.1-3.2 Intent...............................1 16 1.11 Contract Price ........................ 33 3.3 Reference to Standards and 1.12 Contract Times ....................... 13 Specifications of Technical Societies; 1.13 CONTRACTOR ...................... 13 Reporting and Resolving 1.14 defective ............................. 13 Discrepancies ...................... 16 1.15 Drawings .................I........... 13 3.4 Intent of Certain Terns or Adjectives .. 17 1.16 Effective Date of the Agreement ...... 13 3.5 Amending Contract Documents ....... 17 1.17 ENGINEER .. f the Agree............ 13 3.6 Supplementing Contract Documents ... 17 1.18 ENGINEER's Consultant ............. 13 3.7 Reuse of Documents .................1 17 1.19 Field Order ........................... 13 q AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND 1.20 General Requirements ................ 14 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS. 17 1.21 Hazardous Haste ..................... 14 4.1 Availability of Lands .................. 17 1.22 Laws and Regulations; Laws or 4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions ... 17 Regulations ......... " 14 ' 4.2.1 Reports and Drawings 17 1.23 Liens ................................. 14 ..RACT ...... • 1.24 Milestone ............................. 14 4.2.2 Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR 1.25 Notice of Award ...................... 14 Authorized; Technical Data ......... IS 14 4.2.3 Notice of Differing Subsurface or 1.26 Notice to Proceed ..... • .' • .' • "" " Physical Conditions .... I ............ 18 1.27 OWNER ............................. 14 4.2.4 ENGINEER's Review ............... I8 1.28 Partial Utilization ..................... 14 4.2.5 Possible Contract Documents Change . 18 1.29 PCBs.........................I....... 14 4.2.6 Possible Price and Times Adjustments . 18 1.30 Petroleum 14 4.3 Physical Conditions —Underground 1.31 Project ............................... 14 Facilities 18 1.32 Radioactive Material .................. 14 ""......... 1.33 Resident Project Representative ....... 14 4.3.1 Shown or Indicated ................... 18 4.3.2 Not Shown or Indicated .............. 19 1.34 Samples ............... ...:........... 14 4.4 Reference Points ...................... 19 1.35 Shop Drawings ....................... 14 4.5 Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous 1.36 Specifications ...........I ............. 14 Waste or Radioactive Material ...... 19 1.37 Subcontractor ........................ 14 1.38 Substantial Completion ............... 14 S. BONDS AND INSURANCE 20 1.39 Supplementary Payment Other ......• PP tary Conditions ............ 14 1.40 Supplier .............................. 14 5.1-5.2 Performance, Payment and Bonds. 20 1.41 Underground Facilities ..............:. 14 5.3 Licensed Sureties and Insurers; 1.42 Unit Price Work ............I......... 14 Certificates of Insurance ............ 20 1.43 Work ................................. 15 5.4 CONTRACTOR's Liability Insurance . 20 1.44 Work Chan a Directive i5 5.5 OWNER's Liability Insurance ........ 21 g .............•' 5.6 Pro rt Insurance 21 1.45 Written Amendment IS y " Additional 5.7 Boiler and Machinery or Additional 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS ...................... 15 Property Insurance ................. 21 2.1 Deliveryof Bonds ............ 1 ....... 15 5.8 Notice of Cancellation Provisions ..... 21 2.2 copies of Documents ................. IS 5.9 CONTRACTOR's Responsibility for 2.3 Commencement of Contract Times; Deductible Amounts ................ 22 Notice to Proceed .................. IS 5.10 Other Special Insurance ............... 22 2.4 Starting the Work ...................... 15 5.11 Waiver of Rights ...................... 22 Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph Page Number & 7itle Number Number & This Number • 5.12.5.13 Receipt and Application of Insurance 8.6 Change Orders 29 Proceeds ........................... 22 8.7 Inspections, Tests and Approvals •..... 29 5.14 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; 8.8 Slop or Suspend Work; Terminate Option to Replace ................. 22 CONTRACTOR's Services ......... 29 5.15 Partial Utilization —Property 8.9 Limitations on OWNER's Insurance .......................... 23 Responsibilities ..................... 30 8.10 Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous 6. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES .......... 23 Waste or Radioactive Material ...... 30 6.1-6.2 Supervision and Superintendence ...... 23 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements .. 30 6.3-6.5 Labor, Materials and Equipment ...... 23 9. ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING 6.6 Progress Schedule .................... 23 CONSTRUCTION 6.7 Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items; 9.1 OWNER's Re re......ive 30 CONTRACTOR'S Expense; p ....I..I1.. 30 Substitute Construction 9.2 Visits to Site .......................... 30 or 9.3 Project Representative ................ 30 Methods ENGor Procedures; s Evaluation .......... 23 9.4 Clarifications and Interpretations ...... 30 6.8-6.11 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers 9.5 Authorized Variations in Work •....... 30 9.6 Rejecting Defective Work ............. 30 and Others; Waiver of Rights ....... 24 6.12 Patent Fees and Royalties ............. 25 9.7.9.9 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and 6.13 Permits ............................... 25 Payments 31 """""""" 6.14 Laws and Regulations 25 9.10 Determinations for Unit Prices ........ 31 8 9.11-9.12 Decisions on Disputes; ENGINEER as 6.15 Taxes ................................ 25Initial Interpreter ................... 31 6.16 Use of Premises .................... 26Li 9.13 mitations on ENGINEER's 6.17 Site Cleanliness ............4.......... 26 6.18 Safe Structural Loading ............... 26 Authority and Responsibilities ...... 31 6.19 Record Documents ................... 26 6.20 Safer and Protection 26 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK ..................... 32 y 10.1 OWNER Ordered Change •6.21 ' Safety Representative ................. 26 8 ........... 6.22 32 6.22 Hazard Communication Programs ..... 27 10.2 Claim for Adjustment ........... 32 10 6.23 Emergencies ...........4 .............. 27 .3Work Not Required by Contract ' and Samples .......... 27 Documents ......................... 32 6.24 Shop Drawings 6.25 Submittal Procedures; 10.4 Change Orders CONTRACTOR's Review Prior to 10.5 Notification of Surety .............I... 32 Shop Drawing or Sample Submittal . 27 II. CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE .............. 32 6.26 Shop Drawing & Sample Submittals 11.1-11.3 Contract Price; Claim for Adjustment, Review by ENGINEER ............ 27 Value of the Work .................. 32 6.27 Responsibility for Variation From 11.4 Cost of the Work .........•........... 33 Contract Documents ................ 27 11.5 Exclusions to Cost of the Work ......, 34 6.28 Related Work Performed Prior to 11.6 CONTRACIOR's Fee ................ 34 ENGINEER's Review and Approval II.? Cost Records ......................... 34 of Required Submittals ............. 27 11.8 Cash Allowances ..................... 35 6.29 Continuing the \Work .................. 28 11.9 Unit Price Work ........ I........ ..... 35 6.30 CONTRACTCR's General Warranty and Guarantee ............ 28 12. CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES .............. 35 6.31-6.33 Indemnification ....................... 28 12.1 Claim for Adjustment ................. 35 6.34 Survival of Obligations ................ 28 12.2 Time of the Essence .................. 35 12.3 Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR's 7. OTHER WORK .................................. 29 Control ............................ 35 7.1-7.3 Related Work at Site ........I......... 29 12.4 Delays Beyond OWNER's and 7.4 Coordination CONTRACTOR's Control .......... 35 8. OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES ................. 29 8.1 Communications to Contractor .....1.. 29 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, 8.2 Replacement of ENGINEER .......... 29 REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE 8.3 Furnish Data and Pay Promptly When WORK ....... 36 Due ................................ 29 13.1 Notice of Defects ..................... 36 • 8.4 Lands and Easements; Reports and 13.2 Access to the Work ................... 36 Tests ............................... 29 13.3 Tests and Inspections; Contractor's SiInsurance ......................•...... 29 Cooperation ........................ 36 Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph Page Number & Title Number Number & Title Number 13.4 OWNER's Responsibilities; 14.12 - Final Application for Payment ......... 40 Independent Testing Laboratory .... 36 14.13.14.14 Final Payment and Acceptance 40 • 13.5 CONTRACTOR's Responsibilities ..... 36 ........ 14.15 Waiver of Claims ..................... 40 13.613.7 CoveringWork Prior to Inspection, Testing or Approval 36 I5. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND 13.8-13.9 ................ Uncovering Work at ENGINEER's 'GERMINATION ................................ 40 Request ............................ 36 15.1 OWNER May Suspend Work ......... 40 13.10 OWNER May Stop the Work ......... 36 15.2-15.4 OWNER May Terminate .............. 40 13.11 Correction or Removal of Defective 15.5 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Work ................................ 37 Terminate ......:................... 41 13.12 Correction Period 13.13 ..................... Acceptance of Defective Work ........ 37 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION ....................... 41 13.14 OWNER May Correct Defective Work ............................... 37 17. MISCELLANEOUS ............................1 17.1 Giving Notice 42 ........................ 17.2 Computation of Times ................ 42 42 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND 17.3 Notice of Claim ....................... 42 COMPLETION ................................. 37 17.4 Cumulative Remedies 42 14.1 Schedule of Values .................... 37 ................. 17.5 Professional Fees and Court Costs 14.2 Application for Progress Payment ..... 38 Included ........................... 42 14.3 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title ... 38 14.4-14.7 Review of Applications for EXHIBIT GC -A (Optional): Progress Payments ................. 38 Dispute Resolution Agreement (Optional) ..... GC -A 1 14.8-14.9 Substantial Completion ............... 39 16.1.16.6 Arbitration GC•A1 14.10 Partial Utilization ..................... 39 .................... 16.7 Mediation GC -A2 14.11 Final Inspection ...................... 39 ..................... 0 • INDEX TO GENERAL CONDITIONS 0 S Article or Porn graph Number Acceptance of — Bonds and Insurance ................................ 5.14 detective Work ....................... 10.4.1, 13.13, 13.15 final payment ................................. 9.12, 14.15 insurance ........................................... 5.14 other Work, by CONTRACTOR ...................... 7.3 Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items .................. 6.7.1 Work by OWNER ........................ 2.5, 6.30, 6.34 Access to the — Lands, OWNER and CONTRACTOR responsibilities ..................................... 4.1 site, related work .................................... 7.2 Work, .................................. 13.2, 13.14, 14.9 Acts or Omissions—, Acts and Omissions — CONTRACTOR ............................ 6.9.1, 9.13.3 ENGINEER ................................ 6.20, 9.13.3 OWNER....................................... 6.20, 8.9 Addenda —definition of (also see definition of Specifications) ........... (1.6, 1.10, 6.19) 1.1 Additional Property Insurances ......................... 5.7 Adjustments Contract Price or Contract Times ......... 1.5, 3.5, 4.1, 4.3.2, 4.5.2, 4.5.3, 9.4, 9.5, 10.2.10.4, 1I, 12, 14.8, 15.1 progress schedule .................................... 6.6 Agreement — definition of .......................................... 1.2 All risk Insurance, policy form ........................ 5.6.2 Allowances, Cash ..................................... 11.8 Amending Contract Documents ......................... 3.5 Amendment, Written — in general .... 1.10, 1.45, 3.5, 5.10, 5.12, 6.6.2, 6.8.2, 6.19, 10.1, 10.4, 11.2, 12.1, 13.12.2, 14.7.2 Appeal, OWNER or CONTRACTOR intent to ...................... 9.10, 9.1i, 10.4, 16.2, 16.5 Application for Payment — definition of...... .. . . .. . .. .. ... .. .......... 1.3 ENGINEER's Responsibility ......1111 ............... 9.9 final payment .................. 9.13.4, 9.13.5, 14.12.14.15 in general ....................... 2.8, 2.9, 5.6.4, 9.10, 15.5 progress payment .............................. 14.1, 14.7 review of ...................................... 14.4-14.7 Arbitration (Optional) ............................. 16.1-16.6 Asbestos — claims pursuant thereto ....................... 4.5.2, 4.5.3 CONTRACTOR authorized to stop Work ........... 4.5.2 definition of .......................................... 1.4 OWNER responsibility f or .................... 4.5.I, 8.10 possible price and times change ................ a.... 4.5.2 Authorized Variations in Work ........... 3.6, 6.25, 6.27, 9.5 Availability of Lands ............................... 4.1, 8.4 Award, Notice of —defined ............................ 1.25 •Before Starting Construction ........................ 2.5-2.8 Bid —definition of ...........11.11 ...................... I.S (I.I, 1.10, 2.3, 3.3, 4.2.6.4, 6.13, 11,4.3, 11.9.1) Article or Paragraph Number Bidding Documents —definition of .......... 1.6 (6.8.2) 1111.. Bidding Requirements —definitions of ...... 1.7 (1.1, 4.2.6.2) Bonds — acceptanceof.........I............................. 5.14 additional bonds ........................... 10.5, 11.4.5.9 Cost of the Work .........11....1....1 ............. 11.5.4 definition of.... •&•••••••••••••t•• ..,. 1.8 ............ deliveryof .... .....I ............................ 2.1, 5.1 final application for payment ................. 14.12-14.14 general ...............1.log 5.1.5.3, 5.13, 9.13,10.5, 14.7.6 performance, Payment and Other ................. 5.1.5.2 Bonds and Insurance —in general ......................... 5 Builder's risk "all risk" policy form ................... 5.6.2 Cancellation Provisions, Insurance ......... 5.4.11., 5.8, 5.15 CashAllowances ...................................... 11.8 Certificate of Substantial Completion ......... 1.38, 6.30.2.3, 14.8, 14,10 Certificates of Inspection ................ 9.13.4, 13.5, 14.12 Certificates of Insurance .. 2.7, 5.3, 5.4.116 5.4.13, 5.6.5, 5.8, ....................................... 5.14, 9.13.4, 14.12 Change in Contract Price — Cash Allowances..........I...........I............ 11.8 claim for price adjustment ..... 4.1, 4.2.6, 4.5, 5.1$, 6.8.2, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2, 10.5, 11.2, 13.9, 13,13' . ,11.6 13.14, 151 15 CONTRACTOR's fee ............ Cost of the Work gene...................................... 11.4.11.7 Exclusionsto ....................................... 11.5 CostRecords..........I............................ 11.7 in general .............. I.19$ 1.44, 9.11, 10.4.2, 10.4.3, II Lump Sum Pricing ................................ 11.3.2 Notification of Surety ............................... 10.5 Scope of.................a..................... 10.3-10.4 Testing and Inspection, Uncovering the Work ........ 13.9 Unit Price Work .................................... 11.9 Valueof Work •••••••••.....•......................• 11.3 Change in Contract Times — Claim for times adjustment .... 4.1, 4.2.6, 4.5, 5.15, 6.8.2, 9.4, 9.5, 9.1!, 10.2, 10.5, 12.1, 13.9, 13.13, 13.14, 14.7, 15.1, 15.5 Contractual time limits .............................. 12.2 Delays beyond CONTRACTOR's control ............ 12.3 Delays beyond OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's con- trol............................................... 12.4 Notification of surety ............................... 10.5 Scope of change ............................... 10.3-10.4 Change Orders — Acceptance of Defective Work ..................... I3.13 Amending Contract Documents ......................3.$ Cash Allowances ................................... 11.8 Change of Contract Price ............................. II Change of Contract Times ............................ 12 Changes in the Work .................................. 10 CONTRACIOR's fee ............................... 11.6 Cost of the Work ............................... I1.4-11.7 Article or Paragraph Number Cost Records .............................. 11.7 • definition of .......................................... 1.9 emergencies........................................ 6.23 ENGINEER's responsibility ......... 9.8, 10.4, 11.2, 12.1 execution of ........................................ 10.4 Indemnification ..................... 6.12, 6.16.6.31. 6.33 • Insurance, Bonds and ................... 5.10, 5.13, 10.5 OWNER may terminate ........................ 15.2-15.4 •OWNER's Responsibility ....................... 5.6, 10.4 Physical Conditions — Subsurface and, ................................:.... 4.2 Underground Facilities ........................... 4.3.2 Record Documents ................................. 6.19 Scope of Change ............................... 10.3.10.4 Substitutes ................................... 6.7.3. 6.8.2 • Unit Price Work............I....................... 11.9 value of Work, covered by .......................... 11.3 Changes in the Work .................................... 10 Notification of surety ............................... 10.5 • OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's responsibilities .... 10.4 Right to an adjustment .............................. 10.2 Scope of change ............................... 10.3-10.4 Claims — against CONTRACTOR .............................6.16 against ENGINEER ................................ 6.32 against OWNER .................................... 6.32 Change of Contract Price ....................... 9.4, 11.2 Change of Contract Times ...................... 9.4, 12.1 CONTRACTOR's 4, 7.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2, 11.2, 11.9, 12.1, 14.8, 15.1, 15.5, 17.3 CONTRACfOR's Fee .............................. 11.6 CONTRACTOR's liability ............ 5.4, 6.12, 6.16, 6.31 Cost of the Work .............................. 11.4, 11.5 Decisions on Disputes ......................... 9.11, 9.12 Dispute Resolution .................................. 16.1 Dispute Resolution Agreement.................. 16.1-16.6 ENGINEER as initial interpretor .................... 9.11 Lump Sum Pricing ................................ 11.3.2 Notice of ........................................... 17.3 OWNER's ........... 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2, 11.2, 11.9, 12.1, 13.9, 13.13, 13.14, 17.3 •OWNER'S liability ................................... 5.5 OWNER may refuse to make payment .... •.. • ...... 14.7 Professional Fees and Court Costs Included .......... 17.5 request for formal decision on ....................... 9.11 Substitute items .................................. 6.7.1.2 Time Extension ..................................... 12.1 Time requirements ............................ 9.11, 12.1 Unit Price Work .................................. 11.9.3 Value of ............................................ 11.3 Waiver of —on Final Payment ................ 14.14, 14.15 Work Change Directive ............................. 10.2 written notice required ..:................ 9.11, 11.2, 12.1 Clarifications and Interpretations ............ 3.6.3, 9.4, 9.11 Clean Site . .... ............................. ......... 6.17 .Codes of Technical Society, Organization or • Association ...................................... 3.3.3 Commencement of Contract Times ..................... 2.3 • Communications — Article or Paragraph Number general .................................... 6.2, 6.9.2, 8.1 Hazard Communication Programs ................... 6.22 Completion — Final Application for Payment ...................... 14,12 Final Inspection ................................... 14.11 Final Payment and Acceptance ...............14.13-14.14 Partial Utilization .................................. 14.10 Substantial Completion ................... 1.38, 14.8-14.9 Waiverof Claims .................................. 14.15 Computation of Times ........................ 17.2.1.17.2.2 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others ............................ 6.8-6.11 Conferences — initially acceptable schedules ......................... 2.9 preconstruction...................................... 2.8 Conflict, Error, Ambiguity, Discrepancy — CONTRACTOR to Report ..................... 2.5, 3.3.2 Construction, before starting by CONTRACTOR .... 2.5-2.7 Construction Machinery. Equipment, etc. .. ... ..... 6.4 Continuing the Work ............................. 6.29, 10.4 Contract Documents — Amending........................................... 3.5 . Bonds ............................................... 5.1 Cash Allowances ................................... 11.8 Change of Contract Price ..........................1.0 11 Change of Contract Times ............................ 12 Changes in the Work ........................... 10.4-10.5 check and verify .................................... 2.5 Clarifications and Interpretations ....... 3.2, 3.6, 9.4, 9.11 definition of ........................................ 1.10 ENGINEER as initial interpreter of ................. 9.11 • ENGINEER as OWNER's representative ............ 9.1 general ................................................ 3 Insurance ............................................ 5.3 Intent............................................ 3.1-3.4 .minor variations in the Work ......................... 3.6 OWNER's responsibility to furnish data .............. 8.3 OWNER's responsibility to make prompt payment ....................... 8.3, 14.4, 14.13 precedence.................................... 3.1, 3.3.3 RecordDocuments ................................. 6.19 Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies .............................. 3.3 Related Work ........................................ 7.2 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ...........2.5.3.3 Reuseof ........................................:.... 3.7 Supplementing....................................... 3.6 Termination of ENGINEER's Employment ........... 8.2 Unit Price Work..............1..0.................. 11.9 variations ................................. 3.6, 6.23, 6.27 Visits to Site, ENGINEER's ......................... 9.2 Contract Price — adjustment of ................ 3.5, 4.1, 9.4, 10.3, 11.2-11.3 Changeof ...............4• I•••................... .... 11 Decision on Disputes ............................... 9.11 definition of....................4................... 1.11 Contract Times — adjustment of ...................... 3.5, 4.I, 9.4, 10.3, 12 Change of ...................................... 12.1.12.4 Article or Paragraph Number Commencementof ................................... 2.3 definition of ........................................ 1.12 CONTRACTOR — Acceptance of Insurance ............................ 5.14 Limited Reliance on Technical Data Authorized ..... 4.2.2 Communications ............................... 6.2, 6.9.2 Continue Work ................................ 6.29, 10.4 coordination and scheduling......................... 6.9.2 definition of ........................................ 1.13 May Stop Work or Terminate ....................... 15.5 provide site access to others .................... 7.2, 13.2 Safely and Protection ....... 4.3.1.2, 6.16, 6.18, 6.21-6.23, 7.2, 13.2 Shop Drawing and Sample Review Prior to Submittal . 6.25 Stop Work requirements ........................... 4.5.2 CONTRACPOR's— Compensation.................................. 11.1-11.2 Continuing Obligation .............................. 14.15 Defective Work .......................... 9.6, 13.10-13.14 Duty to correct defective Work ..................... 13.11 Duty to Report — Changes in the Work caused by Emergency....................................... 6 23 Defects in Work of Others ......................... 7.3 Differing conditions .............................. 4.2.3 Discrepancy in Documents ........... 2.5, 3.3.2, 6.14.2 Underground Facilities not indicated ............... 4.3.2 Emergencies........................................ 6.23 Equipment and Machinery Rental, Cost •of the Work ................................... 11.4.5.3 Re —Cost -Plus ................:... 11.4.5.6, 11.5.1, 11.6 General Warranty and Guarantee .................... 6.30 Hazard Communication Programs ................... 6.22 Indemnification ...................... 6.12, 6.16, 6.31-6.33 Inspection of the Work ......................... 7.3. 13.4, Labor, Materials and Equipment .................. 6.3-6.5 Laws and Regulations, Compliance by ............. 6.14.1 Liability Insurance ................................... 5.4 Notice of Intent to Appeal ..................... 9.10, 10.4 obligation to perform and complete the Work ........ 6.30 Patent Res and Royalties, paid for by ............... 6.12 Performance and Other Bonds ........................ 5.1 Permits, obtained and paid for by .................... 6.13 Progress Schedule ..... 2.6, 2.8, 2.9, 6.6, 6.29, 10.4, 15.2.1 Request for formal decision on disputes ............. 9.11 Responsibilities— Changes in the Work .............................. 10.1 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others . 6.8- 6.11 Continuing the Work ........................ 6.29, 10.4 CONTRACTOR': expense ....................... 6.7.1 CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guaran- tee..... .............. ...... ........ .........:.... 6.30' CONTRACTOR's review prior to Shop Drawing or Sam- ple submittal ..................................... 6.25 Coordination of Work ............:........ ;..... 6.9.2 Emergencies..................................... 6.23 ENGINEER': evaluation, Substitutes or "Or- Equal" Items .......................... 6.7.3 Article or Paragraph Number For Acts and Omissions of Others ..... 6.9.1-6.9.2, 9.13 for deductible amounts, insurance ...I......... .. . . 5.9 general ................................. 6,7.2.7.3, 8.9 Hazardous Communication Programs ............. 6.22 Indemnification ......... ... 6.31-6.33 .................. Labor, Materials and Equipment ................ 6.3-6.5 l.. ws and Regulations ............................ 6.14 Liability Insurance...................;.__....,...54 Notice of variation from Contract Documents ..... 6.27 Patent Res and Royalties ......................... 6.12 Permits ... ... ........... ........ ..:............... 6.13 Progress Schedule ................................. 6.6 Record Documents ............................... 6.19 related Work performed prior to ENGINEER': approval of required submittals ................. 6.2$ safe structural loading ............................. 6.18 Safety and Protection ................... 6.20, 7.2, 13.2 Safety Representative ............................. 6.21 Scheduling the Work ............................. 6.9.2 Shop Drawings and Samples ...................... 6.24 Shop Drawings and Samples Review by ENGINEER ................................ 6.26 Site Cleanliness ................................... 6.17 Submittal Procedures ............................. 6.2$ Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures .................................... 6.7.2 Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items ................ 6.7.1 Superintendence ................................... 6.2 Supervision... ....... .... .... ........... ..... .... 6.1 Survival of Obligations ............................ 6.34 Taxes............................................ 6.15 Tests and Inspections .............................'13.5 To Report......................I...............1.1 2.5 Use of Premises .................... 6.16-6.18, 6.30.2.4 Review Prior to Shop Drawing or Sample Submittal .. 6.25 Right to adjustment for changes in the Work ......... 10.2 right to claim..4, 4, 7.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.1 1, 10.2, 11.2, 11.9, 12.1, 13.9,14.8,15.1,15.5,17.3 Safety and Protection ................. 6.20.6.22, 7.2, 13.2 Safety Representative ............................... 6.21 Shop Drawings and Samples Submittals ......... 6.24-6.28 Special Consultants ............................... 11.4.4 Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures ..... 6.7 Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items, Expense .. 6.7.1, 6.7.2 Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others ............ 6.8-6.11 Supervision and Superintendence ........... 6.1, 6.2, 6.21 Taxes, Payment by .................................. 6.15 Use of Premises ................................ 6.16-6.18 Warranties and guarantees ...................... 6.30, 6.5 Warrantyof Title ................................... 14.3 Written Notice Required — CONTRACTOR stop Work or terminate ........... 15.5 Reports of Differing Subsurface and Physical Condi- tions...... . . . . . . .. . .. .. ......... . .... .. ... ... 4.2.3 Substantial Completion ........................... 14.8 CONTRACTORS —other ...................:............. 7 Contractual Liability Insurance ..................... 5.4.10 Contractual Time Limits .............................. 12.2 Coordination Article or Paragraph Number CONTRACTOR's responsibility .................... 6.9.2 Comes of Documents .................................13.12 Correction Period .. .. 13.12 Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work in general ............................. 10.4.1, 13.10-13.14 Acceptance of Defective Work ..................... 13.13 Correction or Removal of Defective Work ..... 6.30, 13.11 Correction liriod.................................. 13.12 OWNER May Correct Defective Work ............. 13.14 OWNER May Stop Work .......................... 13.10 Cost. ofTests and Inspections ...........13.4 Records ............................................ 11.7 Cost of the Work — Bonds and insurance, additional ................. I1.4.5.9 Cash Discounts ................................... 11.4.2 CONTRACTOR': Re .............................. 11.6 Employee Expenses ............................. 11.4.5.1 Exclusions to ....................................... 11.5 General ........................................ 11.4.11.5 Home office and overhead expenses ................. 11.5 Losses and damages ............................. 11.4.5.6 Materials and equipment .......................... 11.4.2 Minor expenses ................................. 11.4.5.8 Payroll costs on changes .......................... 11.4.1 performed by Subcontractors ...................... 11.4.3 Records............................................ 11.7 • Rentals of construction equipment and machinery . 11.4.5.3 Royalty payments, permits and license fees ...... 11.4.5.5 Site office and temporaryfacilities ............... 11.4.5.2 Special Consultants, CONTRACTOR's ............ 11.4.4 Supplemental ..................................... 11.4.5 Taxes related to the Work ....................... 11.4.5.4 Tests and Inspection ................................ 13.4 Trade Discounts .................................. 11.4.2 • Utilities, fuel and sanitary facilities ............... 11.4.5.7 Work after regular hours .......................... 11.4.1 Covering Work ................................... 13.6.13.7 Cumulative Remedies ............................ 17.4.17.5 Cutting, fitting and patching ............................ 7.2 Data, to be furnished by OWNER ...................... 8.3 Day --definition of ................................... 17.2.2 Decisions on Disputes ........................... 9.11, 9.12 defective —definition of ................................ 1.14 defective Work — Acceptance of .............................. 10.4.1, 13.13 Correction or Removal of ................... 10.4.1, 13.11 Correction Period .................................. 13.12 in general ................................. 13, 14.7, 14.11 Observation by ENGINEER ......................... 9.2 OWNER May Stop Work .......................... 13.10 Prompt Notice of Defects ........................... 13.1 Rejecting............................................ 9.6 Uncovering the Work ............................... 13.8 Definitions.................. ............................. I • Delays ................................. 4.1.6.29, 12.3.12.4 Delivery of Bonds ...................................... 2.1 • Delivery of certificates of insurance ..................... 2.7 Article or Paragraph Number Determinations for Unit Prices ........................ 9.10 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions Noticeof .......................................... 4.2.3 ENGINEER's Review ............................4.2.4 Possible Contract Documents Change ............... 4.2.5 Possible Price and Times Adjustments ..............4.2.6 Discrepancies -Reporting and Resolving .... 2.5, 3.3.2, 6.14.2 Dispute Resolution — Agreement..................................... 16.1-16.6 Arbitration ..................................... 16.1.16.5 general............................................... 16 Mediation.......................................... 16.6 Dispute Resolution Agreement .................... 16.1.16.6 Disputes, Decisions by ENGINEER .............. 9.11.9.12 Documents — Copies of ............................................ 2.2 Record............................................. 6.19 Reuseof ............................................. 3.7 Drawings —definition of ............................... 1.15 Easements ............................................. 4.1 Effective date of Agreement —definition of ............. 1.16 Emergencies .......................................... 6.23 ENGINEER — as initial interpreter on disputes ................. 9.11.9.12 definition of ........................................ 1.17 Limitations on authority and responsibilities ................................. 9.13 Replacement of ...................................... 8.2 Resident Project Representative ...................... 9.3 ENGINEER's Consultant —definition of ............... 1.18 ENGINEER's— authority and responsibility, limitations on ...,.......9.13 Authorized Variations in the Work .................... 9.5 Change Orders, responsibility for .......... 9.7, 10, 11.12 Clarifications and Interpretations ............... 3.6.3, 9.4 Decisions on Disputes .......................... 9.11-9.12 defective Work, notice of ........................... 13.1 Evaluation of Substitute Items ...................... 6.7.3 Liability ....................................... 6.32.9.12 Notice Work is Acceptable ......................... 14.13 Observations ................................. 6.30.2, 9.2 OWNER's Representative ........................... 9.1 Payments to the CONTRACTOR, Responsibility for .............................. 9.9, 14 Recommendation of Payment ................. 14.4, 14.13 Responsibilities — Limitations on ........................ ...... 9.11.9.13 Review of Reports on Differing Subsurface and Physical Conditions .......................... 4.2.4 Shop Drawings and Samples, review responsibility ..................................... 6.26 Status During Construction — authorized variations in the Work .................. 9.5 Clarifications and Interpretations ..................9.4 Decisions on Disputes ........................ 9.11-9.I2 Determinations on Unit Price ..................... 9.10 ENGINEER as Initial Interpreter .............9.11.9.12 ENGINEER's Responsibilities ................ 9.1.9.12 Arricle or Paragraph Number Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and Responsibilities ......... .... .................:.... 9.13 OWNER's Representative ......................... 9.1 Project Representative ............................. 9.3 Rejecting Defective Work ........................,;9.6 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments .................................... 9.7.9.9 Visits to Site ...................................... 9.2 Unit Price Determinations ........................... 9.10 Visits to Site ................ .... .I................... 9.2 Written consent required ......................... 7.2, 9.1 Equipment, Labor, Materials and ................... 6.3-6.5 Equipment rental, Cost of the Work ................ 11.4.5.3 Equivalent Materials and Equipment .................... 6.7 Errors or omissions ................. .......... ....... 6.33 Evidence of Financial Arrangements ................... 8.11' Explorations of physical conditions ................... 4.2.1 Fee, CONTRACTOR's—Costs-Plus ................... 11.6 Field Order — definition of ........................................ 1.19 issued by ENGINEER ......................... 3.6.1, 9.5 Final Application for Payment ........................ 14.12 Final Inspection ...................................... 14.11 Final Payment — and Acceptance ................ .. 14.13.14.14 Prior to, for cash allowances ........................ 11.8 General Provisions ............................... 17.3.17.4 General Requirements— defintion of ......................................... 1.20 • principal references to ............• .. 2.6, 6.4, 6.6-6.7, 6.24 Giving Notice ......................................... 17.1 Guarantee of Work —by CONTRACTOR .............................. 6.30, 14.12 Hazard Communication Programs ..................... 6.22 Hazardous Waste — definition of ........................................ 1.21 general.............................................. 4.5 OWNER's responsibility for ............I.,......... 8.10 Indemnification ........................ 6.12, 6.16, 6.31.6.33 Initially Acceptable Schedules .......................... 2.9 Inspection— Certiftcates of ......................... ...............9.13.4,I3.5,14.12 14.12 Final.............................................. 14.11 Special, required by ENGINEER .................... 9.6 Tests and Approval ........................ 8.7, 13.3-13.4 Insurance — Acceptance of, by OWNER ......................... 5.14 Additional, required by changes in the Work ................................. 11.4.5.9 Beforestarting the Work .............................2.7 Bonds and —in general ................................. 5 Cancellation Provisions .......:.................:.... 5.8 Certificates of ..2.7, 5, 5.3, 5.4.11, 5.4.13, 5.6.5, 5.8, 5.14, 9.13.4, 14.12 completed operations .............................. 5.4.13 CONTRACTOR's Liability ........................... 5.4 CONTRAC1OR's objection to coverage ............. 5.14 Contractual Liability ...........................1.. 5.4.10 Article or Paragraph Number deductible amounts, CONTRACTOR's responsibility .................................... Final Application for Payment ...................... LicensedInsurers ..................................... Notice requirements, material 5.9 14.12 5.3 changes .................................. 5.8, 10.50 Option to Replace .................................. 5.14 other special insurances ............................. 5.10 OWNER as fiduciary for insureds .............. 5.12.5.13 OWNER's Liability .................................. 5.5 OWNER's Responsibility ............................. 8.5 Partial Utilization, Property Insurance ............... 5.15 Properly........................................ 5.6.5.10 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds ..5.12.5.13 SpecialInsurance ................................... 5.10 Waiver of Rights ............; ....................... 5.11 Intent of Contract Documents ....................... 3.1-3.4 Interpretations and Clarifications ................. 3.6.3, 9.4 Investigations or physical conditions ....................4.2 Labor, Materials and Equipment .................... 6.3-6.5 Lands — and Easements ...................................... Availability of ................................... Reports & Tests ...................................... Laws and Regulations —Laws or Regulations — 8.4 4.1, 8.4 8.4 Bonds........................................... 5.1.5.2 Changes in the Work ............................... 10.4 Contract Documents ... ......... .............. ....... 3.1 CONTRACTOR's Responsibilities ................... 6.14 • Correction Period, defective Work .................. 13.12 Cost of the Work, taxes ......................... 11.4.5.4 definition of ........................................ 1.22 general............................................. 6.14 Indemnification ................................ 6.31.6.33 Insurance ............................................ 5.3 Precedence .................................... 3.1, 3.3.3 Reference to ....................................... 3.3.1 Safety and Protection .......................... 6.20, 13.2 Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others ............ 6.8-6.11 Testsand Inspections ............................... 13.5 Use of Premises .................................... 6.16 Visits to Site ......................................... 9.2 Liability Insurance— CONTRACTOR's.................................... OWNER's ........................... ...I ..... Licensed Sureties and Insurers ......................... Liens — 5.4 .... ... 5.5 5.3 Application for Progress Payment ................... Contractor's Warranty of Title ....................... Final Application for Payment ...................... definition of ........................................ Waiver of Claims .................................. Limitations on ENGINEER's authority and 14.2 14.3 14.12 1.23 14.15 responsibilities ..................................... 9.13 Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized ...... 4.2.2 Maintenance and Operating Manuals — final Application for Payment ...................... 14.12 Manuals (of others) — Precedence ....................................... 3.3.3.1 Article or Paragraph Number Reference to in Contract Documents ................ 3.3.1 Materials and equipment — furnished by CONTRACTOR ........................ not incorporated in Work ............................ Materials or equipment —equivalent ..................... Mediation (Optional) .................................. Milestones —definition of .............................. Miscellaneous — 6.3 14.2 6.7 16.7 1.24 Computation of Times .............................. 17.2 Cumulative Remedies ............................... 17.4 Giving Notice ....................................... 17.1 Notice of Claim ..................................... 17.3 Professional Fees and Court Costs Included .......... 17.5 Multi prime contracts .................................... 7 Not Shown or Indicated .............................. 4.3.2 Notice of — Acceptability of Project ............................ 14.13 Award, definition of ................................. 1.25 Claim.............................................. 17.3 Defects ................... 13.1 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ..........4.2.3 Giving.............................................. Tests and Inspections ............................... Variation, Shop Drawing and Sample ................ 17.1 13.3 6.27 Notice to Proceed — definition of ........................................ 1.26 givingof ............................................. 2.3 Notification to Surety ................................. 10.5 Observations, by ENGINEER ..................... 6.30, 9.2 Occupancy of the Work ................ 5.15, 6.30.2.4, 14.10 Omissions or acts by CONTRACTOR ............. 6.9, 9.13 "Open peril" policy form, Insurance ...................5.6.2 Option to Replace .....................................5.14 „Or Equal" Items ...................................... 6.7 Otherwork .............................................. 7 Overtime Work —prohibition of ......................... 6.3 OWNER — Acceptance of defective Work ...................... 13.13 appoint an ENGINEER ............................... 8.2 as fiduciary .................................... 5.12-5.13 Availability of Lands, responsibility ................... 4.1 definition of ........................................ 1.27 data, furnish .................:....................... 8.3 May Correct Defective Work ....................... 13.14 May refuse to make payment ........................ 14.7 May Stop the Work ................................ 13.10 may suspend work, terminate ....................... 8.8, Payment, make prompt ................... 13.10, 15.1.15.4 8.3, 14.4, 14.13 performance of other Work ............................ 7.1 permits and licenses, requirements ................. 6.13 purchased insurance requirements ...............5.6-5.I0 OWNER',— Acceptance of the Work ......................... 6.30.2.5 Change Orders, obligation to execute... ....:...... ....... ............ ... 8.6, 10.4 Communications..................................... 8.1 Coordination of the Work ............................ 7.4 Disputes, request for decision ....................... 9.11 Article or Paragraph Number Inspections, tests and approvals ................. 8.7, 13.4 Liability Insurance .................................. 5.5 Noticeof Defects ................................... 13.1 Representative —During Construction, ENGINEER's Status ............................ 9., Responsibilities — Asbestos, PCB's, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste on Radioactive Material .................. 8.10 ChangeOrders .................................... 8.6 Changes in the Work .............................. 10.1 communications................................... 8.1 CONTRACfOR's responsibilities .................. 8.9 evidence of financial arrangements ................ 8.11 inspections, tests and approvals .................... 8.7 Insurance ......................................... 8.5 lands and easements ............................... 8.4 prompt payment by ................................ 8.3 replacement of ENGINEER ....................... 8.2 reports and tests ............•. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4 stop or suspend Work .................. 8.8, 13.10, 15.1 terminate CONTRACTOR's services .......... 8.8, 15.2 separate representative at site ........................9.3 independent testing ................................. 13.4 use or occupancy of the Work.................................... 5.15. 14.10 written consent or approval required ............................... 9.1.6.3, 11.4 written notice required .......... 7.1.9.4, 9.11, 11.2, 11.9, 14.7, 15.4 PCBs — definition of ........................................ 1.29 general.............................................. 4.5 OWNER's responsibility for ........................ 8.10 Partial Utilization — definition of ........................................ 1.28 general................................... 6.30.2.4, 14.10 PropertyInsurance ................................. 5.15 Patent Fees and Royalties ............................. 6.12 Payment Bonds ..................................... 5.1.5,2 Payments, Recommendation of ............. 14.4-14.7, 14.13 Payments to CONTRACTOR and Completion — Application for Progress Payments .................. 14.2 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title ................. 14.3 Final Application for Payment ...................... 14.12. Final Inspection .:......... ........ ......:.... ... .. 14.11 Final Payment and Acceptance ...............14.13-14.I4 general........................................... 8.3. 14 Partial Utilization .................................. 14.10 Relainage........................................... 14.2 Review of Applications for Progress Payments .................................. 14.414.7 prompt payment ..................................... 8.3 Schedule of Values .................................. 14.1 Substantial Completion ......................... 14.8-14.9 Waiver of Claims .................................. 14.15 when payments due .......................... 14.4, 14.13 withholding payment ................................ 14.7 Performance Bonds ................................. 5.I-5.2 Permits ............................................... 6.13 Article or Paragraph Number Petroleum definilio nof ........................................ 1.30 4.5 general.............................................. OWNER's responsibility for ........................ 8.10 Physical Conditions — Drawings of, in or relating to ..................... 4.2.1.2 ENGINEER's review .............................. 4.2.4 existing structures .................................. 4.2.2 general........................................... 4.2.1.2 Subsurface and ....................................... 4.2 Underground Facilities ............................... 4.3 Possible Contract Documents Change ...............4.2.5 Possible Price and Times Adjustments .............. Reports and Drawings .............................. Notice of Differing Subsurface or, .................. 4.2.6 4.2.1 4.2.3 Subsurface and ...................................... Subsurface Conditions ............................ 4.2 4.2.1.1 Technical Data, Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized .................... 4.2.2 Underground Facilities — general.......................................... Not Shown or Indicated ....................... 4.3 4.3 Protection of ............................... 4.3, 6.20 Shown or Indicated ............................ 4.3.1 Technical Data ..................................... Preconstruction Conference ............................ 4.2.2 2.8 Preliminary Matters ...................................... 2 Preliminary Schedules .................................. 2.6 Premises, Use of ................................. 6.16-6.18 Price, Change of Contract ............................... II Price, Contract -definition of .......................... Progress Payment, Applications for .................... 1.11 14.2 Progresspayment—retainage .......................... 14.2 Progress schedule, CONTRACTOR's ..... 2.6, 2.8. 2.9, 6.6, 6.29, 10.4'. 15.2.1 Project —definition of...... ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.31 Project Representative— ENGINEER's Status During Construction ............9.3 Project Representative, Resident -definition of ...................................... 1.33 prompt payment by OWNER ........................... 8.3 Property Insurance Additional ........................................... 5.7 general.......................................... 5.6-5.10 Partial Utilization ........................... 5.15, 14.10.2 receipt and application of proceeds .................................. Protection, Safety and ....................... Punch list ............................................ 5;I2-5.13 6.20-6.21. 13.2 14.11 Radioactive Material— definition........................................... general.............................................. 1.32 4.5 OWNER's responsibility for ........................ 8.10 Recommendation of Payment .............. 14.4, 14.5, 14.13 Record Documents ............................. 6.19. 14.12 Records, procedures for maintaining .................... eferenee Points ....................................... 2.8 4.4 Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies ................................ 3.3 Article or Paragraph Number Regulations, Laws and (or) ............................ 6.14 Rejecting Defective Work ............................... 9.6 Related Work — at Site ........................................... 7.1-7.3 Performed prior to Shop Drawings and Samples submittals review .................. 6.28 Remedies, cumulative ............................ 17.4, 17.5 Removal or Correction of Defective Work .................................... 13.11 rental agreements, OWNER approval required...................................... 11.4.5.3 replacement of ENGINEER, by OWNER .............. 8.2 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies .... 2.5, 3.3.2, 6.14.2 Reports — and Drawings ...................................... 4.2.1 and Tests, OWNER's responsibility .................. 8.4 Resident Project Representative — definition of ........................................ 1.33 provision for ......................................... 9.3 Resident Superintendent, CONTRACTOR's ............. 6.2 Responsibilities— CONTRACTOR's-in general ........................... 6 ENGINEER's-in general ............................... 9 Limitations on .................................... 9.13 OWN ER's -in general .................................. 8 Relainage............................................. 14.2 Reuse of Documents .......... ..... .......... 3.7 Review by CONTRACTOR: Shop Drawings and Samples Prior to Submittal ...................... 6.25 Review of Applications for Progress Payments ...................................... 14.4-14.7 Right to an adjustment ................................ 10.2 Rightsof Way .......................................... 4.1 Royalties, Patent Fees and .............................6.12 Safe Structural Loading ............................... 6.18 Safety — and Protection ....... 4.3.2, 6.16, 6.18, 6.20-6.21, 7.2, 13.2 general ........................................ 6.20-6.23 Representative, CONTRACTOR's ................... 6.21 Samples — definition of ........................................ 1.34 general........................................ 6.24-6.28 Review by CONTRACTOR ......................... 6.25 Review by ENGINEER .......................6.26, 6.27 related Work ........................................ 6.28 submittal of ....................................... 6.24.2 submittal procedures ................................ 6.25 Schedule of progress ..... 2.6. 2.8.2.9, 6.6, 6.29, 10.4, 15.2.1 Schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample Submittals ....................... 2.6, 2.8-2.9,6.24-6.28 Schedule of Values ........................ 2.6, 2.8.2.9, 14.1 Schedules — Adherenceto ..................................... 15.2.1 Adjusting............................................ 6.6 Change or Contract Times .......................... 10.4 Initially Acceptable ............................... 2.8-2.9 Preliminary .......................................... 2.6 Scope of Changes .............................. 10.3.10.4 Subsurface Conditions .............................. 4.2.1.1 IF i S Arricie or Paragraph Number Shop Drawings — and Samples, general ........................... 6.24-6.28 Change Orders & Applications for Payments. and ............................... 9.7-9.9 definition or ........................................ 1.35 ENGINEER's approval of ......................... 3.6.2 ENGINEER's responsibility for review ............................... 9.7,6.24-6.28 related Work ........................................ 6.28 review procedures ......................... 2.8, 6.24 6.28 submittal required ................................. 6.24.1 Submittal Procedures ............................... 6.25 use to approve substitutions ........................6.7.3 Shown or Indicated ................................... 4.3.1 Site Access ....................................... 7.2, 13.2 Site Cleanliness ....................................... 6.17 Site, Visits to — by ENGINEER ................................ 9.2, 13.2 byothers ........................................... 13.2 "Special causes of loss" policy form, insurance ....... 5.6.2 Specifications — definition of ........................................ 1.36 of TechnicalSocieties, reference to ................. 3.3.1 precedence ........................................ 3.3.3 Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies .......................................... 3.3 Starting Construction, Before ....................... 2.5.2.8 Starting the Work ...................................... 2.4 Stop or Suspend Work — by CONTRACTOR ................................. 15.5 by OWNER ............................. 8.8. 13.10. 15.1 Storage of materials and equipment ................. Structural Loading, Safety ............................. 6.18 Subcontractor— ConcerningConcerning, ..................................... 6.8-6.II definition of ........................................ 1.37 delays.............................................. 12.3 waiver of rights ..................................... 6.11 Subcontractors —in general ........................ 6.8-6.11 Subcontracts —required provisions ........ 5.11, 6.11, 11.4.3 Submittals— Appliations for Payment ........................... 14.2 Maintenance and Operation Manuals ............... 14.12 Procedures ........................................ 6.25 Progress Schedules .............................. 2.6, 2.9 Samples ....................................... 6.24-6.28 Schedule of Values ............................. 2.6, 14.1 Schedule of Shop Drawings and Samples Submissions .................... 2.6, 2.8-2.9 Shop Drawings ................................. 6.24-6.28 Substantial Completion— ccrtification of ........................ 6.30.2.3, 14.8.14.9 definition of ........................................ 1.38 Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures ....... 6.7.2 Substitutes and "Or Equal" Items ...................... 6.7 CONTRACTOR's Expense ....................... 6.7.1.3 ENGINEER's Evaluation ..........................6.7.3 .,Or -Equal" ........................................ 6.7.1 Substitute Construction Methods of Procedures ..... 6.7.2 Article or Paragraph Number Substitute Items .................................. 6.7.1.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions— Drewings of, in or relating to ..................... 4.2.1.2 ENGINEER's Review 4.2.4 ............................. general.............................................. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR 4.2 Authorized .................................... 4.2.2 Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ................................ 4.2.3 Physical Conditions ................................. 4.2.1.2 Possible Contract Documents Change ...............4.2.5 Possible Price and Times Adjustments ................ 4.2.6 Reports and Drawings ................................ 4.2.1 Subsurface and ...................................... 4.2 Subsurface Conditions at the Site ................. 4.2.1.1 Technical Data ..................................... 4.2.2 Supervision— CONTRACTOR's responsibility ...................... 6.1 OWNER shall not supervise ......................... 8.9 ENGINEER shall not supervise ............... 9.2, 9.13.2 Superintendence ....................................... 6.2 Superintendent, CONTRACTOR's resident ........... 6.2 Supplemental costs .................................. 11.4.5 Supplementary Conditions — definition of ........................................ 1.39 principal reference to .... 1.10, 1.18, 2.2, 2.7, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 5.3,5.4,5.6-5.9,5.11,6.8,6.13,7.4,8.1I,9.3,9.10 Supplementing Contract Documents .................... 3.6 Supplier — definition of ......................... 1.40 .......... principal references to ..................3.7,6.5,6.8-6.11, 6.20, 6.24, 9.13, 14.12 Waiver of Rights .................................... 6.11 Surety — consent to final payment ..................... 14.12, 14.14 ENGINEER has no duty to ......................... 9.13 Notification of ........................... 10.1, 10.5, 15.2 qualification of ................................... 5.1-5.3 Survival of Obligations ................................ 6.34 Suspend Work. OWNER May .................. 13.10, 15.1 Suspension of Work and Termination— .................. IS CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate................I....................... 15.5 OWNER May Suspend Work ....................... 15.1 OWNER May Terminate ....................... 15.2.15.4 Taxes -Payment by CONTRACTOR .................... 6.15 Technical Data — Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR ............... 4.2.2 Possible Price and Times Adjustments .............. 4.2.6 Reports of Differing Subsurface and Physical Conditions .............................. 4.2.3 Temporaryconstruction facilities ........................ 4.1 Termination — by CONTRACTOR ................................. 15.5 by OWNER ............................... 8.8, 15.1-15.4 of ENGINEER's employment ........................ 8.2 Suspension of Work-in general ........................ 15 Terms and Adjectives .................................. 3.4 Tests and Inspections— Article or Paragraph Number •Access to the Work, by others ...................... 13.2 CONTRACTOR'S responsibilities .................... 13.5 costof .............................................. 13.4 covering Work prior to ......................... 13.6-13.7 Laws and Regulations (or) .......................•... 13.5 Notice of Defects ................................... 13.1 OWNER May Stop Work .......................... 13.10 OWNER's independent testing ..............13.4 special, required by ENGINEER ..................... 9.6 timely notice required ............................... 13.4 Uncovering the Work, at ENGINEER's request .................................... 13.8.13.9 Times — Adjusting............................................ 6.6 Change of Contract ................................... 12 Adjusting............................................ 6.6 Computation of ..................................... 17.2 Contract Times —definition of ....................... 1.12 day................................................17.72 Milestones ........................................... 12 Requirements— appeals.......................................... 16 clarifications, claims and disputes.. ........... . . .... .. .. . . . . . 9.11, 11.2, 12 commencement of contract times ........4.......... 2.3 preconstruction conference ......................... 2.8 schedules ................................. 2.6, 2.9, 6.6 staving the Work ............................ .. .. 2.4 Title, Warranty of ..................................... 14.3 Uncovering Work ................................ 13.8-13.9 Underground Facilities, Physical Conditions — definition of ........................................ 1.41 Not Shown or Indicated ............................ 4.3.2 protection of ................................... 4.3, 6.20 Shown or Indicated ................................ 4.3.1 Unit Price Work — claims............................................ 11.9.3 definition of ........................................ 1.42 general .................................. 11.9, 14.1, 14.5 Unit Prices — general........................................... 11.3.1 Determination for ................................... 9.10 Use of Premises ........................ 6.16, 6.18, 6.30.2.4 Utility owners ...................... 6.13, 6.20, 7.1.7.3, 13.2 • Article or Paragraph Numbrr Utilization, Partial ............... 1.28, 5.15, 6.30, 2.4, 14.10 Valueof the Work ..................................... 11.3 Values, Schedule of ....................... 2.6, 2.8.2.9, 14.1 Variations in Work —Minor Authorized ................................ 6.25, 6.27, 9.5 Visits of Site —by ENGINEER ......................... 9.2 Waiver of Claims -on Final Payment........................................... 14.15 Waiver of Rights by insured parties ............... 5.11, 6.11 Warranty and Guarantee, General by CONTRACTOR .................................... 6.30 Warranty of Title, CONTRACTOR's ................... 14.3 Work — Accessto ........................................... 13.2 byothers, ........................................ a.... 7 Changesin the ....................................... 10 Continuing the, ..................................... 6.29 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work orTerminate ................................... 15.5 Coordination of ...................................... 7.4 Cost of the ..................................... 11.4.11.5 definition of ............................... ... :..... 1.43 neglected by CONTRACTOR ...................... 13.14 other Work ............................................ 7 OWNER May Stop Work .......................... 13.10 OWNER May Suspend Work ................. 13.10, 15.1 Related, Work at Site ............................. 7.1-7.3 Starting the .......................................... 2.4 Stopping by CONTRACTOR ........................ 15.5 Stopping by OWNER .......................... 15.1-15.4 Variation and deviation authorized, minor........................................... 3.6 Work Change Directive — claims pursuant to .................................. 10.2 definition of ........................................ I.44 principal references to .................... 3.5.3, 10.1-10.2 Written Amendment — definition of ........................................ 1.45 principal references to ... 1.10, 3.5, 5.10, 5.12, 6.6.2, 6.8.2, 6.19, 10.1, 10.4, 11.2, 12.1, 13.12.2, 14.7.2 Written Clarifications and Interpretations ........................... 3.6.3, 9.4, 9.11 Written Notice Required — by CONTRACTOR ........ 7.1, 9.10.9.11, 10.4, 11.2, 12.1 by OWNER ....................9.10.9.11, 10.4, 11.2, 13.14 12 0 GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE I -DEFINITIONS Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents the following terms have the meanings* indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof: I.I. Addenda —Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract Documents. 1.2. Agreement —The written contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work lobe performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. 1.3. Application for Payrnent—The form accepted by EN- GINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 1.4. Asbestos —Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. I.S. Bid —The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form selling forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 1.6. Bidding Documents —The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 1.7. Bidding Requirements —The advertisement or invita- tion to Bid, instructions to bidders, and the Bid form. I.B. Bonds —Performance and Payment bonds and other instruments of security. 1.9. Change Order —A document recommended by ENGI- NEER, which is signed by CONTRACTOR and OWNER and authorizes an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 1.10. Contract Documents —The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), CONTRACTOR's Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Notice to Proceed, the Bonds, these General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Draw- ings as the same are more specifically identified in the Agree - men?, together with all Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders and ENGINEER's written interpretations and clarifications issued pursuant to paragraphs 3.5, 3.6.1, and 3.6.3 on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Shop Drawing submittals approved pursu- ant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27 and the reports and drawings referred to in paragraphs 4.2.1.1 and 4.2.2.2 are not Contract Documents. 1.11. Contract Price —The moneys payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.9.1 in the case of Unit Price Work). 1.12. Contract Times —The numbers of days or the dates stated in the Agreement: (i) to achieve Substantial Completion, and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommenda- tion of final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13. • 1.13. CONTRACTOR —The person, firm or corporation with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement. 1.14. defective —An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, in that it does not conform to the Contract Docu- ments, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to ENGI- NEER's recommendation of final payment (unless responsi- bility for the protection thereof has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with paragraph 14.8 or 14.10). 1.15. Drawings —The drawings which show the scope. extent and character of the Work to be fumished and per- formed by CONTRACTOR and which have been prepared or approved by ENGINEER and are referred to in the Contract Documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined; 1.16. Effective Date of the Agreement —The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two panics to sign and deliver. 1.17. ENGINEER —The person, firm or corporation named as such in the Agreement. 1.18. ENGINEER's Consultant —A person, firm or corpo- ration having a contract with ENGINEER to furnish services as ENGINEER's independent professional associate or con- sultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. 1.19. Field Order —A written ordei issued by ENGINEER which orders minor changes in the Work in accordance with paragraph 9.5 but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 13 i I 1.20. Central Requirements —Sections of Division I of the Specifications. 1.21. Hazardous Waste —The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 1.22. Laws and Regulations; Lams or Regulations —Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. 1.23. Liens —Liens, charges, security interests or encum- brances upon real properly or personal property. 1.24. Milestone —A principal event specified in the Con- tract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 1.25. Notice ofAword—The written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent enumerated therein, within the lime specified, OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement. 1.26. Notice to Proceed —.A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to ENGINEER) fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall stars to perform CONTRAC. TOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. 1.27. OWNER —The public body or authority, corpora- tion, association, firm or person with whom CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be provided. 1.28. Partial Utilization —Use by OWNER of a substan- tially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (ora related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 1.29. PCBs —Polychlorinated biphenyls. 1.30. Petroleum—fttroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non -Hazardous Wastes and crude oils. 1.31. Project —The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 1.32. Radioactive Material —Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 201I et seq.) as amended from time to time. 1.33. Resident Project Representative— The authorized representative of ENGINEER who may be assigned to the site or any part thereof. 1.34. Samples—Physicalexamplesof materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 1.35. Shop Drawings —All drawings, diagrams, illustra- tions, schedules and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for CONTRACTOR and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work. 1.36. Specifications —Those portions of the Contract Doc- uments consisting of written technical descriptions of materi- als, equipment, construction systems, standards and workman- ship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. 1.37. Subcontractor —An individual, firm or corporation having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. 1.38. Substantial Completion —The Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of ENGINEER as evidenced by ENGINEER's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently com- plete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or specified pan) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or pan of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 1.39. Supplementary Conditions —The part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these Central Con- ditions. 1.40. Supplier —A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, dis- tributor, materialman or vendor having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor to furnish materi- als or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by CON- TRACTOR or any Subcontractor. 1.41. UndergroundFocilities—Allpipelines,conduits,ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communia- tions, cable television, sewage and drainage removal, traffic or other control systems or water. 1.42. Unit Price Work —Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 14 1.43. Work —The entire completed construction or the var. ious separately identifiable parts thereof required to be fur- nished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and furnishing and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing docu- ments, all as required by the Contract Documents. 1.44. Work Change Directive —A written directive to CON- TRACTOR, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended by ENGINEER, ordering an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical condi- tions under which the Work is to be performed as provided in paragraph 4.2 or 4.3 or to emergencies under paragraph 6.23. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Direc- tive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in paragraph 10.2. 1.45. Written Amendment —A written amendment of the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally dealing with the nonengineering or nontechnical rather than strictly construction -related aspects of the Contract Docu- ments. ARTICLE 2 —PRELIMINARY MATTERS Delivery of Bonds: 2.1. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agree- ments to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish in accordance with paragraph S.I. Copies of Documents: 2.2. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten copies (unless otherwise specified in the Supplementary Con. ditions) of the Contract Documents as are reasonably neces- sary for the execution of the Work. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. Commencement of Contract 77mes; Nodes to Proceed: 2.3. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirti. eth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any lime within thirty days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. In no event will the Contract Times commence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever date is earlier. Starting the Work: 2.4. CONTRACTOR shall stars to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run, but no Work shall be done at the site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run. Before Starring Construction: 2.5. Before undertaking each part of the . Work, CON- TRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. CONTRAC- TOR shall promptly report in writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy which CONTRAC. TOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from ENGINEER before proceeding with any Work affected thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Doc- uments, unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 2.6. Within ten days after the Effective Date of the Agree- ment (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review; 2.6.1. a preliminary progress schedule indicating the Times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing The various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; 2.6.2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and Sam- ple submittals which will list each required submittal and the times for submitting, reviewing and processing such submit- tal; 2.6.3. a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which will include quantities and prices of items aggregating the Contract Price and will subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during construction. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit appli- cable to each item of Work. 2.7. Before any Work at the site is staved, CONTRACTOR and OWNER shall each deliver to the other, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Condi- lions. ccnificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance which either of them or any additional insured may reasonably request) which CONTRACTOR and OWNER respectively are required to purchase and maintain in accordance with para- graphs 5.4, 5.6 and 5.7. Preeonrtrucrion Conference: 2.8. Within twenty days after the Contract Times start to run, but before any Work at the site is started, a conference 15 attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER and others as ap- propriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in paragraph 2.6, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment and maintaining required records. Initially Acceptable Schedules: 2.9. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments, at least ten days before submission of the first Applica- tion for Payment a conference attended by CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER and others as appropriate will be held to review for acceptability to ENGINEER as provided below the sched- ules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.6. CONTRAC- TOR shall have an additional ten days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR until the schedules are submitted to and acceptable to ENGINEER as provided below. The progress schedule will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and the Contract Times, but such acceptance will neither impose on ENGI- NEER responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR's full responsibility therefor. CONTRACTOR's schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submissions will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing a workable arrange- ment for reviewing and processing the required submittals. CONTRACTOR's schedule of values will be acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and substance. ARTICLE 3 —CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE Intent: 3.1. The Contract Documents comprise the entire agree- ment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work. The Contract Documents are complementary-, what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. The Contract Documents will be construed in accordance with the law of the place of the Project. 3.2. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be con- structed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically Bled for. When words or phrases which have a well- known ti chnicai or construction industry or trade meaning are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifi- cations and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in paragraph 9.4. 3.3. Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies; Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies: 3.3.1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard, specification, manual, code or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 3.3.2. If, during the performance of the Work, CON- TRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or dis- crepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier referred to in paragraph 6.5, CONTRACTOR shall report it to ENGINEER in writing at once, and, CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as authorized by paragraph 6.23) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.5 or 3.6: provided, however, that CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGI- NEER for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambigu- ity or discrepancy unless CONTRACTOR knew or reason- ably should have known thereof. 3.3.3. Except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents or as may be provided by amendment or supplement thereto issued by one of the methods indi- cated in paragraph 3.5 or 3.6, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict. error, ambiguity or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: 3.3.3.1. the provisions of any such standard, speci- fication, manual, code or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or 3.3.3.2. the provisions of any such Laws or Regu- lations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). No provision of any such standard, specification. manual. code or instruction shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of O W N ER, CONTRACTOR or ENGINEER. or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or em- ployees from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to OWNER. ENGINEER or any or ENGINEER's Consultants, agents or employees any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or 16 0 0 performance of the Work or any duty or authority to under- take responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of para- graph 9.13 or any other provision of the Contract Docu- ments. 3.4. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms "as ordered;' "as directed," "as required," "as allowed," "as approved" or terms of like effect or import are used, or the adjectives "reasonable, 'suitable,"'acceptable, "acceptable," "proper" or "satisfactory" or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe a requirement, direction, review or judg- ment of ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intended that such requirement, direction; review or judgment will be solely to evaluate, in general, the completed Work for compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective shall not be effective to assign to ENGI- NEER any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provi- sions of paragraph 9.13 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents: J.S. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: 3.5.1, a formal Written Amendment, 3.5.2. a Change Order (pursuant to paragraph 10.4), or 3.5.3. a Work Change Directive (pursuant to paragraph 10.1). 3.6. In addition, the requirements of the Contract Docu- ments may be supplemented, and minor variations and devia- lions in the Work may be authorized, in one or more of the following ways: 3.6.1. a Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9.5), 3.6.2. ENGINEER's approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample (pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27), or 3.6.3. ENGINEER's written interpretation or clarifica- tion (pursuant to paragraph 9.4). Reuse of Document,: of the Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultant, and (ii) shall not reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other documents or copies on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific written verification oradaption by ENGINEER. ARTICLE 4 —AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS Availabifiry of Lands: 4.1. OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rightsof--way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of CONTRACTOR. Upon reasonable written request, OWNER shall furnish CON- TRACTOR with a correct statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed and OWNER's interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. OWNER shall identify arty encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which CONTRACTOR will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by OWNER, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustments in the Contract Price or the Contract Times as a result of any delay in OWNER's furnishing these lands, rights -of -way or easements, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles II and 12. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment 4.2. Subsurface and Physical Conditions: 4.2.1. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of: 4.2.1.1. Subsurface Conditions: Those reports of explo- rations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents; and 4.2.1.2. Physical Conditions: Those drawings of physical 3.7. CONTRACTOR, and any Subcontractor or Supplier conditions in or relating to existing surfaceor subsurface •or other person or organization performing or furnishing any of structures at or contiguous to the site (except Underground the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER (i) Facilities) that have been utilized by ENGINEER in prepar- shall not have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any ing the Contract Documents. I7 4.2.2. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized; Technical Data: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supple. mentary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such 'lech- nieal data;' CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any claim against OWNER. ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER's* Consultants with respect to: 4.2.2.1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, se- quences and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs inci- dent thereto, or 4.2.2.2. other data, interpretations, opinions and infor- mation contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings, or 4.2.2.3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclu- sion drawn from any "technical data" or any such data, interpretations, opinions or information. 4.2.3. Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical Condi- tions: If CONTRACTOR believes that any subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site that is uncovered or revealed either. 4.2.3.1. is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely as provided in paragraphs 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 is materially inaccurate, or 4.2.3.2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents, or 4.2.3.3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or 4.2.3.4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recog- nized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then CONTRACTOR shall, promptly afier becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as permitted by paragraph 6.23), notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing about such condition. CONTRAC- TOR shall not further disturb such conditions or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until re- ceipt of written order to do so. 4.2.4. ENGINEER's Review: ENGINEER will promptly review the pertinent conditions, determine the necessity of WNER's obtaining additional exploration or tests with rn- thereto and advise OWNER in writing (with a copy to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER's findings and conclusions. 4.2.5. Possible Contract Documents Change: If ENGI- NEER concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required as a result of a condition that meets one or more of the categories in paragraph 4.2.3., a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 10 to reflect and document the consequences of such change. 4.2.6. Possible Price and Times Adjustments: An equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or in the Contract Times, or both, will be allowed to the extent that the existence of such uncovered or revealed condition causes an increase or de- crease in CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for performance of, the Work; subject, however, to the following: 4.2.6.1. such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in paragraphs 4.2.3.1 through 4.2.3.4, inclusive; 4.2.6.2. a change in the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraph 4.2.5 will not be an automatic authorization of nor a condition precedent to entitlement to any such adjustment; 4.2.6.3. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.10 and 11.9; and 4.2.6.4. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Times if; 4.2.6.4.1. CONTRACTOR knew of the existence of such conditions at the time CONTRACTOR made a final commitment to OWNER in respect of Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or 4.2.6.4.2. the existence of such condition could rea. sonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test or study of the site and contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for CONTRACTOR prior to CONTRACTOR's making such final commitment; or . 4.2.6.4.3. CONTRACTOR failed to give the written notice within the time and as required by paragraph 4.2.3. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or as to the amount or length of any such equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, a claim may be made therefor as provided in Articles II and 12. However, OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consult- ants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses or damages sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 4.3. Physical Condirlons—Underground Facilities: 4.3.1. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on Ig information and data furnished to OWNER or ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 4.3.1.1. OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be respon- sible for the accuracy or completeness orany such informa- lion or data; and 4.3.1.2. The cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price and CONTRACTOR shall have full respon- sibility for. (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities as provided in paragraph 6.20 and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. 4.3.2. No:Shoun orfndicated: If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the site which was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, CON- TRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or per- forming any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.23). identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to OWNER and ENGINEER. ENGINEER will promptly review the Underground facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence of the Underground Facility. If ENGINEER con- cludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 10 to reflect and document such conse- quences. During such time, CONTRACTOR shall be respon- sible for the safety and protection orsuch Underground Facility as provided in paragraph 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be al- lowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence of any Underground facility that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and that CON- TRACTOR did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitle- ment to or the amount or length of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles II and 12. However, OWNER, ENGINEER and ENCINEER's Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses or damages incurred or sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. Reference Points: 4.4. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to estab- lish reference points for construction which in ENGINEER'S judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRAC- TOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be respon- sible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such refer- ence points by professionally qualified personnel. 4.5. Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radio. active Material: 4.5.1. OWNER shall be responsible for any Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work at the site. OWNER shall not be responsible for any such materials brought to the site by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Suppli- ers or anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. 4.5.2. CONTRACTOR shall immediately: (i) stop all Work in connection with such hazardous condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as re- quired by paragraph 6.23), and (ii) notify OWNER and ENGINEER (and thereafter confirm such notice in writing). OWNER shall promptly consult with ENGINEER concern- ing the necessity for OWNER to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such hazardous condition or take corrective action, if any. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such hazardous condition or in any such affected area until after OWNER has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to CONTRACTOR special written notice: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work, or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or the amount or extent of an adjustment, if any, in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed by CON- TRACTOR to be resumed, either party may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles II and I2. 4.5.3. If after receipt of such special written notice CONTRACTOR does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then OWNER may order such portion of the Work that is in connection with such hazardous condition or in such af- fected area to be deleted from the Work. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or the amount or extent of an adjustment, if any, in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles II and 12. OWNER may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by OWNER's own forces or others in accordance with Article 7. 4.5.4. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Reg- ulations. OWNER shall indemnify and hold harmless CON- TRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's 19 Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents, other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from such hazardous condition, provided that: (i) any such claim, cost, loss or damage is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) nothing in this subparagraph 4.5.4 shall obligate OWNER to indemnify any person or entity from and against the consequences of that person's or entity's own negli- gence. 4.5.5. The provisions of paragraphs 4.2 and 4.3 are not intended to apply to Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site. ARTICLE 5 —BONDS AND INSURANCE Performance, Payment and Other Bonds: S.). CONTRACTOR shall furnish Performance and Pay- ment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Docu- ents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one ear after the date when final payment becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bonds as art required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Docu- ments except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Opera- tions, U.S. Treasury Department. All Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's authority to act. 5.2. If the surety on any Bond furnished by CONTRAC- TOR is declared a bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of paragraph 5.1, CONTRACTOR shall within len days thereafter substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER. 5.3. Leensed Sumter and Insurers, Cenjfieo es of Insurance: • 53.1.'• All Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by OWNER or CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the juris. diction in which the Project is located to issue Bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be pro- vided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.3.2. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supple. mentary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or any other additional insured) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with paragraph 5.4. OWNER shall deliver IoCONTRACTOR, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by CONTRACTOR or any other addi- tional insured) which OWNER is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 hereof. COATRAC70R's IJabiliry Insurance: 5.4. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from CONTRACTOR's performance and furnishing of the 1Vork and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Con- tract Documents, whether it is to be performed or furnished by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 5.4.1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; 5.4.2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, oc- cupational sickness or disease, or death of CONTRAC- 7OR's employees; £4.3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sick- ness or disease, or death of any person other than CON- TRACTOR's employees; 5.4.4. claims for damages insured by customary personal injury liability coverage which are sustained: (i) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by CONTRACTOR, or (ii) by any other person for any other reason; 5.4.5. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and 5.4.6. claims for damages because or bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. 20 C� 0 The policies of insurance so required by this parugmph 5.4 to be purchased and maintained shall: 5.4.7. with respect to insurance required by paragraphs 5.4.3 through 5.4.6 inclusive, include as additional insureds (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of profes- sional liability) OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Con- sultants and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and include coverage for the respective officers and employees of all such additional insureds; 5.4.8. include the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in the Supple- mentary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater; 5.4.9. include completed operations insurance; 5.4.10. include contractual liability insurance covering CONTRACTOR's indemnity obligations under paragraphs 6.12; 6.16 and 6.31 through 6.33; 5.4.11. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be cancelled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplemen- tary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraph 5.3.2 will so pro- vide); 5.4.12. remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be correct- ing, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with paragraph 13.12; and 5.4.13. with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims -made basis, remain in effect for at least two years after final payment (and CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Condi- tions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence satisfactory to OWNER and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter). OWNER's I1abifiry Insurance: S.S. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by CONTRACTOR under paragraph 5.4, OWNER, at OWNER's option, may purchase and maintain at OIVNER's expense OWNER's own liability insurance as will protect OWNER against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. Property Insurance: 5.6. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Con- ditions. OWNER shall purchase and maintain property insur- ance upon the Work at the site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: 5.6.1. include the interests of OWNER, CONTRAC- TOR. Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Con. sultants and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured; 5.6.2. be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework and Work in transit and shall insure against'at least the following perils fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage, and such other perils as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions; 5.6.3. include expenses incurred in the repair or replace- ment of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects); 5.6.4. cover materials and equipment stored at the site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by OWNER prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Applica- tion for Payment recommended by ENGINEER; and 5.6.5. be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by OWNER, CON- TRACTOR and ENGINEER with thirty days written notice to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued. 5.7. OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations, which will include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGIN EER's Consultants and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured. 5.8. All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and main- tained by OWNER in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be cancelled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days' prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with paragraph 5.11. 21 5.9. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or others in the Work to the extent of any deductible amounts that are identified in the supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss within such iden- tified deductible amount, will be borne by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor or others suffering any such loss and if any of them wishes properly insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser's own expense. 5.10. If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the properly insurance policies provided under paragraphs 5.6 or 5.7, OWNER shall, if possi- ble; include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to CONTRACTOR by appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. Prior to commencement of the Work at the site, OWNER shall in writing advise CONTRACTOR whether or not such other insurance has been procured by OWNER. 5.11. M21yer of Rights: 5.11.1. OWNER and CONTRACTOR intend that all policies purchased in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will protect OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and all other per- sons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights or recovery against any of the insureds or additional insureds thereunder. OWNER and CONTRACTOR waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other properly insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplemen. Easy Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by OWNER as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. 5.11.2. In addition, OWNER waives all rights against CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGI- NEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them, for: 5.11.2.1. loss due to business inlerntption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct phys- ical loss or damage to OWNER's property or the Work caused by. arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by OWNER; and 5.11.2.2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other insured peril covered by any properly insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by OWNER during partial utilization pursuant to paragraph 14.10, after substantial completion pursuant to paragraph 14.8 or alter final payment pursuant to paragraph 14.13. Any insurance policy maintained by OWNER covering any loss, damage orconsequential loss referred to in this paragraph 5.11.2 shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage or consequential loss the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of CON- TRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Con- sultants and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them. Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds 5.12. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will be adjusted with OWNER and made payable to OWNER as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the require- ments of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.13. OWNER shall deposit in a separate account any money so received, and shall distribute it in accordance with such agree- ment as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. 5.13. OWNER as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within fifteen days after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this power. If such objection be made, OWNER as fiduciary shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, OWNER as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers and, if required in writing by any party in interest, OWNER as fiduciary shall give bond for the proper performance of such duties. Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option ro Replace: 5.14. If either party (OWNER or CONTRACTOR) has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the Bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the other party in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the objecting party shall so notify the other party in writing within ten days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested) required by paragraph 2.7. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall each provide to the other such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the other may reasonably request. If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the Bonds and insurance required of such party by the Contract Documents, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the star of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, the other party may elect to obtain equivalent Bonds or insurance to protect such other party's interests at the expense of the party who was 22 0 required to provide such coverage, and a Change Order shall be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly. Pausal Ut liuuion—Properly Insurance: 5.15. If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, such use or occupancy may be accomplished in accordance with paragraph 14.10; provided that no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated shereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insur- ance shall not be cancelled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. ARTICLE 6 —CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Supervision and Superintendence: 6.1. CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Con- tract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the completed Work complies accu- rately with the Contract Documents. 6.2. CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under extraordinarycircumstances. The superintendent will be CONTRACTOR's representative at she site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CONTRAC- TOR. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to CONTRACTOR. Labor, Materials and Equipment: 6.3. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent,suitablyqual- ified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the Work as required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours and CONTRACTOR will not permit overtime work or the perfor- mance of Work on Saturday, Sunday or any legal holiday without OWNER's written consent given after prior written notice to ENGINEER. 6.4. Unless otherwise specified in the General Require- ments, CONTRACTOR shall furnish and assume full respon- sibilily for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, con- stntction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, tempo- rary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, stars -up and comple- tion of the Work. 6.5. Al! materials and equipment shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments. All warranties and guarantees specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of OWNER. If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. Progress Schedule: 6.6. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.9 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below: 6.6.1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for acceptance (to the extent indicated in paragraph 2.9) pro- posed adjustments in the progress schedule that will not change the Contract Times (or Milestones). Such adjust- ments will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally will comply with any provisions of. the General Requirements applicable thereto. 6.6.2. Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will change the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 12.1. Such adjustments may only be made by a Change Order or Written Amendment in accordance with Article 12. 6.7. Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items: 6.7.1. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or -equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equip- ment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by ENGINEER underthe followingcircumstances:. 23 I 0 6.7.1.1. "0r -Equal": If in ENGINEER's sole discre- tion an item of material or equipment proposed by CON- TRACTOR is functionally equal to that named and suffi- ciently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by ENGINEER as an "or- equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for acceptance of proposed substitute items. 6.7.1.2. Substitute Items: If in ENGINEER's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR does not qualify as an "or -equal" item under subparagraph 6.7.1.1, it will be considered a pro- posed substitute item. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufft- eient information as provided below to allow ENGINEER to determihe that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. The procedure for review by the ENGINEER will include the following as supple- mented in the General Requirements and as ENGINEER may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. Re- quests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by ENGINEER from anyone other than CONTRACTOR. If CONTRACTOR wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of material or equipment. CONTRACTOR shall first make written appli- cation to ENGINEER for acceptance thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, be similar in substance to that specified and be suited to the same use as that specified. The application will state the extent, if any, to which the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute will prejudice CON- TRACTOR's achievement of Substantial Completion on time, whether or not acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute and whether or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute from that specified will be identified in the application and available maintenance, repair and replacement service will be indi- cated. The application will also contain an itemized esti- mate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such substitute, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting change, all of which will be considered by ENGINEER in evaluating the proposed substitute. EN- GINEER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish addi- tional data about the proposed substitute. 6.7.1.3. CONTRACTOR'S Expense: All data to be provided by CONTRACTOR in support of any proposed "or -equal" or substitute item will beat CONTRACTOR'S expense. 6.7.2. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction acceptable to ENGINEER. CON- TRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to allow ENGI- NEER, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The procedure for review by ENGI- N EER will be similar to that provided in subparagraph 6.7.1.2. 6.7.3. Engineer's Evaluation: ENGINEER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and 6.7.2. ENGINEER will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or - equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized without ENGINEER's prior written acceptance which will be evidenced by either a Change Order or an approved Shop Drawing. OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any "or -equal" or substitute. ENGINEER will record time required by ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants in evaluating substitutes proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and 6.7.2 and in makingchanges in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) occasioned thereby. Whether or not ENGINEER accepts a substitute item so proposed or submit- ted by CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants for evaluating each such proposed substitute item. Concerning Subeontractorr, Suppliers and Others: 6.8.1. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcon- tractor, Supplier or other person or organization (including those acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER as indicated in paragraph 6.82), whether initially or as a substitute, against whom OWNER or ENGINEER may have reason- able objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor. Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. 6.8.2. If the Supplementary Conditions require the iden- lily of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers or other persons or organizations (including those who are to furnish the princi- pal items of materials or equipment) to be submitted to OWNER in advance of the specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement for acceptance by OWNER and ENGINEER, and if CONTRACTOR has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Condi- tions, OWNER's or ENGINEER's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the bidding documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcon- tractor. Supplier or other person or organization so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation, in which case CONTRACTOR shall sub- mit an acceptable substitute, the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in the cost occasioned by such 24 CI 0 substitution and an appropriate Change Order will be issued or Written Amendment signed. No acceptance by OWNER or ENGINEER of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization shall constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject elefective Work. 6.9.1. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organiza- lions performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR just as CON- TRACTOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization any contractual relationship between OWNER or ENGINEER and any such Subcon- tractor, Supplier or other person or organization, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGI- NEER to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organi- zation except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. 6.9.2. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall require all Sub- contractors, Suppliers and such other persons and organiza- tions performing or furnishing any of the Work to communi- cate with the ENGINEER through CONTRACTOR. 6.10. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control CON- TRACTOR in dividing the Work among. Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. 6.11. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Sub- contractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Docu- ments for the benefit of OWNER and ENGINEER. Whenever any such agreement is with a Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as an additional insured on the property insurance provided in paragraph 5.6 or 5.7, the agreement between the CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier will con - lain provisions whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against OWNER, CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and all other additional insureds for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. If the insurers on any such policies require separate waiver forms to be signed by any Subcontractor or Supplier. CONTRACTOR will obtain the same. Patent Fees and Royalties: 6.12. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royal- ties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment ofany license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harm- less OWNER. ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorpora- tion in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents. Permits: 6.13. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all con- struction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist CON- TRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement. CON- TRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility owners for connec- tions to the Work, and OWNER shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Lows and Regulations: 6.14.1. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neitherOWNER WN ER nor ENGINEER shall be responsible for monitoring CON- TRACTOR's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. 6.14.2. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations,. CONTRACTOR shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting therefrom; however, it shall not be CONTRACTOR's pri- mary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of CONTRAC- TOR's obligations under paragraph 3.3.2. Tares: 6.15. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required to be paid by CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of 25 the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. • Use of Premises: 6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equip- ment, the storage of materials and equipment and the opera - lions of workers to the site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, rights -of -way, permits and casements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any dam- age to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitra- tion or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. CON- TRACTOR shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGI- NEER, ENGINEER's Consultant and anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner oroccupant against OWNER, ENGINEER or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. •6.17. During the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the pre- mises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. CONTRACTOR shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by OWNER at Substantial Completion of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.18. CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any pan of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. Record Documents: 6.19. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Direc- tives, Field Orders and written interpretations and clarifica- tions (issued pursuant to paragraph 9.4) in good order and annotated to show all changes made during construction. +These record documents together with all approved Samples ts a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to ENGINEER for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, Samples and Shop Draw. ings will be delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER. Safety and Protection: 6.20, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and pro- grams in connection with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 6.20.1. all persons on the Work site or who may be affected by the Work; 6.20.2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and 6.20.3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not desig- nated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify own- ers of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage. injury or loss to any property Deferred to in paragraph 6.20.2 or 6.20.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in pan, by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultant or anyone employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indi- rectly, in whole or in pan, to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor. Supplier or other per- son or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them). CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance with para- graph 14.13 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Comple- tion). Sgfery Reprrsentaare: 6.21. CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and expe- rienced safety representative at the site whose duties and i EI responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and pro- grams. Hazard Communication Programs: 6.22. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the site in accor- dance with Laws or Regulations. Emergencies: 6.23. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or au- thorization from OWNER or ENGINEER, is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. CON- TRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If ENGINEER determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 6.24. Shop Drawings and Samples: 6.24.1. CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals (see paragraph 2.9). All submittals will be identified as ENGINEER may require and in the number of copies specified in the General Requirements. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quanti- ties, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show ENGINEER the materi- als and equipment CONTRACTOR proposes to provide and to enable ENGINEER to review the information for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.26. 6.24.2. CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with said accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample sub- mittals. Each Sample will be identified clearly as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers and the use for which intended and otherwise as ENGINEER may require to enable ENGINEER to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.26. The num- bers of each Sample to be submitted will be as specified in the Specifications. 6.25. Submi" Procedures: 6.25.1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sam- ple, CONTRACTOR shall have determined and verified: 6.25.1.1. all field measurements, quantities, dimen- sions, specified performance criteria, installation require- ments, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, 6.25.1.2. all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and 6.25.1.2. all information relative to CONTRACTOR's sole responsibilities in respect of means, methods, tech- niques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 6.25.2. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied CON- TRACTOR's obligations under the Contact Documents with respect to CONTRACTOR'S review and approval of that submittal. 6.25.3. At the time of each submission, CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER specific written notice of such vari- ations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to ENGINEER for review and approval of each such variation. 6.26. ENGINEER will review and approve Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the schedule of Shop Draw- ings and Sample submittals accepted by ENGINEER as re- quired by paragraph 2.9. ENGINEER's review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENGINEER's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, se- quence or procedure of construction is specifically and ex- pressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required by ENGINEER, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Draw- ings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by ENGINEER on previous submittals. 6.27. ENGINEER's review and approval of Shop Draw- ings or Samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from respon- sibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract 27 Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called EN- GINEER'S attention to each such variation at the time of submission as required by paragraph 6.25.3 and ENGINEER has given written approval of each such variation by specific ritten notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph 6.25.1. 6.28. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submissions accepted by ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2.9, any related Work performed prior to ENGI- NEER's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR. Continuing the Work: 6.29. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pend- ing resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by paragraph 15.5 or as OWNER and CONTRAC- TOR may otherwise agree in writing. 6.30. COPT RACTOR's General Warranty and Cuarenree: 6.30.1. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to •OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. CONTRACTOR's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 6.30.1.1. abuse, modification or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than CONTRACTOR. Sub. contractors or Suppliers; or 6.30.1.2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. 6.30.2. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and com- plete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of CONTRACTOR's obli- gation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 6.30.2.1. observations by ENGINEER; 6.30.2.3. recommendation of any progress or final payment by ENGINEER; 6.30.2.3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by OWNER to CONTRAC. TOR under the Contract Documents; 6.30.2.4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNER; 6.30.2.5. any acceptance by OWNER or any failure to do so; 6.30.2.6. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of accept. ability by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 14.13; 6.30.2.7. any inspection, test or approval by others; or 6.30.2.8. any correct ion of drjective Work byOWNER. W N ER. Indemnifuadon: 6.31. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regula- tions, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in pan by any negligent act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier. any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in pan by any negligence or omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regard.. less of the negligence of any such person or entity. 6.32. In any and all claims against OWNER or ENGI- NEER or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.31 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 6.33. The indemnification obligations of CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.31 shall not extend to the liability of ENGI- NEER and ENGINEER's Consultants, officers, directors, employees or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them. Survival of Obligations: 6.34. All representations, indemnifications, warranties and guarantees made in, required by or given in accordance with I 0 0 0 the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final pay- ment, completion and acceptance of the Work and termination or completion of the Agreement. ARTICLE 7 —OTHER WORK Related Work at Site: 7.1. OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the site by OWNER's own forces, or let other direct contracts therefor which shall contain General Condi- tions similar to these, or have other work performed by utility owners. If the fact that such other work is to be performed was not noted in the Contract Documents, then: (i) written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such other work, and (ii) CONTRAC- TOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles II and 12 if CONTRACTOR believes that such performance will involve additional expense to CONTRACTOR or re- quires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof. 7.2. CONTRACTOR shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility owner (and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the addi- tional work with OWNER's employees) proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and•storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and inte- grate with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not en- danger any work of others by cutting, excavating or other- wise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of ENGINEER and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of CON- TRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER and such utility owners and other contractors. 7.3. If the proper execution or results of any pan of CONTRACT0R's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall inspect such other work and promptly report to ENGINEER in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of CONTRACTOR's Work. CONTRACTOR's failure so to report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with CONTRACT0R's Work except for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies in such other work. Coordination: 7.4. If OWNER contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: 7.4.1. the person, firm or corporation who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; 7.4.2. the specific matters to be covered by such author- ity and responsibility will be itemized; and 7.4.3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Condi- lions, OWNER shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. ARTICLE 8 —OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.1. Except as otherwise provided in these General Condi- tions, OWNER shall issue all communications to CONTRAC. TOR through ENGINEER. 8.2. In case of termination of the employment of ENGI. NEER, OWNER shall appoint an engineer against whom CONTRACTOR makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former ENGINEER. 8.3. OWNER shall furnish the data required of OWNER under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make pay- ments to CONTRACTOR promptly when they are due as provided in paragraphs 14.4 and 14.13. 8.4. OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish ref- erence points are set forth in paragraphs 4.1 and 4.4. Paragraph 4.2 refers to OWNER's identifying and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site and drawings of physical conditions in existing structures at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents. 8.5. OWNER's responsibilities in respect of purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in paragraphs 5.5 through 5.10. 8.6. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in paragraph 10.4. 8.7. OWNER's responsibility in respect of certain inspec- tions, tests and approvals is set forth in paragraph 13.4. 8.8. In connection with OWNER's right to stop Work or suspend Woric, see paragraphs 13.10 and 15.1. Paragraph 15.2 deals with OWNER's right to terminate services of CON- TRACTOR under certain circumstances. 29 0 0 8.9. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, CONTRAC- TOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or perfor- mance of the Work. OWNER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8.10. OWNER'S responsibility in respect of undisclosed Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Materials uncovered or revealed at the site is set forth in paragraph 4.5. 8.11. If and to the extent OWNER has agreed to furnish CONTRACTOR reasonable evidence that financial arrange- ments have been made to satisfy OWNER's obligations under the Contract Documents, OWNER's responsibility in respect thereof will be as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 9 —ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION OWNER's Representative: 9.1. ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as OWNER's repre- sentative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER. Visits to Site: 9.2. ENGINEER will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as ENGI- NEER deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of CONTRAC- TOR's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations. ENGINEER will endeavor for the benefit of OWNER to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. EN- GINEER will not be required to make exhaustive or continu- ous on -site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. ENGINEER's efforts will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on -site observations, ENGINEER will keep OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against defective Work. EN- GINEER's visits and on -site observations are subject to all the limitations on ENGINEER's authority and responsibility set forth in paragraph 9.13, and particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of ENGINEER's on -site visits or observations of CONTRACTOR's Work ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be respon- sible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, se- quences or procedures of construction, or the safety precau- tions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations appli- cable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. Project Representative: 9.3. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist ENGI- NEER in providing more continuous observation of the Work. The responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in paragraph 9.13 and in the Supplementary Conditions. If OWNER designates another representative or agent to represent OWNER at the site who is not ENGI- NEER's Consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other person will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. Clarifications and Interpretations: 9.4. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the require- ments of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings or otherwise) as ENGINEER may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on OWNER and CONTRAC- TOR. If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and the panics are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as pro- vided in Ankle II or Ankle 12. Authorized Variations in Work: 9.5. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and the panics are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as provided in Article II or 12. Rejecting Defective Work: 9.6. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defective, or 30 0 0 that ENGINEER believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or than will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will also have authority to require special inspec- tion or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 13.9, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments: 9.7. In connection wilh ENGINEER's authority as 10 Shop Drawings and Samples, see paragraphs 6.24 through 6.28 inclusive. 9.8. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, II, and I?. 9.9. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14. DelerminationsJor Unit Prices: 9.10. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRAC- TOR. ENGINEER will review with CONTRACTOR the EN- GINEER's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation ofan Application for Payment or otherwise). ENGINEER's written decision thereon will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, unless, within ten days after the date of any such decision, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR delivers to the other and to ENGINEER written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEER's decision and: (i) an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken within the time limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in Exhibit CC -A, "Dispute Resolution Agreement," entered into between OWNER and CONTRACTOR pursuant to Article 16, or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into. a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to ENGINEER's decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such appeal will not be subject to the procedures of paragraph 9.11. Decisions on Disputes: 9.11. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the. acceptability of the Work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and famishing of the Work and Claims under Articles II and 12 in respect of changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times will be referred initially to ENGINEER in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to ENGINEER and the other party within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event unless ENGINEER allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the claimant within thirty days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless ENGINEER allows additional time). ENGINEER will render a formal decision in writing within thirty days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. ENGINEER's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR unless: (i) an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken within the time limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in EXHIBIT GC -A. "Dispute Reso- lution Agreement." entered into between OWNER and CON- TRACTOR pursuant to Article 16, or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEER's written decision is delivered by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to the other and to ENGINEER within thirty days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in it forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 9.12. When functioning as interpreter and judge under paragraphs 9. l0 and 9.11. ENGINEER will not show partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraphs 9.10 or 9.11 with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter (except any which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided in paragraph 14.15) will be a condition precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant to Article 16. 9.13. L miearions on ENGINEER's Authority and ResponsibJider: 9.13.1. Neither ENGINEER's authority or responsibil- ity under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by ENGINEER shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by ENGINEER to CONTRACOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organiution, or to any surety for or em- ployee or agent of any of them. 31 C 9.13.2. ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRAC- TOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or proce- dures of construction, or the safety precautions and pro- grams incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable tothe furnishing or performanceofthe Work. ENGINEER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Docu- ments. 19.13.3. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization perform- ing or furnishing any of the Work. 9.13.4. ENGINEER'sreview ofthelump Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all mainte- nance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and Other documentation required to be delivered by paragraph 14.12 will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Doc- uments. 9.13.5. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.13 shall also apply to ENGI- NEER's Consultants, Resident Project Representative and assistants. ARTICLE 10 -CHANGES IN THE WORK 10.1. Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surely, OWNER may, at any time or from time to lime, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, CONTRAC- TOR shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically pro- vided). 10.2. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefor as provided in Article II or Article 12. 10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the .Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.23 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.9. 10.4. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute appro- priate Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER (or Writ- ten Amendments) covering: 10.4.1. changes in the Work which are (i) ordered by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.1, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under paragraph 13.13 or correcting defective Work under paragraph 13.14, or (iii) agreed to by the parties; 10.4.2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties; and 10.4.3., changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision ren- dered by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 9.11; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, CON- TRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in paragraph 6.29. 10.5. If notice of any change afl-ecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (includ- ing, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACTOR's respon- sibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. ARTICLE I I —CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE II.?. The Contract Price constitutes the total compensa- tion (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to CON- TRACTOR for performing the Work. All duties, responsibili. ties and obligations assigned to or undertaken by CONTRACTOR shall be at CONTRACTOR,s expense without change in the Contract Price. 11.2. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjust- ment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the stan of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event (unless ENGINEER allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Price shall be determined by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree on the amount involved. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will 32 0 E be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph 11.2, 11.3. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: 11.3.1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of paragraphs 11.9.1 through 11.9.3, inclusive); 11.3.2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with paragraph 11.6.2); 11.3.3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under paragraph 11.3.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in paragraphs 11.4 and I1.5) plus a CONTRACTOR's fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in paragraph 11.6). Coss of the Work: 11.4. The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.5: 11.4.1. Payroll costs for employees in [he direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWN ER and CONTRACTOR. Such employees shall include without lim- itation superintendents, foremen and other personnel em- ployed full- time at [he site. Payroll costs for employees not employed full lime on [he Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, work- ers' compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work after regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by OWNER. 11.4.2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CON- TRACTOR with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materi- als and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and CON- TRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 11.4.3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to the Sub- contractors for Work performed or furnished by Subeontrac. tors. If required by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER who will then determine, with the advice of ENGINEER, which bids, if any, will be accepted. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cos[ of the Work Plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as CONTRACTOR's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in paragraphs 11.4, 11.5, 11.6 and 11.7. All subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of [he Contract Documents insofar as applicable. 11.4.4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, survey- ors, attorneys and accountants) employed for services spe- cifically related to the Work. 11.4.5. Supplemental costs including the following: 11.4.5.1. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel and subsistence expenses of CONTRACTOR's em• ployees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. 11.4.5.2. Cost, including transportation and main[e- nance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office and temporary facilities at the site and hand fools not owned by the workers, which are con- sumed in the performance of the Work, and cost less market value of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of CONTRACTOR. 11.4.5.3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery and the parts thereof whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental agree- ments approved by OWNER with the advice of ENGI- NEER, and the costs of transportation, loading, unload- ing, installation, dismantling and removal thereof —all in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. 11.4.5.4. Sales, consumer, use or similar taxes related to the Work, and for which CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations. 11.4.5.5. Deposits lost for causes other than negli- gence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royally payments and fees for permits and licenses. 33 • 11.4.5.6. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by CONTRACTOR in connection with the performance and furnishing of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established by OWNER in accordance with paragraph 5.9), provided they have re- sulted from causes other than the negligence of CON- TRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settle- ments made with the, written consent and approval of OWNER. No such losses, damages and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining CONTRACTOR's fee. If, however, any such loss or damage requires reconstruction and CONTRAC- TOR is placed in charge thereof, CONTRACTOR shall be paid for services a fee proportionate to that stated in paragraph 11.6.2. 11.4.5.7. The cost of utilities, fuel and sanitary facili- ties at the site. 11.4.5.8. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long dis- tance telephone calls, telephone service at the site, ex- pressage and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. 11.4.5.9. Cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because of changes in the Work. 1e1 I.S. The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of , following: 11.5.1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CON- TRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of partnership and sole proprietorships), general managers, engineers, ar- chitects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, pur- chasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks and other personnel employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in CONTRACTOR's principal or a branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in paragraph 11.4.1 or specifically covered by paragraph 11.4.4 —all of which are to be consid- ered administrative costs covered by the CONTRACTOR's fee. 11.5.2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal and branch offices other than CONTRACTOR's office at the site. 11.5.3. Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR's capital employed for the Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for delin- quent payments. 11.5.4. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is required by the tract Documents to purchase and maintain the same xcept for the cost of premiums covered by subparagraph 11.4.5.9 above). 11.5.5. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRAC- TOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indi- rectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied and making good any damage to property. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in paragraph 11.4. 11.6. The CONTRACTOR's fee allowed to CONTRAC- TOR for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 11.6.1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 11.6.2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: 11.6.2.1. for costs incurred under paragraphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2, the CONTRACTOR's fee shall be fifteen percent; 11.6.2.2. for costs incurred under paragraph 11.4.3, the CONTRACTOR's fee shall be five percent; 11.6.2.3. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of paragraphs 11.4.1, 11.4.2, 11.4.3 and 11.6.2 is that the Subcontractor who actually performs or furnishes the Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of fifteen percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under paragraphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and CONTRACTOR will each be paid a fee of five percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor; 11.6.2.4. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under paragraphs 11.4.4, 11.4.5 and 11.5: 11.6.2.5. the amount of credit to be allowed by CON- TRACTOR To OWNER for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in CONTRACTOR's fee by an amount equal 10 five percent of such net decrease; and 11.6.2.6. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in CONTRACTOR's fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with paragraphs 11.6.2.1 through 11.6.2.5, inclusive, 11.7. Whenever the cost of any Work is to be determined pursuant to paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5. CONTRACTOR will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in form acceptable to ENGINEER an itemized cost breakdown to- gether with supporting data. 0 • J Cash Allowances: 11.8. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be fur. nished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR agrees that: 11.8.1. the allowances include the cost to CONTRAC- TOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the site, and all applicable taxes; and 11.8.2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and han- dling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.9. Unit Price Work: 11.9.1. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifica- tions of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.10. 11.9.2. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each sepa- rately identified item. 11.9.3. OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Article 1I if: 11.9.3.1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially and sig- nificantly from the estimated quantity of such item indi- cated in the Agreement; and 11.9.3.2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and 11.9.3.3. if CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRAC- TOR is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result or having incurred additional expense or OWNER be- lieves that OWNER is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. ARTICLE 12 —CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.1. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless ENGINEER allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be determined by ENGI- NEER in accordance with paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph 12.1. 12.2. All lime limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. 12.3. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from complet- ing any pan of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of CONTRAC- TOR, the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefor as provided in paragraph 12.1. Delays beyond the control of CONTRACTOR shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by OWNER, acts or neglect of uti lity owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7. fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather condi- tions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of CONTRACTOR. 12.4. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from complet- ing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both OWNER and CONTRACTOR, an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall OWNER be liable to CONTRAC- TOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of CONTRACTOR, or (ii) 35 delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather condi- lions, acts of God or acts or neglect by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7. ARTICLE 13 —TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1. Notice of Defects: Prompt notice of all defective Work of which OWNER or ENGINEER have actual knowl- edge will be given to CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be rejected, corrected or accepted as provided in this Article 13. Access to Work: 13.2. OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, other representatives and personnel of OWNER, independent testing laboratories and governmental agencies with jurisdic- tional interests will have access to the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of CONTRACTOR's site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. Tests and Inspections: 13.3. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely no - lice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. 13.4. OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections. tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: 13.4.1. for inspections, tests or approvuls covered by paragraph 13.5 below; 13.4.2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 13.9 below shall be paid as provided in said paragraph 13.9; and 13.4.3. as otherwise specifically provided in the Con. tract Documents. 13.5. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other repre- sentative of such public body, CONTRACTOR shall assume •U responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, sta or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish ENGINEER the required certificates of inspection, or approval. CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for arrang- ing and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for OWNER's and ENGINEER's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. 13.6. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered by CONTRACTOR without written concurrence of ENGINEER, it must, if re- quested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation. 13.7. Uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.6 shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of CONTRACTOR's inten- tion to cover the same and ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. Uncovering Work: 13.8. if any Work is covered contrary to the written request of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for ENGINEER's observation and replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense. 13.9. 11 ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at ENGINEER's re- quest, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as ENGINEER may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the panics are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefor as provided in Article II. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, ob- servation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount orextent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as pro- vided in Articles II and 12. OWNER May Stop the Work: 13.10. If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equip- ment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of OWNER to slop the Work 36 9 0 • shall not give rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR or any surety or other party. Correction or Removal of Dc/retire IVork: 13.11. If required by ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.12. Correction Period: 13.12.1. ' If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be pre- scribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Doc- uments or by any specific provision of the Contract Docu- ments, any Work is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written instructions: (i) correct such defec- live Work, or, if it has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective, and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If CONTRACTOR does nor promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such re- moval and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by CONTRACTOR. 13.12.2. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substan- tial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier dale if so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. 13.12.3. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph 13.12, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or re- moval and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. Acceptance of Defective Work: 13.13. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to ENGI- NEER's recommendation of final payment, also ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by ENGINEER as to reasonableness). If any such acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in t he Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and O W N ER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article II. If the acceptance occurs after such recommenda- tion, an appropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. OWNER May Correct Defective Work: 13.14. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice from ENGINEER. to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 13.11, or if CON- TRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, OWNER may, after seven days' written notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall pro- ceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, take possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construc- tion equipment and machinery at the site and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER's representatives, agents and employees. OWNER's other con- tractors and ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants ac- cess to the site to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against CONTRACTOR and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replace- ment of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of CONTRACTOR's defective Work. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER of OWNER's rights and remedies hereunder. ARTICLE 14 —PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Schedule of Valuer: 14.1. The schedule of values established as provided in paragraph 2.9 will serve as the basis for progress payments and 37 will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units com- pleted. Applltotfon for Progress Payment: 14.2. At least twenty days before the date established for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equip- ment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that OWNER has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangement s to protect O W N ER's interest therein, all of which will be satisfactory to OWNER. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. CONTRACTOR'S Rbrranty of Title: is14.3. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that tille to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. Review of Appiieations for Progress Payment: 14.4. ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of each Application for Payment. either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER, or return the Application to CONTRACTOR indi- cating in writing ENGINEER's reasons for refusing to recom- mend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to OWNER with ENGINEER's recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of the last sen- tence of paragraph 14.7) become due and when due will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR. 14.5. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment re- quested in an Application for Payment will constitute a repre- sentatbnby ENGINEER toOWNER, basedon ENGINEER's on -site observations of the executed Work as an experienced •and qualified design professional and on ENGINEER's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of ENGINEER's knowledge, infor- mation and belief: 14.5.1. the Work has progressed to the point indicated, 14.5.2. the quality of the Work is generally in accor- dance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evalu. alion of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work tinder paragraph 9.10, and to any other quali- fications stated in the recommendation), and 14.5.3. the conditions precedent to CONTRAC7OR's being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is ENGINEER's responsibility to observe the Work. However, by recommending any such payment ENGINEER will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: (i) exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections have been made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents or (ii) that there may not be other matters or issues between the panics that might entitle CONTRAC- TOR lobe paid additionally by OWNER or entitle OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR. 14.6. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment, in. cluding final payment, shall not mean that ENGINEER is responsible forCONTRACIOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precau- tions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations appli- cable to the furnishing or performance of Work, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to perform or furnish Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 14.7. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole or any part ofany payment if, in ENGINEER's opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to OWNER referred to in paragraph 14.5. ENGINEER may also refuse to recom- mend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discov- ered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in ENGINEER's opinion to protect OWNER from loss because: 14.7.1. the Work is defictire, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, 14.7.2. the Contract Price has been reduced by Writ- ten Amendment or Change Order, 14.7.3. OWNER has been required to correct defec- tive Work orcomplete Work in accordance with paragraph 13.14, or 14.7.4. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the oc- currence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.4 inclusive. OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER because: 14.7.5. claims have been made against OWNER on account of CONTRAC7ORs performance or furnishing of the Work, 38 9 0 14.7.6. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where CONTRACTOR has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, 14.7.7. there are other items entitling OWNER to a set-offagainst the amount recommended, or 14.7.8. OWNER has actual knowledge of the occur- rence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 14.7.1 through 14.7.3 or paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.4 inclusive; but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay CONTRACTOR the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by OWNER and CONTRACTOR, when CONTRACTOR corrects to OWN - ER's satisfaction the reasons for such action. Substanriot Completion: 14.8. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready fonts intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by CONTRAC- TOR as incomplete) and request that ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider the Work sub- stantially complete, ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR in writinggiving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete. ENGINEER will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of Substantial Com- pletion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to ENGINEER as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections. ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, ENGINEER will within fourteen days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing, slating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of OWNER's objections, EN- GINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGI- NEER will within said fourteen days execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Sub- stantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities pend- ing final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utili- lies, insurance and warranties and guarantees. Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINEER's issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, ENGINEER's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment. 14.9. OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRAC. TOR from the Work alter the date of Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. Partial Utilization: 14.10. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any sub- stantially completed part of the Work which: (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR agree constitutes a sepa- rately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended purpose without significant inter- ference with CONTRACTOR's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Com- pletion of all the Work subject to the following: 14.10.1. OWNER at any time may request CON- TRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any such part of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If CON- TRACTOR agrees that such pan of the Work is substan- tially complete. CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER that such part of the Work is substan- tially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certif- icate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, ENGI- NEER will notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writ- ing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers that pan of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of paragraphs 14.8 and 14.9 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that pan of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.10.2. No occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work will be accomplished prior to compliance with the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect of property insurance. Final Inspection: 14.11. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete. ENGI- NEER will make a final inspection with OWNER and CON- TRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all 39 particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. Find Application for Payment: 14.12. After CONTRACTOR has completed all such cor- rections to the satisfaction of ENGINEER and delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certifi- cates or other evidence of insurance required by paragraph 5.4, certificates of inspection, marked -up record documents (as provided in paragraph 6.19) and other documents, CONTRAC- TOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by subparagraph 5.4.13, (ii) consent of the surety, ifany, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to OWNER) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by OWNER, CONTRAC- TOR may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of CONTRACTOR that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which OWN ER or OWNER's properly might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, CONTRACTOR may furnish a Bond or other collateral satis- factory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any Lien. Final Payment and Acceptance: 14.13. If, on the basis of ENGINEER's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and ENGI- NEER's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing ENGINEER's recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER for pay- ment. At the same time ENGINEER will also give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.15. Oth- erwise, ENGINEER will return the Application to CON- TRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Thirty days after the presentation to OWNER of the Appl;ca- ion and accompanying documentation, in appropriate form Wad substance and with ENGINEER's recommendation and notice or acceptability, the amount recommended by ENGI- NEER will become due and will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR. 14.14. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final corn. pletion of the Work is significantly delayed and it ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of CONTRACTOR'S final Application for Payment and recommendation of ENGI- NEER, and without terminating the Agreement, make pay. ment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not fully completed orcorrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph 5.1, the written con- sent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER with the Appli- cation for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. Walter of Claims: 14.15. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: 14.15.1. a waiver of all claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursu- ant to paragraph 14.11, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from CONTRACTOR's continuing ob- ligations under the Contract Documents; and 14.15.2. a waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. ARTICLE 1S —SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION OWNER May Suspend Work: 15.1. At any time and without cause. OWNER may sus- pend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if CONTRACTOR makes an approved claim therefor as provided in Ankles II and 12, OWNER May Terminate: 15.2. Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: 40 15.2.1. if CONTRACTOR persistently fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (in- • cluding, but not limited to, failure 10 supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under paragraph 2.9 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to paragraph 6.6); 15.2.2. if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or Regula- tions of any public body having jurisdiction; 15.2.2. if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of ENGINEER; or 15.2.4. if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any sub- stantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the surely, if any,) seven days' written notice and to the extent permit- ted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR from the site and take possession of the Work and of all CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR (without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materi- als and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by OWNER arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to CONTRACTOR. If such claims, costs, losses and dam- ages exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by OWNER will be reviewed by ENGI- NEER as to their reasonableness and when so approved by ENGINEER incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. 15.3. Where CONTRACTOR's services have been so ter- minated by OWNER, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release CONTRACTOR from liability. 15.4. Upon seven days' written notice to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER, OWNER may. without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of OWNER, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any items): •15.4.1. for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the elfec- live date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 15.4.2. for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Docu- ments in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; 15.4.3. for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and 15.4.4. for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminat`: 15.5. If, through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the Work is suspended fora period of more than ninety days by OWNER or under an order of court or other public author- ity, or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted or OWNER fails for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR may, upon seven days' written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER, and provided OWNER or ENGINEER do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agree- ment and recover from OWNER payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 15.4. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if ENGINEER has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted, or OWNER has failed for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, CONTRACTOR may upon seven day's written notice to OWNER and ENGI- NEER stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.5 are not intended to preclude CON- TRACTOR from making claim under Articles II and 12 for an increase in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to CONTRAC- TOR's stopping Work as permitted by this paragraph. ARTICLE 16 —DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and to the extent that OWNER and CONTRACTOR have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure, if any, shall be as set forth in Exhibit GC -A, "Dispute Resolution Agreement," to be attached hereto and made a part hereof. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, and subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.10. 9.11, and 9.12, OWNER and CONTRACTOR may exercise 41 S 0 • such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute. ARTICLE 17 —MISCELLANEOUS Giving Notice: 17.1. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. Computation of Times: 17.2.1. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. 17.2.2. A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight will constitute a day. Notice of Clabn: 17.3. Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or act of the other party or of any of the other party's employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 17.3 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions or any applicable statute of limitations or repose. Cumulative Remedies: 17.4. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the panics hereto, and, in particular but without limitation, the warranties, guarantees and obligations imposed upon CON- TRACTOR by paragraphs 6.12, 6.16, 6.30, 6.31, 6.32, 13.1, 13.12, 13.14, 14.3 and 15.2 and all of the rights and remedies available to OWNER and ENGINEER thereunder, are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee or by other provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. Professional Fees and Court Cosu Included: 17.5. Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages;" it shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs. (The remainder of this page was left blank intentionally.) 42 EXHIBIT GC -A to General Conditions of lb Agreement Between OWNER and CON= TRACTOR Dated For use with EJCDC No. 1910-8 (1990 ed.) DISPUTE RESOLUTION AGREEMENT OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereby agree that Article 16 of the General Conditions to the Agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR is amended to include the following agreement of the panics: 16.1. All claims, disputes and other matters in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR arising out of or relat- ing to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof (except for claims which have been waived by the making or accep- tance of final payment as provided by paragraph 14.15) will be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Asso- ciation then obtaining, subject to the limitations of this Article 16. This agreement so to arbitrate and any other agreement or consent to arbitrate entered into in accordance herewith as provided in this Article 16 will be specifically enforceable under the prevailing law of any court having jurisdiction. 16.2. No demand for arbitration of any claim, dispute or other matter that is required to be referred to ENGINEER initially for decision in accordance with paragraph 9.11 will be made until the earlier of (a) the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision or (b) the thirty-first day after the parties have presented their evidence to ENGINEER if a written decision has not been rendered by ENGINEER before that date. No demand for arbitration of any such claim, dispute or other matter will be made later than thirty days after the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision in respect thereof in accordance with paragraph 9.11; and the failure to demand arbitration within said thirty days' period will result in ENGINEER's decision being final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If ENGINEER renders a de- cision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence but will not supersede the arbitration proceedings, except where the decision is accept- able to the panics concerned. No demand for arbitration of any written decision of ENGINEER rendered in accordance with paragraph 9.10 will be made later than len days after the party making such demand has delivered written notice of intention to appeal as provided in paragraph 9.10. 16.3. Notice of the demand for arbitration will be filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement and with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy will be sent to ENGINEER for information. The demand for arbitration will be made within the thirty -day or ten- day period specified in paragraph 16.2 as applicable, and in all other cases within a reasonable time after the claim, dispute or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall any such demand be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute or other mailer in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limita- tions. 16.4. Except as provided in paragraph 16.5 below, no arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include by consolidation, joinder or in any other manner any other person or entity (including ENGINEER, ENGI- NEER's Consultant and the officers, directors, agents, em- ployees orconsuliants of any of them) who is not a party to this contract unless: 16.4.1. the inclusion of such other person or entity is necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those who are already parties to the arbitration, and 16.4.2.. such other person or entity is substantially in- volved in a question of law or fact which is common to those who are already parties to the arbitration and which will arise in such proceedings, and - 16.4.3. the written consent of the other person or entity sought to be included and of OWNER and CONTRACTOR has been obtained for such inclusion, which consent shall make specific reference to this paragraph; but no such consent shall constitute consent to arbitration of any dispute not specifically described in such consent or to arbitration with any party not specifically identified in such consent. 16.5. Notwithstanding paragraph 16.4 if a claim, dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and CONTRAC- TOR involves the Work of a Subcontractor, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such Subcontractor as a party to the arbitration between OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall include in all subcontracts required by paragraph 6.11 a specific provision whereby the Subcontractor consents to being joined in an arbitration between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involving the Work of such Subcontrac- tor. Nothing in this paragraph 16.5 nor in the provision of such subcontract consenting to joinder shall create any claim, right or cause of action in favor of Subcontractor and against OWNER, ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultants that does not otherwise exist. 16.6. The award rendered by the arbitrators will be final, judgment may be entered upon it in any court having jurisdic- tion thereof, and it will not be subject to modification or appeal. (The remainder of this page was left blank intentionally.) S C1 16.7. OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that they shall first submit any and all unsettled claims, counterclaims, dis- putes and other matters in question between them arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof ("disputes"), to mediation by The American Arbitration As- sociation under the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association prior to either of them initiating against the other a demand for arbitration pursuant to paragraphs 16.1 through 16.6. unless delay in initialing arbitra- tion would irrevocably prejudice one of the panics. The respective thirty and ten day lime limits within which to file a demand for arbitration as provided in paragraphs 16.2 and 16.3 above shall be suspended with respect toa dispute submitted to mediation within those same applicable lime limits and shall remain suspended until ten days after the termination of the mediation. The mediatorof any dispute submitted to mediation under this Agreement shall not serve as arbitrator of such dispute unless otherwise agreed. GC -A2 0 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS INDEX PAGE GENERAL SC -1 DEFINITIONS SC -1 BONDS SC -3 CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE SC -4 RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE SC -5 RESPONSIBILITY REGARDING EXISTING SC -8 UTILITIES AND STRUCTURES WORK ON STATE HIGHWAY RIGHT-OF-WAY SC -9 SUBCONTRACTORS SC -9 GOVERNING LAWS AND REGULATIONS SC -9 RETAINAGE AND PAYMENT SC -9 RETURN OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SC -9 UPON TERMINATION RELEASES AND LIEN WAIVERS SC -9 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS SC -10 CONTRACTOR'S RESIDENT SUPERINTENDENT SC -10 TESTING SC -10 COPIES OF PLANS SC -10 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE SC -10 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR SC -11 WORKING HOURS SC -11 TRAFFIC MAINTENANCE SC -11 DISPOSAL OF SPOIL MATERIALS SC -11 REMOVAL OF EXISTING CONCRETE BARRICADES & SIGNS SC -11 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS SC -11 BONDS SC -11 SITE SECURITY & UTILITIES SC -11 WAGES RATES SC -11 PRICES TO INCLUDE AND SPECIAL SPECIFICATIONS SC -12 fl SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS (1) GENERAL: The requirements of supplementary conditions shall govern when in conflict with the General Conditions. (2) DEFINITIONS: Wherever used in these Supplementary Conditions or in the other Contract Documents and Specifications, the following terms have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof: Advertisement A public announcement, as required by local law, inviting bids for work to be performed and materials to be furnished. Award The acceptance, by the Owner, of the successful bidder's proposal. Bidder Any individual, partnership, firm, or corporation, acting directly or through a duly authorized represent- ative who submits a proposal for the work contemplated. Calendar Day Every day shown on the calendar. Contract Item (Pay Item) A specific unit of work for which a price is provided in the contracts. Drainage System The system of pipes, ditches, and structures by which surface or subsurface waters are collected and conducted from the project area. Equipment All machinery, together with the necessary supplies for upkeep and maintenance, and also all tools and apparatus necessary for the proper construction and acceptable completion of the work. C SC -1 COPYRIGHT C 1992 CRAFTON, TULL & ASSOCIATES, INC. Extra Work An item of work not provided for in the awarded contract as previously modified by change order or supplemental agreement, but which is found by the Engineer to be necessary to complete the work within the intended scope of the contract as previously modified. Intention of Terms Any reference to a specific requirements of a paragraph of the contract specifications or a cited standard shall be interpreted to include all general requirements of the entire section specification or cited standard that may be pertinent to such specific reference. Materials Any substance specified for use in the construction of the contract work. Pavement The combined surface course, base course, and subbase course, if any, considered as a single unit. Payment Bond • The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and his surety as a guaranty that he will pay in full all bills and accounts for materials and labor used in the construction of the work. Performance Bond The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and his Surety as a guaranty that the Contractor will complete the work in accordance with the terms of the contract. Plans The official drawings or exact reproductions, approved by the Engineer, which show the locations, character, dimensions and details of the project and the work to be done and which are to be considered as a part of the contract, supplementary to the specifications. Proposal The written offer of the bidder (when submitted on the approved proposal form) to perform the contemplated work and furnish the necessary materials in accordance with the provisions of the plans and specifications. SC -2 COPYRIGHT 0 1992 CRAFTON, TULL & ASSOCIATES, INC. Specifications A part of the contract containing the written directions and requirements for completing the contract work. Standards for specifying materials or testing, which are cited in the contract specifications by reference shall have the same force and effect as if included in the contract physically. Subgrade The soil which forms the pavement foundation. Supplemental Agreement A written agreement between the Contractor and Owner covering: 1). Work that would increase and decrease the total amount of the awarded contract, or any major contract item, by more than 25%, such increased or decreased work being within the scope of the originally awarded contract, or 2). work that is riot within the scope of the originally awarded contract. Surety The corporation, partnership, or individual, other than the Contractor, executing payment or performance bonds which are furnished to the Owner by the Contractor. is(3) BONDS: The following bonds will be required under this contract: a. Bid Bond Yes x No_ b. Performance Bond Yes x No c. Payment Bond Yes x No_ If required, coincident with the execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish a good and sufficient surety bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the contract sum, guaranteeing the faithful performance of all covenants, stipulations, and agreements of the Contract, the payments of all bills or obligations that might or will in any manner become a claim against the OWNER, and guaranteeing the work against faulty workmanship and materials during construction and for one (1) year after completion, all provisions of the bond to be complete and in full accordance with the statutory requirements. The bond shall be executed with the proper Sureties through a company licensed and qualified to operate in the State and approved by the OWNER. 0 SC -3 COPYRIGHT 0 1992 CRAFTON, TULL A ASSOCIATES, INC. (4) CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE The Contractor shall obtain all insurance required by the General Conditions and in the amount required under this paragraph. The Contractor shall not allow any subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract until all similar insurance required of subcontractors has been obtained and approved. All such insurance shall be executed by the licensed resident local agent of the State in which the project is located. 1. Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance The Contractor shall take out and maintain during the life of this contract such Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance as shall protect him and any subcontractor performing work covered by this contract, from claims or damage for personal injury, including accidental death, as well as from any claims for property damages, which may arise from operations under this Contract, whether such operation be by himself or by any subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them and the amount shall be as follows: A. Bodily Injury Liability, $1,000,000 each person $1,000,000 each occurrence • B. Property Damage Liability, $1,000,000 each occurrence, and $1,000,000 aggregate 2. Automobile Public Liability and Property Damage The Contractor shall maintain automobile public liability insurance in the amount of not less than $500,000 for injury, including accidental death, to one person, and $500,000 for one accident, and automobile property damage insurance in the amount of not less than $500,000 for one accident to protect him from any and all claims airing from the use of the following in the execution of work included in this Contract: A. Contractor's own automobiles and trucks. B. Hired automobiles and trucks. C. Automobiles and trucks not owned by Contractor. The above is to cover the use of automobiles and trucks on and off the site of the project. SC -4 COPYRIGHT 01992 CRAFTON, TULL & ASSOCIATES, INC. 3. Workmen's Compensation Insurance The Contractor shall take out and maintain during the life of this Contract, Workmen's Compensation Insurance as shall protect him and any subcontractor performing work covered by this Contract, from claims for damages for personal injury, including accidental death, which may arise from operations under this Contract, whether such operation be by himself or by any subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them as required under the laws of the State where the project is located. 4. The Contractor shall purchase in the name of the OWNER, and Crafton, Tull & Associates, Inc., and OWNER'S Contingent Protective Liability Policy containing the same coverage limits as set out for the CONTRACTOR'S liability insurance, the original of this policy shall be delivered to the OWNER. 5. The Contractor and any subcontractors on contracts shall provide Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance which includes adequate protection against the special hazard of "Blasting for Rock Excavation', if any blasting is to be required on project. 6. Property Insurance The Contractor shall maintain during the life of this Contract, Builder' Risk and "All Risk" Insurance as spelled out in Item 5.6 of the General Conditions on the insurable portion of the project, in • such amounts as will protect him and the OWNER against losses of completed or partially completed work due to fire, windstorm, hail, or other damage or loss. Losses not covered by such insurance shall be borne by the Contractor, at no cost to the OWNER. (5) RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE: In accordance with paragraph 9.3 of the General Conditions, a Resident Project Representative and assistants, as needed. will be provided by the City of Fayetteville to serve as their representatives on the project. (a) The duties of the Resident Project Representative will be: Review the progress schedule, schedule of Shop Drawing submissions and schedule of values prepared by CONTRACTOR and consult with ENGINEER concerning their acceptability. 2. Attend preconstruction conferences. Arrange a schedule of progress meetings and other job conferences as required in consultation with ENGINEER and notify those expected to attend in advance. Attend meetings, and maintain and circulate copies of Minutes thereof. 11 SC -5 COPYRIGHT O 1992 CRAFTON, TULL & ASSOCIATES, INC. 3, Service as ENGINEER'S liaison with CONTRACTOR, working • principally through CONTRACTOR'S superintendent and assist him in understanding the intent of the Contract Documents. Assist ENGINEER in serving as OWNER'S liaison with CONTRACTOR when CONTRACTOR'S operations affect OWNER'S on -site operations. 4. As requested by ENGINEER, assist in obtaining from OWNER additional details or information, when required at the job site for proper execution of the Work. 5. Receive and record date of receipt of Shop Drawings and samples, which are furnished at the site by CONTRACTOR, and notify ENGINEER of their availability for examination. 6, Advise ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR or its superintendent immediately of the commencement of any Work requiring a Shop Drawing or sample submission if the submission has not been approved by ENGINEER, 7, Conduct on -site observations of the Work in progress to assist ENGINEER in determining if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents and that complete Work will conform to the Contract Documents. 8. Report to ENGINEER whenever he believes that any Work is unsatisfactory, faulty or defective or does not conform to the • Contract Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any inspections, tests or approval required to he made or has been damaged prior to final payment; and advise ENGINEER when he believes Work should be corrected or rejected or should be uncovered for observation, or requires special testing, inspection or approval, 9. Verify that tests, equipment and systems start-ups and operating and maintenance instructions are conducted as required by the Contract Documents and in presence of the required personnel, and that CONTRACTOR maintains adequate records thereof; observe, record and report to ENGINEER appropriate details relative to the test procedures and start-ups. 10. Accompany visiting inspectors representing public or other agencies having jurisdiction over the Project, record the outcome of these inspections and report to ENGINEER. 11, Transmit to CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER'S clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents, 12, Consider and evaluate CONTRACTOR'S suggestions for modifications in Drawings or Specifications and report them with recommendations to ENGINEER. 0 SC -6 COPYRIGHT ® 1992 CRAFTON, TULL 8 ASSOCIATES, INC. 13. Maintain at the job site orderly files for correspondence, • reports of job conferences, Shop Drawings and samples submissions, reproductions of original Contract documents including all addenda, change orders, field orders, additional Drawings issued subsequent to the execution of the Contract, ENGINEER'S clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents, progress reports, and other Project related documents. 14. File a daily Construction Observation Report with ENGINEER, recording hours on the job site, weather conditions, data relative to questions of extras of deductions, list of visiting officials and representatives of manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers and distributors, daily activities, decisions, observations in general and specific observations in more detail as in the case of observing test procedures. 15. Record names, address and telephone numbers of all CONTRACTORS, subcontractors and major suppliers of materials and equipment. 16. Furnish ENGINEER periodic reports as required of progress of the Work and CONTRACTOR'S compliance with the approved progress schedule and schedule of Shop Drawing submissions. 17. Consult with ENGINEER in advance of schedule major tests, inspections or start of important phases of the Work. 18. Report immediately to ENGINEER upon the occurrence of any accident. 19. Review applications for payment with CONTRACTOR for compliance with the established procedure for their submission and forward them with recommendations to ENGINEER, noting particularly their relation to the schedule of values, Work completed and materials and equipment delivered at the site but not incorporated in the Work. 20. During the course of the Work, verify that certificates, maintenance and operation manuals and other data required to be assembled and furnished by CONTRACTOR are applicable to the items actually installed; and deliver this material to ENGINEER for his review and forwarding to OWNER prior to final acceptance o the Work. 21. Before ENGINEER issues a Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit to CONTRACTOR a list of observed items requiring completion or correction. 22. Conduct final inspection in the company of ENGINEER, OWNER, and CONTRACTOR and prepare a final list of items to be completed or corrected. • SC -7 COPYRIGHT 01992 CRAFTON, TULL A ASSOCIATES, INC. C 23. Verify that all items on final list have been completed or corrected and make recommendations to ENGINEER concerning acceptance. (b) The Authority of Resident Project Representative shall be limited as follows: Except upon written instructions of ENGINEER, Resident Project Representative: 1. Shall not authorize any deviation from the Contract Documents or approve any substitute materials or equipment. 2. Shall not exceed limitations on ENGINEER'S authority as set forth in the Contract Documents. 3. Shall not undertake any of the responsibilities of CONTRACTOR, subcontractors or CONTRACTORS Superintendent, or expedite the Work. 4. Shall not advise on or issue directions relative to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction unless such is specifically called for in the Contract Documents. 5. Shall not advise on or issue directions as to safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. 6. Shall not authorize OWNER to occupy the Project in whole or in part. 7. Shall not participate in specialized field or laboratory tests. The limitations on the ENGINEER'S responsibilities as specified in Paragraphs 9.11, 9.12, 9.13, and 9.14 and on tests and inspections in Paragraph 13.7 of the General Conditions, shall be applicable to the Resident Project Representative and assistants. (6) RESPONSIBILITY REGARDING EXISTING UTILITIES AND STRUCTURES: The existence and location of underground utilities indi- cated on the plans are not guaranteed and shall be investigated and verified in the field by the CONTRACTOR before starting work. Excavation in the vicinity of existing structures and utilities shall be carefully done by hand. The CONTRACTOR shall be held responsible for any damages to, and for maintenance and protection of existing utilities and structures. SC -8 COPYRIGHT 01992 CRAFTON, TULL & ASSOCIATES, INC. (7) WORK ON STATE HIGHWAY RIGHT-OF-WAY: Portions of project could involve work on the rights -of -way of State Higwhays, The CONTRACTOR shall conduct all such work in strict accordance with applicable regulations of the State Highway department or Equal Controlling Agency in the state where the project is to be constructed, (8) SUBCONTRACTORS: The CONTRACTOR shall obtain approval of the ENGINEER prior to subcontracting any portion of the work to another contractor. (9) GOVERNING LAWS AND REGULATIONS: The CONTRACTOR shall be familiar with all Federal, State and Local laws governing work of this nature and safeguarding the public during construction, and shall conform to such laws, ordinances and regulations, The CONTRACTOR'S attention is directed to the State Licensing Law for Contractors, United States Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Act, and the U.S. Department of Transportation Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for streets and highways. It shall be the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to obtain all necessary license and permits prior to starting construction, (10) RETAINAGE AND PAYMENT: Ten percent (10%) of all payments made pursuant to properly submitted and approved Applications for Payment shall be retained by OWNER until final completion of work under the contract, However, ENGINEER at his own discretion, may reduce the retainage to five percent (5%) of all payments upon satisfactory completion of 50% of said contract if he determines CONTRACTOR'S work, progress and scheduling is satisfactory. (11) RETURN OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS UPON TERMINATION: In the event of termination of this contract pursuant to Article 15 of the General Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall return to OWNER( or to ENGINEER for delivery to OWNER) all specifications, drawings, addenda, modifications, shop drawings, samples and the like used in the course of performance under this contract, (12) RELEASES AND LIEN WAIVERS: CONTRACTOR shall obtain and deliver to OWNER appropriate releases and/or lien waivers from all suppliers, subcontractors and the like used in completing the work hereunder, and OWNER shall not be obligated to pay CONTRACTOR in full until such items are delivered by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. SC -9 COPYRIGHT 01992 CRAFTON, LULL S, ASSOCIATES, INC. •(13) INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS: Notwithstanding any language in the General Conditions to the contrary, it is the express intent of the parties hereto that CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall act as independent contractors during their performance under this Agreement. Other than as provided hereunder, OWNER shall have no right to direct CONTRACTOR or ENGINEER in their performance hereunder. CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, and any persons hired or used by them during their performance hereunder are not now and shall not be, as a result of such performance, employees of OWNER. (14) CONTRACTOR'S RESIDENT SUPERINTENDENT: CONTRACTOR shall, prior to commencement of work hereunder, supply to OWNER in writing the name of its initial resident superintendent for coordination of work under this contract. Another person may be substituted in such resident superintendent's place pursuant to Paragraph 6.2 of the General Conditions. (15) TESTING: (1) In accordance with Paragraph 13.4 of the General Conditions the OWNER shall retain the services of a Testing Laboratory or Registered Professional Engineer practicing in the materials and testing field, herein -after referred to as the Lab Engineer, to perform all sampling and testing. The OWNER will be responsible for the costs of sampling and testing performed on the project. However, the OWNER will not be responsible for any additional testing as a result of poor workmanship. (2) The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER and the OWNER sufficiently in advance of any desired testing so that the services of the testing laboratory can be scheduled as near as possible to the times requested by the CONTRACTOR. All testing shall be scheduled during normal work hours on normal work days. (16) COPIES OF PLANS: The Owner will furnish five (5) sets of Plans to the Contractor without charge. Additional sets requested by the Contractr will be furnished for the cost of reproduction. (17) OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE: Sections 5.5 through 5.13 and Section 8.5 of the General Conditions are not applicable to this Contract. Section 5.11 will apply except for references to 5.6 and 5.7. SC -10 COPYRIGHT 0 1992 CRAFTON, TULL & ASSOCIATES, INC. (18) PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR: (General Conditions -Section 14.4) • Payments to the Contractor shall be due thirty (30) days after presentation of the Application for Payment to the Owner with the Engineer's recommendation. (19) WORKING HOURS: Allowable working hours will be restricted to Monday through Saturday from 7:00 a.m. to dusk only. Work will not be undertaken on Sundays or holidays. (20) TRAFFIC MAINTENANCE: The Project will be closed to through traffic during construction. Access will be maintained for residences located within the Project limits. The contractor shall submit a traffic control plan to the Owner in accordance with the "Manual For Uniform Traffic Control Devices". (21) DISPOSAL OF SPOIL MATERIALS: Section 202 of the Technical Specifications is hereby modified to disallow the use of burning on the Project. All spoil materials including waste concrete and masonry shall be removed from the Project and disposed of by the Contractor at approved sites. (22) REMOVAL OF EXISTING CONCRETE BARRICADES AND SIGNS: • The removal of the existing concrete barricades and all street and traffic signs shall be coordinated with the Owner, and shall remain the property of the Owner. (23) MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS: The Contractor shall be responsible for site security, temporary power and other utilities, and any temporary drainage requirements. These items will not be paid for directly and will be considered subsidiary to other items of the Contract. No blasting will be allowed. (24) BONDS: Mere countersigning by a resident agent will not be sufficient for the bonds required on this Project. (25) WAGE RATES: This project is governed under the authority of the Arkansas Prevailing Wage Law, Act 74 of 1969 as amended by Act 275 of 1969 and compliance is required. . SC -11 •(26) PRICES TO INCLUDE AND SPECIAL SPECIFICATIONS: The bid price for all items shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and tools necessary or reasonably required to furnish and install in place, complete and in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, and as directed by the ENGINEER, in good operating conditions, the items as listed and shown and/or specified. Necessary construction stakes will be placed once by the ENGINEER upon the request of the CONTRACTOR. It shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to preserve and maintain such stakes. The following items of construction shall be paid for under the given pay items of the Bid Form. These items cover the work set out in the Plans and these Specifications and provided for on the Bid form. ITEM 1.0 -CLEARING & GRUBBING, COMPLETE, INCLUDING REMOVAL AND DISFUSAL u. ALL TREES, BRUSH, PAVEMENT CURBS, CURB INLETS AND DRAINAGE ITEMS, EXIST BRIDGE AND APPURTENANCES & OTHER INCIDENTALS NECESSARY TO BE REMOVED FOR CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT: METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: Work completed under this item will be measured as a lump sun item. BASIS OF PAYMENT: isWork performed and accepted under this contract and measured as outlined above will be paid for at the lump sun price bid for clearing, which shall be full compensation for furnishing equipment, materials and labor for tree, brush and stump removal and disposal, site grubbing and clearing, curb, sidewalk and pavement removal and disposal, removal and disposal of curb inlets, drainage pipes, the existing concrete box culvert and its appurtenances, and any other such incidentals as may be necessary to clear and prepare the project site for further work as described in these specifications. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: No measurement will be made of work performed and material accepted under this item. It is the intent of this specification that excavated material shall be used for embankment construction if suitable; otherwise the Contractor shall provide suitable embankment material from another source. The placing and/or furnishing and compacting of embankment is not a separate pay item and will be included in the price bid for excavation. SC -12 COPYRIGHT 01992 CRAFTON, TULL & ASSOCIATES, INC. BASIS OF PAYMENT: Excavation and embankment placed and accepted shall be paid for at the Lump Sum price bid for Unclassified Excavation, regardless of the type of materials encountered or the quantities of materials required to construct the finished subgrade in accordance with these specifications and the lines and grades specified on the plans. The above price shall include the furnishing of all tools, labor, materials, and equipment required for excavation, rolling, shaping, formation, and compaction of embankment, for backfilling and compaction around the concrete box culvert, for furnishing and placing off -site fill material if required, for disposal of excess material from the site, if required, and for water or any other incidental items necessary to complete the work and produce a finished subgrade in accordance with the plans and specifications. ITEM 3.0 18" R.C.P. CLASS III, INSTALLED COMPLETE IN PLACE: METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: Completed and accepted pipe culverts will be measured by the linear foot in place. The linear foot upon which payment for reinforced concrete pipe culverts will be made shall be determined by multiplying the number of sections placed by the net length of each section. . BASIS OF PAYMENT: Work completed and accepted under the item of pipe culverts and measured as provided above, will be paid for at the contract unit price bid per linear foot for the respective type of pipe culverts of the several sizes, which price shall be full compensation for furnishing, hauling and installing the pipe; for materials, including joint filler for concrete pipe connecting bands for metal pipe; for excavation and backfilling; and for all labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. ITEM 4.0 STANDARD DROP INLET INSTALLED COMPLETE IN PLACE: METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: Work completed under this item will be measured by each drop inlet installed when built according to the details contained in the plans and specifications. BASIS OF PAYMENT: Work performed and accepted under this item and measured as outlined above will be paid for at the unit price bid per drop inlet; which shall be full compensation for furnishing material, and for all labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work, including connection to the slab of the concrete box culvert where shown on the Plans. • SC -13 COPYRIGHT 01992 CRAFTOR TULL A ASSOCIATES, INC. ITEM 4.1 DROP INLET EXTENSION, INSTALLED COMPLETE: METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: Completed and accepted drop inlet extension shall be measured by the linear foot of extension, installed complete. BASIS OF PAYMENT: Work completed and accepted under this item and measured as provided above shall be paid for at the contract unit price bid per each for drop inlet extension complete in place; which price shall be full compensation for furnishing materials, including forms, concrete, reinforced steel, placing, finishing, curing, etc. and for all equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. ITEM 5.0 DUMPED ROCK RIP RAP, INSTALLED COMPLETE: METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: Riprap completed and accepted will be measured by the square yard in place. Riprap thickness shall be 1.5 feet. BASIS OF PAYMENT: Riprap placed and accepted and measured as provided above will be paid for • at the contract unit price bid per square yard which price shall be full compensation for furnishing materials, for quarrying involved; for preparation of the surface to be protected; for excavation including toe trench and backfill; and for all labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment will not be made for excess thickness of materials, for material required to dress embankment, nor for material to replace embankment lost due to action of the elements. SC -14 COPYRIGHT O 1992 CRAFTON, TULL & ASSOCIATES, INC. ITEM 6,0 RELOCATION OF EXISTING WATER LINE, COMPLETE, INCLUDING 6" TAPPING SLEEVES AND VALVES, FITTINGS, THRUST BLOCKING, SERVICE LINE EXTENSIONS AND/OR CONNECTIONS, RELOCATION OR RESETTING OF WATER METERS, CONNECTION TO EXISTING DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM LINES, TESTING, DISINFECTION, AND WRAPPING OF ALL LINES AND FITTINGS WITH 8 MIL POLYETHYELENE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWWA STANDARDS, METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: No measurement will be made for this work item. BASIS OF PAYMENT: The completed and accepted relocation of the existing water line as shown on the plans will be paid for on a lump sum basis, which price shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work in accordance with City of Fayetteville requirements. ITEM 7.0 STANDARD CONCRETE MANHOLES 6'-12' DEPTH, COMPLETE IN PLACE, INCLUDING RING AND COVER: ITEM 7.1 DROP MANHOLE ASSEMBLY INSTALLED COMPLETE INCLUDING M.J.C.I. TEE AND 90' BEND D.I. PIPE AND CONCRETE ENCASING: METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: 40 Completed and accepted manholes will be measured by "each" manhole completed and accepted, without regard for the depth of the manhole. BASIS OF PAYMENT: Work completed and accepted under this item and measured as provided above shall be paid for at the contract unit price bid for each manhole of the type and size shown; which price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, including manhole rings and covers, constructing the manholes, connection of existing lines to new manholes; for all excavating and backfilling; for removal of existing manholes where shown on the Plans; and for all equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the work in accordance with the requirements of the City of Fayetteville. ITEM 8.0 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT INSTALLED COMPLETE: METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: This item shall consist of furnishing and installing concrete at the places shown on the plans and as specified by the Engineer. Measurement will be by the linear foot of encasement installed along the sewer pipe. S SC -15 COPYRIGHT O 1992 CRAFTON, TULL A ASSOCIATES, INC. BASIS OF PAYMENT: Payment will be by the unit price bid per linear foot of encasement installed along the sewer pipe, which shall be full payment for all labor, equipment, materials and incidentals necessary to complete the work. ITEM 9.0 12" DUCTILE IRON SANITARY SEWER (CLASS 250), INSTALLED COMPLETE, IN PLACE, INCLUDING GRANULAR BACKFILL FOR STREET CROSSINGS, ALL TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, AND BACKFILL REGARDLESS OF DEPTH; AND 8 MIL POLYWRAP IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWWA STANDARDS. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: This item shall be measured by the linear foot, along the centerline of the completed and accepted 12" Ductile Iron Pipe (Class 250). BASIS OF PAYMENT: Completed and accepted 12" Ductile Iron Sewer Pipe (Class 250) shall be paid for at the unit price bid per foot, including trench excavation regardless of the material encountered, the furnishing, bedding and laying of the pipe to the lines and grades shown on the plans, relocation or connection of sanitary sewer service lines, the furnishing and placing of full depth granular backfill under the street and sidewalk paving, backfilling and compacting the trench and disposing of the excess excavated material, removal or plugging and abandoning of lines so designated on the • Plans, and all other materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals necessary to properly complete the work. ITEM 10.0 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER COMPLETE IN PLACE: METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: Completed and accepted curb and gutter will be measured by the linear foot, along the face of the curb. BASES OF PAYMENT: Work completed and accepted under this item and measured as provided above will be paid for at the contract unit price bid per linear foot for curb and gutter, complete in place, which price shall be full compensation for furnishing materials, including forms, concrete, placing, finishing, and for all equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work, including backfilling and dressing behind the curb and gutter. ITEM 11.0 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE, CLASS 7 (6" THICKNESS), COMPLETE IN PLACE. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: Aggregate Base Course, Class 7, shall be measured by the Square Yard, in • place. SC -16 COPYRIGHT O1992 CRAFTOH, TULL 8 ASSOCIAI BASIS OF PAYMENT: Completed and accepted Aggregate Base Course, Class 7 shall be paid for at the unit price bid per square yard, which shall be full payment for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, and incidentals necessary for completing the work, including hauling, placing, shaping, rolling, and compacting the material to the lines and grades shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. ITEM 12.0 1911.05 - 3" ASPHALTIC CONCRETE HOT MIX INSTALLED COMPLETE IN PLACE INCLUDING PRIME AND PAVEMENT STRIPING: METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: Work completed under this item will be measured by the square yard in place. BASIS OF PAYMENT: Work performed and accepted under this item and measured as outlined above will be paid for at the unit price bid per square yard; which shall be full compensation for furnishing materials, for heating, mixing, hauling, placing, rolling and finishing, pavement striping, and for all labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. ITEM 13.0 4" CONCRETE SIDEWALK (PLAIN). COMPLETE, IN PLACE. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: 4" Concrete Sidewalk shall be measured by the linear foot along the centerline of the sidewalk, in place. BASIS OF PAYMENT: Completed and accepted 4" Concrete Sidewalk shall be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot, which shall be full payment for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, and incidentals necessary for completing the work, including preparation of the subgrade, formwork, placing and finishing concrete, construction on handicapped access ramps, site cleanup, and any incidentals required to produce an acceptable finished product constructed to the lines and grades shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. ITEM 14.0 5" CONCRETE DRIVE APRON (PLAIN), COMPLETE, IN PLACE. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: 5" Concrete Drive Aprons shall be measured per each, complete and in place. I • SC -17 COPYRIGHT 01992 CRAFTON, TULL A ASSOCIATES, INC. . BASIS OF PAYMENT: Completed and accepted 5" Concrete Drive Aprons shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each, which shall be full payment for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, and incidentals necessary for completing the work, including preparation of the subgrade, formwork, placing and finishing concrete, site cleanup, and any incidentals required to produce an acceptable finished product constructed to the lines and grades shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. ITEM 15.0 CLASS "S" CONCRETE FOR DOUBLE 10' X 5' X 41'-4" BOX CULVERT, INSTALLED COMPLETE IN PLACE, INCLUDING REINFORCING STEEL, SPECIAL WINGS, HANDRAIL, AND CHAIN LINK FENCE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS: METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: Completed and accepted class "S" concrete will be measured by the cubic yard in place, based upon actual yardage within the lines of the structure as shown on the plans or revised by authority of the Engineer. No deduction will be made for the volume of reinforcing steel. Chain link fence to be replaced or reinstalled to a condition equal to or better than existing. BASIS OF PAYMENT: Completed and accepted class "S" concrete under this item, and measured as provided above will be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard bid for class "S" concrete, which price shall be full compensation for furnishing materials, forms, false work, and bracing; for mixing, placing, finishing and curing; and for all equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the work, including reinforcing steel, handrails, drop inlets, and chain link fence removal and replacement as shown on the plans. ITEM 16.0 SEEDING, COMPLETE AND IN PLACE, INCLUDING SEEDBED PREPARATION, MULCHING. FERTILIZER. AND PLANTING OF ONE 4" CALIPER BRADFORD PEAR TREE. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: No measurement will be made of work performed under this item. BASIS OF PAYMENT: Completed and accepted seeding work will be paid for at the Lump Sum price bid, which shall be full payment for the furnishing of all materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals required to satisfactorily complete the preparation of the seed bed, including the hauling and furnishing of off - site topsoil, if adequate topsoil does not exist on the site, preparation of the seedbed, placing the seed, mulch, and fertilizer, and watering and maintaining the seedbed until such time as an adequate ground cover is • established. Also included is the furnishing and planting of one 4" caliper Bradford Pear tree as shown on the plans, and maintaining said tree in good condition in accordance with the specifications. SC -18 COPYRIGHT 0 1992 CRAFTON, TULL & ASSOCIATES, INC. M1lxN;Iil[N:l�E9NxN1�! [N,Y11[N�67 0 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION I - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ABBREVIATIONS TS -1 THRU TS -4 DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK CLEARING & GRUBBING TS -202-1 THRU TS -202-3 EXCAVATION & EMBANKMENT TS -207-1 THRU TS -207-13 SUBGRADE PREPARATION TS -208-1 THRU TS -208-1 DITCH EXCAVATION TS -213-1 THRU TS -213-2 CHANNEL & EMBANKMENT CONSTRUCTION TS -214-1 THRU TS -214-2 PIPE CULVERTS TS -216-1 THRU TS -216-7 DROP INLETS & JUNCTION BOXES TS -217-1 THRU TS -217-3 RIPRAP TS -228-1 THRU TS -228-8 PROJECT CLEANUP/SEEDING TS -229-1 THRU TS -229-6 ISION 3 - CONCRETE PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE TS -301-1 THRU TS -301-34 REINFORCING STEEL TS -302-1 THRU TS -302-3 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS TS -304-1 THRU TS -304-3 CONCRETE BOX CULVERTS TS -306-1 THRU TS -306-2 PRECAST BOX CULVERTS TS -309-1 THRU TS -309-4 • REINFORCING STEEL FOR STRUCTURES TS -310-1 THRU TS -310-6 DIVISION 17 - SEWERS SEWER LINES TS -1701-1 THRU TS -1701-28 SEWER MANHOLES TS -1702-1 THRU TS -1702-4 PIPE ENCASEMENT TS -1707-1 THRU TS -1707-1 PIPE CAPPING TS -1708-1 THRU TS -1708-1 DIVISION 13 - WATER WATERLINE - ON -SITE TS -1803-1 THRU TS -1803-22 ION 19 - BASES AND PAVEMENTS CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER TS -1901-1 THRU TS -1901-2 CLASS 7 STONE BASE COURSE TS -1904A-1 THRU TS -1904A-3 (CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE) ASPHALTIC CONCRETE HOT MIX TS -1911-1 THRU TS -1911-5 EQUIPMENT & CONSTRUCTION METHODS TS -1913-1 THRU TS -1913-10 GRANULAR BACKFILL TS -1915-I THRU TS -1915-1 0 0 DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ABBREVIATIONS The following is an explanation of the abbreviations which are used throughout the Specifications. 1. AASHTO - The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, the successor to AASHO. 2. ABA - The American Standards Association. 3. AISC — The American Institute for Steel Construction. 4. ASTM - The American Society for Testing and Materials. 5. AWWA - The American Water Work Association. 6. MBMA - The Metal Building Manufacturers Association. 7. RPM - Revolutions Per Minute. 8. AWS - The American Welding Society. 9. AREA - The American Railway Engineering Association. 10. NEMA - The National Electrical Manufacturers Association. STANDARDS Where reference is made to specifications such as ASTM, the latest edition shall be used and shall be considered a part of the specification. TS -1 COPYRIGHT Q Ufl CRAfrOH, TOLL & 1SSOCIATESI It 0 PAYMENT REQUEST 1. General: Except as otherwise indicated, sequence of progress payments is to be regular, and each must be consistent with previous applications and payments. It is recognized that certain applications involve extra requirements, including initial applications, applications with request for payment of stored materials, and final payment application. 2. Payment Application Times: The "date" for each progress payment is the first day of each month. The period of work covered by each payment request is period ending the last day of the preceding month. 3. Payment Application Forms: Use forms for which examples are included at the end of this Division. 4. Progress Schedule: An updated project progress schedule will be required with each payment request. [1 TS -2 0 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT NO. DATED TO: PROJECT: OWNER'S PROJECT NO.s ENGINEER'S PROJECT NC.; FOR" WORK ACCOMPLISHED THROUGH THE DATE OF; Accompanying Documentations Gross Amount Due S Less X Retainage $ Plus Material Stored $ _ Total Amount Due Contractor Less Previous Payments $ _ Amount Due This Application CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION: $ $ (OWNER) The undersigned CONTRACTOR hereby swears under penalty of. perjury that (1) all previous payments received from the OWNER on account of work performed under the contract referred to above have been applied by the undersigned to discharge in full all obligations of the undersigned incurred in connection with work covered by prior Applications for Payment under said contract, being Applications for Payment numbered I through inclusive; and (2) all materials and equipment incorporated in said Project or otherwise listed in or covered by this Application for Payment are free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests and encumbrances. DATED , 19 By: Title: TS -3 Contractor COPYRIGHT rarTONI TUI.I & ASSOCIATES; 182 O O O O 0 0 0 o 0 0 • o 0 0 < . 0 N OG4i 0 O $ O N N O ZZHH HO N O w H O w w H H ry HZ OL I 70. N N N N N N N n a �W �p 0 pp d v dP Lb 3 2 <U �SO1 V So+ 5. U z �rW�! C, {{..Cy.��� S a O pay O 80.{1 I b C N 0.' U •-J � I 0 •- Z Few a 0 N W G W C O• [y yy VH rn V .. [Zy H H a7 '0 y ♦ I 6 V ga a) O a H U; y 0. W >• Vi a a ut! -3 cn m IC W ^ 0o M"w rIV3 (0>1 W W W C 700111 w V -I • 4.1140) .� qm rw 0� u vu u O. U N F� X W W CV C m C W .+ "wm 0 W 0 O~ 4 V O O+0I 0 y V W '~ V r -4l O 0 m 0' W u.wAA +I u .r W H ✓ . I• Ww I.CA� IY yC .Ww WC 7 0o C 0 u 0, Y o m '' W> C N u O. u C M 0,-40 0UC E.wua0 wW Ws 1.1 m u00 M Y CC.m0O ,1140 Z om wY Wv0 CYWU C m'wm 0 .C+ yu ,~CCO 0E100 U "wu m I)W$. O u s. m "w C U U "'l W .,-1 C= " O w+ C'-' ^ X IC 0A N m w w4'O wi Y G tOSECIOEOJ It W ,C I Oo.aU O M W ^+w. 0 G R Y w m m 4' W m .-o-i ^d Mu CCY�u W '�W > lW +wC0W00 Um_ o O Am m m 0 -IlIW U m 0 C UA•w x *Curl ^C o Z A> G. E (0QM Xv Wv o m m W a W V +, X W m O,b`b • 0 JO W WOO W >ml+ m.w '',-l7U ., 0uW4 M.I 4E ^uQ ,.4lIC. f4. O.O'U u 4 w.wY Wum 00 OOW A+w C O C v07y V 0 X OJ 3. m 4 Y 0 W C U A v C �• C= O ,Wy . O C w G m W p 0> O I,w d W C ti .1.-I 7 4 ..1 V .w O A C U C'.I +a C E..-4"' 00 CO W T Y W X m m 0. I M MCA m Y U W W V . W V WW L N- W W W m H W "U muS>,C Uu MUSu P. u uu WWY Wm4 1 MV wo mL. mW mm .W mWXW OW VW m-l-lUu uvww N7 m m 0.m L m'+W3u OG .w V'-' 0 4.w W.w 00^w ww W m VCm m•w W 4 0.W m U 0. V m 0. C 0..D u v 0. 0. 0. O 0.m > C T '-10) • wU Wv m UC WOWm - E mE 0 0 HE 'wE>f+0 OomG rlC i00 C U C U U Iw O ,-1 O y U N U O J O O W O w CV.- U OO U U Jl m U O CV"w •O O O O H O O . V .g r1 N M 1 1 ul .D 2 IC o S a o S S o 0 8 W FS2 O N N N N Op a0 O It 8za N CO N Co V) N N N N �a+ o f ar 88 H Z V) F 0 0 gaw N Ste.. F-Ioo5 dN 3E V 0000 z < < NU.T. `o.4Sc 0. C. IC&lNI W N .D .O N .• rf N S N .n S S ^'1 en ZIC u U O O - _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ d 4 H Ia. U. W >. C. Z a .i a vi vi .i 004.1 .+ N .4C0 0 - DD C.-..- '0 0 9 NC)V WWXCW N G ^ C .O .r .+ I. W W W m wC w .4 C C U m U m.+A ++w mu E 00 .-i - 0. C m u m U C m 0. 4)'-1 m • O m TE w.• W] _ N m H - C O O u w O m .+ W w V 0. 0.-0. + 0. z CC) .-i • m m U •+ m w W .C 0..+ C CC) 'x .11 C N 7 •) C I. v O C m T .4 .IOC -I-. u W M 0)CJ u I. m.• .+S W CWmm.� Cl m ++.+ m . 0. E Q A u 0. m •+ M 1.0) W •+ m EM -4 F m.-+OOCw yu w W V C W W C C a W m • U O W O W O u C 3 W 0) 0) O O u +-� m .+ E C Y X Q t0 0 CO 0,-I COW W Uo > U Cl m9 • W OmCmm mm 0. Os -IS VC .•m I.W$.. w m ] F+ m w C.. OA .+ W E 00.0) ,.4,-1 �. •'+ m .+.+ - w A a 0,0 > m a v F. OO � C W> W U A U w CO VOW O m OJ O .-. O .-• C C Or..- ] C A ,0Q. 0. W C W C O - 020 O+at W ,4O04JO U+1 u L r1 +�'•� E t C .+N OC O 0)0, .� D 9 W W 4 N~ UC m++AC L+++ Uwu 1.11.11.11.1W m.CriC T Uu Via C m EW .+ OW ]m ••Mm 0) 41 41 0. CC) C W F Lrio + 00 yy0.•• C.O m U 0. CC) C pp0 0.ep ppNpppppp U m I+ 00. 00. O h O 4 O t0! .C d 0 U .yv OR % 0 U < Y M .Fi 6 S U N U •z. O H O O O O O O O . O = n n ao m 4 H H H 0 W >--Z n.0 � Y 0- C) _ H V) coo O L)Z 0 O a [yG Z0. N ..7 in 8 N N h y 8 a� 3 O N88 to wo<i Z. M 8�a>7N 4' N aw 3 N eH xF H>w i� i� H 8a N > v) o m wm I) m J7 U .. U C Y O N ,a d,C C-9 C w O N W d! 9R d d w CO�mi ♦KN ^d O dC7C.l. Z C-+m+ua mqq av E.Atl 1• U — 6G C C OOO1-O- N U c -I- HN £a, -II.. d m C-4CI. U, O w,d qW C 1. wryWtiU w -w dw w mCuC e0.•+ d CMUL ..407.-1W Nm�4 f~1 J UO U C.1+ 3.-I M u N 6C.w i-1 O O • b N N a. h County of Benton State of Arkansas Before me on this _ personally appeared _ who being duly sworn, day of did depose and say that he of the (office) _, 19_, known to me, is the CONTRACTOR above mentioned; that he executed the above Application for Payment and statement on behalf of said CONTRACTOR; and that all of the statements contained therein are true, correct and complete. My Commission Expires S TS -4 Notary Public CCPYRIGHT CRAPTOHI TULL & ASSOCIATES; I_ 0 DIVISION 2 SITE WORK ITEM 202 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 202-1.1 DESCRIPTION: This item shall consist of clearing and grubbing, including the disposal of materials, for all areas within the limits designated on the plans or as required by the Engineer. Clearing and grubbing shall consist of clearing the surface of the ground of the designated areas of all trees, stumps, down timber, logs, snags, brush, undergrowth, hedges, heavy growth of grass or weeds, fences, structures, debris, and rubbish of any nature, natural obstructions or such material which in the opinion of the Engineer is unsuitable for the foundation of pavements, or other required structures, including the grubbing of stumps, roots, matted roots, foundations, and the disposal from the project of all spoil materials resulting from clearing and grubbing by burning or otherwise. 202-2.1 MATERIALS: None. 202-3.1 CONSTRUCTION METHODS: A. General: The areas denoted on the plans to be cleared and grubbed under this item shall be staked on the ground by the Engineer unless specified otherwise. The clearing and grubbing shall be done at a satisfactory distance in advance of the grading operations. All spoil materials removed by clearing and grubbing shall be disposed of by burning or by removal to approved disposal -areas. Piles for burning shall be placed either in the cleared areas near the center or in adjacent open spaces where no damage to trees, other vegetation or other property will occur. The contractor will be responsible for controlling fires in compliance with all Federal and State laws and regulations relative to building fires at the site. • Ashes resulting from burning shall be removed and disposed of when directed by the Engineer. TS -202-1 TD?TP.IDNT © ISS (hAflON, TUIL L ASSOWTES. INC. As far as practicable, waste concrete and masonry shall be placed on slopes of embankments or channels. When placed on slopes or channels, this material shall be placed in accordance with requirements for formation of embankments. Any broken concrete or masonry which cannot be used in construction, and all other materials not considered suitable for use elsewhere, shall be disposed of by the Contractor. In no case shall any discarded materials be left in windows or piles adjacent to or within the project limits. The manner and location of the disposal of materials shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer and shall not create an unsightly or objectionable view. When the Contractor is required to locate a disposal area outside the project limits at his own expense, he shall obtain and file with the Engineer, permission in writing from the property owner for the use of private property for this purpose. Any blasting necessary shall be done at the Contractor's responsibility, and the utmost care shall be taken not to endanger life or property. The removal of existing structure and utilities • required to permit orderly progress of work shall be accomplished by local agencies, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Whenever a telephone or telegraph pole, pipeline, conduit, sewer, roadway, or other utility is encountered and must be removed or relocated the Contractor shall advise the Engineer who will notify the proper local authority or Owner and attempt to secure prompt action. B. Clearing and Grubbing: The Contractor shall clear and grub the staked or designated areas of all objectionable materials. Trees unavoidably falling outside the specified limits must be cut up, removed, and disposed of in a satisfactory manner. In order to minimize damage to trees that are to be left standing, trees shall be felled toward the center of area being cleared and grubbed. The Contractor shall preserve and protect from injury all trees not to be removed. In the areas indicated to be cleared and grubbed, all stumps, roots, buried logs, brush, grass, and other unsatisfactory materials shall be removed. Tap roots and other projections over 1-1/2 inches in diameter shall be grubbed out to a depth of at least 18 inches. Fences shall be removed and disposed of when directed by the Engineer. Fence wire shall be neatly rolled and TS -202-2 CC?T61;NT © IN CTAFiox, TOLL L'ACCOCWTL; Ixe: the wire and posts stored on the project if they are to be used again, or stored at a designated location if the fence is to remain the property of a local owner or of a civic authority. Any buildings and miscellaneous structures that are shown on the plans to be removed shall be demolished or removed, and all materials therefrom shall be disposed of either by burning or otherwise removed from the site as specified in Item 207, "Common Excavation". All holes remaining after the grubbing operation in embankment areas shall have the sides broken down to flatten out the slopes, and shall be filled with acceptable material, moistened and properly compacted in layers to the density required in Item 207. The same construction procedure shall be applied to all% holes remaining after grubbing in excavation areas where the depth of holes exceeds the depth of the proposed excavation. 202-4.1 TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENT Test and Short Title Material and Short Title 9 None None I TS -202-3 l COITRISNt © im CRAnON, TULL i ASSOCIATES, INC. 0 DIVISION 2 SITE WORK ITEM 207 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT 207-1.1 DESCRIPTION: This item shall consist of excavating, removing and satisfactorily disposing of all materials within the limits of the work required in accordance with these specifications and in conformity with the dimensions and typical section shown on the Plans and with the lines and grades established by the Engineer. All suitable material taken from excavation shall be used in the formation of embankment, subgrade, and backfilling, as indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. When the volume of the excavation exceeds that required to construct the embankments to the grades indicated, the excess shall be used to grade the areas of ultimate development or wasted as directed. When the volume of excavation is not sufficient for constructing the fill to the grade indicated, the deficiency shall be supplied from borrow sources at locations on site or from offsite areas if an item for offsite borrow is listed in the proposal form. 207-2.1 MATERIALS; Classification; All material excavated shall be defined as "Unclassified Excavation" unless, in the proposal form, prices are asked and bids taken for "Rock Excavation", and "Common Excavation." Pavement removed which contains less than 12 inch thick concrete and/or asphalt shall be considered as unclassified excavation. "Rock Excavation", as provided in the proposal shall include all solid rock in ledges, in bedded deposits, in unstratified masses, and conglomerate deposits which are so firmly cemented they present all the characteristics of solid rock which cannot be removed without drilling and blasting. All boulders containing • a volume of more than 1/2 cubic yard will be classified as "Rock Excavation". TS -207-1 COPYRIGHT © 10 CRATTOH, TULL L A3TOCIAIIt, OIL "Embankment", as provided in this specification shall include all material excavated and placed to attain the grades indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. "Compacted Embankment", as provided in this proposal shall include all material compacted after excavation and placing, meeting minimum density requirements as specified, to attain the grades indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. All embankment beneath areas to be paved shall be treated as "Compacted Embankment". "Compacted Subgrade," as provided in this specification, shall include all material on the top of subgrade in areas to be paved. The material shall be compacted to the depth and density specified to meet the grades indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Frozen condition of any of the different classified materials taken from excavation does not constitute a basis for a claim for higher classification or for extra work on the part of the Contractor. 0 207-3.1 CONSTRUCTION METHODS: A. General: The rough excavation shall be carried to the necessary depth to obtain the specified depth of subgrade densification shown on the plans. Likewise, on embankments, the depth of subgrade densification shall be as shown on the plans. Should the Contractor, through negligence or other fault, excavate below the designated lines, he shall replace the excavation with approved materials, in an approved manner and condition, at his own expense. The Contractor shall have complete control over the excavation, moving, placing, and disposition of all material. All material determined unsuitable shall be disposed of in waste areas or as directed. Topsoil shall not be used in fills or in subgrades but shall be handled and placed as directed. After excavation to subgrade, the embankment and/or subgrade material shall be laboratory tested in accordance with ASTH D 424. The Engineer will use the results of the laboratory test to determine if the subgrade material is acceptable, if the subgrade material is to be removed and replaced with suitable TS -207-2 COPTP.ICHT © Iti CRAITGM, Thu t ARocura, pit. St material,or if it requires stabilization prior to pavement construction. The Contractor shall inform and satisfy himself as to the character, quantity, and distribution of all material to be excavated. No payment will be made for any excavated material which is used for purposes other than those designated. All spoil areas shall be leveled to a uniform line and section and shall present a neat appearance before project acceptance. Those areas outside of the pavement areas in which the top layer of soil material becomes compacted, due to hauling or to any other activity of the Contractor, shall be scarified and disked to a depth of 4 inches as directed, to loosen and pulverize the soil, and seeded and mulched if specified. If it is necessary to interrupt existing surface drainage, sewers or underdrainage, conduits, utilities, or similar underground structures or parts thereof, the Contractor shall be responsible for and shall take all necessary precautions to protect and preserve or provide temporary services. When such facilities are encountered, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, who shall arrange for their removal, if necessary. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, satisfactorily repair all damage to such facilities or structures which may result from any of his operations during the period of the contract. B. Excavation: Excavation shall be performed as indicated on the contract plans to the lines, grades, and elevation shown or as directed by the Engineer, and shall be made so that the requirements for formation of embankment can be followed. No excavation or stripping shall be started until the Engineer has taken cross-sectional elevations and measurements of the existing ground surface. All material encountered within the limits indicated shall be removed and disposed of as directed. During the process of excavation,the grade shall be maintained so that it will be well drained at all times. When directed, temporary drains and drainage ditches shall be installed to intercept or divert surface water which may affect the work. When selective grading is specified or required as indicated on the plans, the excavated material shall be handled to allow the selected material to be properly placed in the embankment and in the capping of pavement TS -207-3 C:?Tnl?AT © lot C:ano`, TWA & AuDCUnt INC. subgrades and determined from the soil profile and soil characteristics. This material shall be deposited within the designated areas of the project as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Selective excavation shall be required of Unclassified Excavation to allow for proper placement of materials in the embankments. Rock and rubble with dimensions in any direction greater than 12 inches shall be separated from the grades indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Those areas outside of the pavement areas in which the top layer of soil material becomes compacted, due to hauling or to any other activity of the Contractor,shall be scarified and disked to a depth of 4 inches, as directed, to loosen and pulverize the soil, and seeded and mulched if specified. If, at the time of excavation, it is not possible to place any material in its proper section of the permanent construction, it shall be stockpiled in approved areas for later use. • Rock, shale, hardpan, loose rock, boulders, existing foundations and pavement, or other material unsatisfactory for subgrades, roads,shoulders, intermediate areas, or any areas intended for embankment shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 12 inches, or to the depth shown on the plans, or as specified by the Engineer, below the contemplated surface of the subgrade or the designated grades. Muck, peat, matted roots, or other yielding material, unsatisfactory for subgrade foundation, shall be removed to the depth specified, to provide a satisfactory foundation. Unsatisfactory materials shall be disposed of at locations shown on the plans or as designated by the Engineer. All material so excavated shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard for "Unclassified Excavation" as provided in the proposal. The portion so excavated shall be refilled with suitable selected material as specified, obtained from the grading operations or borrow area and thoroughly compacted by rolling. The necessary refilling shall be considered subsidiary to the excavation item. When rock cuts are made and refilled with selected material, or where trenching out is done to provide for a course of pavement, the depths thus created shall be ditched at frequent intervals to • provide adequate drainage. TS -207-4 CCr SISHT © INS CWTO{ TOLL i ASSOCIATIS, INC. The Contractor shall make the distribution as indicated on the plans. Widening or narrowing of the section and raising or lowering of the grade to avoid haul will not be permitted. The right is reserved to make minor adjustments or revisions inclines or grades, if found necessary, as the work progresses due to discrepancies in the plans or to obtain satisfactory construction. Overbreak, including slides, is the portion of any material displaced or loosened beyond the finished work as planned or authorized by the Engineer. The Engineer shall determine if the displacement of such material was unavoidable and his decision shall be final. All overbreak shall be removed by the Contractor and disposed of as directed; however payment will not be made for the removal and disposal of overbreak which the Engineer determines unavoidable. Unavoidable overbreak will be classified as "Unclassified Excavation", in which case unavoidable overbreakage from slides will be classified as such. The removal of existing utilities required to permit the orderly progress of work will be accomplished by local agencies unless otherwise shown on the plans. Cut areas, and the subgrade under areas to be paved, herein defined as "Compacted Subgrade," shall be compacted to the depths as shown on the plans or when not otherwise shown to be a minimum depth of 6 inches. Compacted density shall not be less than 957.. of the maximum density of optimum moisture as determined by the Compaction control tests specified in AASHTO T 77 Any unsuitable materials encountered shall be removed and paid for as "Unclassified Excavation." No payment or measurement for payment will be made for "Compacted Subgrade". No payment or measurement for payment will be made on suitable materials removed, manipulated, and replaced in order to obtain density. Any removal, manipulation, aeration, replacement, and recompaction of suitable materials necessary to obtain the required density shall be considered as incidental to the excavation and embankment operations, and shall be performed byu the Contractor at no additional cost to the project. Stones or rock fragments larger than 4 inches in their greatest dimension will not be permitted in the top 6 inches of the subgrade. In cuts, all loose or protruding rocks on the back slopes shall be barred loose or otherwise removed to TS -207-5 cs.rIur.: ) ,%s CRAFTo4, TELL & usocuns, IRc. line or finished grade of slope. All cut -and -fill slopes shall be uniformly dressed to the slope, cross section, and alignment shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Blasting, when necessary, will be permitted only when proper precautions are taken for the protection and safety of all persons, the work, and the property. All damage done to the work or property shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. Any approvals given will not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility in blasting operations. C. Ditch Excavations: Ditch excavation shall consist of excavating for drainage ditches such as intercepting, inlet or outlet, temporary levee construction,or any other type as designed or as shown on the plans. The work shall be performed in the proper sequence with the other construction. The location of all ditches or levees shall be established on the ground. All satisfactory material shall be placed in fills; unsatisfactory material shall be placedin spoil areas or as directed. • Waste or surplus material shall be disposed of as shown on plans or as directed. Intercepting ditches shall be constructed prior to the starting of adjacent excavation operations. All necessary handwork shall be performed to secure a finish true to line, elevation, and cross section, as designated. Ditches constructed on the project shall be maintained to the required cross section and shall be kept free from debris or obstructions until the project is accepted. Where necessary, sufficient openings shall be provided through spoil banks to permit drainage from adjacent lands. Unless an item is included in the bid proposal form, separate payment will not be made for ditch excavation. D. Preparation of Embankment Area: Embankment areas shall be cleared and grubbed in accordance with the requirements in Item 202. All depressions or holes below the ground surface, whether caused by grubbing or otherwise, shall be backfilled with suitable material and compacted to ground surface before the construction of the embankment will be permitted to start. Immediately prior to the placing of the fill materials, the entire area upon which the embankment is to be TS -207-6 tWYAt1i © na 0!110'. TULL i ASSOCUIEk INS. • placed, except where limited by rock, shall be scarified and broken by means of a disk harrow or plow, or other approved equipment, to a depth of 6 inches. Scarifying shall be done approximately parallel to the axis of the fill. All roots, debris, large stones or objectionable material that would cause interference with the compaction of the foundation or fill shall be removed from the area and disposed of as directed. A thin layer (approximately 3 inches) of the fill material shall be spread over the scarified foundation and the whole area compacted as required in the specifications. Where embankments are to be placed on natural slopes steeper than 3 -to -1, horizontal benches shall be constructed as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Suitable excavated material shall be used for embankment at the unit price bid for "Unclassified Excavation". No direct payment shall be made for the work performed under this section. The necessary clearing and grubbing and the yardage removed or used will be paid for under the respective item of work. . E. Stripping: All vegetation such as brush, heavy sods, heavy growth of grass, decayed vegetable matter, rubbish, and any other unsuitable material within the area upon which fill material is to be placed shall be stripped or otherwise removed before the embankment is started, and in no case shall such objectionable material be allowed in or under the fill areas. No direct payment will be made for stripping unless a separate item is listed in the proposal for Stripping Complete. F. Placement of Excavated Material: All material excavated and placed as fill, to attain the grades indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer, shall herein be termed "Embankment", with no compaction other than that obtained by distributing equipment movement over the entire fill area, excluding the compaction requirements for "Compacted Embankment". Payment for the placement and compaction of "Embankment" and "Compacted Embankment", shall be inclusive to the cost of "Unclassified Excavation" • TS -207-7 COPYRIGHT © 1!61 cR11TDY, TVII & AuocuTE; oTL G. Formation of Embankments: Embankments shall be formed of satisfactory materials placed in successive horizontal layers of not more than 6 inches in loose depth for the full width of the cross section. The grading operations shall be conducted, and the various soil strata shall be placed, to produce a soil structure as shown on the typical cross section or as directed. All materials entering the embankment shall be reasonably free of organic matter such as leaves, grass, roots, and other objectionable material. Soil, granular material, shale, and any other material permitted or used in embankment shall be spread in successive layers as specified. Operations on earthwork shall be suspended at any time when satisfactory results cannot be obtained because of rain, freezing weather, or other unsatisfactory conditions of the field. The Contractor shall drag, blade, or slope the embankment to provide proper surface drainage. In areas designated as "Compacted Embankment" on the plans or by the Engineer, the moisture content of the materials in the horizontal layers shall be maintained at 07.. to 37.. above optimum moisture content prior to rolling to obtain a compaction of 957. as determined by the Modified Proctor Test. This level of moisture shall be maintained until the next layer is placed. Wetting or drying of the material and manipulation when necessary to secure a uniform moisture content throughout the layer shall be required. Should the material be too wet to permit proper compaction or rolling, all work on all portions of the embankment thus affected shall be delayed until the material has dried to the required moisture content. Sprinkling shall be done with approved equipment that will sufficiently distribute the water. Sufficient equipment to furnish the required water shall be available at all times. Samples of "Compacted Embankment" materials for testing both before and after placement and compaction, will be taken at frequent intervals. From these tests, correction, adjustments, and modifications of methods, materials, and moisture content will be made to properly construct the embankment. TS -207-8 tCrT?wohT © 1!'.1 cwto'l, TC:i L ASSOV TES, D. Rubble or rock deposited by the Contractor in areas designated as compacted embankment shall be deposited in loose lifts not to exceed 8 inches in any direction. The deposited rubble or rock shall be completely choked to eliminate all voids with cohesive or non -cohesive soils and the total compacted to the requirements as cited above. Rolling operations shall be continued until the embankment is compacted to not less than 907. of the maximum density, at optimum moisture, as determined by the AASHTO compaction control tests T-100.ft In embankment areas, the subgrade under areas to be paved, herein defined as "Compacted Subgrade", shall be compacted to the depths as shown on the plans or when not otherwise shown to a minimum depth of 9 inches. Compacted density shall not be less than 957. of the maximum density at optimum moisture as determined by the compaction control tests specified in AASHTO T --18O.. 9y Any unsuitable materials encountered shall be removed and paid for as "Unclassified Excavation." No payment or measurement for payment will be made or "Compacted Subgrade". Any areas inaccessible to a roller shall be compacted by mechanical means. On all areas outside of the pavement areas, no compaction will be required on the top 4 inches. During construction of the embankment, the Contractor shall route his equipment at all times, both when loaded and when empty, over the layers as they are placed and shall distribute the travel evenly over the entire width of the embankment. The equipment shall be operated in such a manner that hardpan, cemented gravel, clay, or other chunky soil material will be broken up into small particles and become incorporated with the other material in the layer. In the construction of embankments, starting layers shall be placed in the deepest portion of the fill; as placement progresses, layers shall be constructed approximately parallel to the finished pavement grade line. When rock (or rubble) and other embankment material are excavated at approximately the same time, the rock shall be incorporated into the outer portion of the embankment and the other material shall be incorporated under the future paved areas. Rock fill shall be brought up in layers as specified or as directed and form a dense, compact mass. Rock or boulders shall not TS -207-9 CO?TSi3GHT © AST CESFTOII TUil $ USOCLTE( OC. • be disposed of outside of the excavation or embankment areas, except at places and in the manner designated by the Engineer. Frozen material shall not be placed in the embankment nor shall embankment be placed upon frozen material. The Contractor shall be responsible for the stability of all embankments made under the contract and shall replace any portion which, in the opinion of the Engineer, has become displaced due to the carelessness or negligence on the part of the Contractor. When stockpiling of excavated material and later rehandling of such material is directed by the Engineer in order to produce the specified subgrade structure,the material shall be paid for at the contract unit price bid per cubic yard for "Unclassified Excavation." Any stockpiling must be approved in writing by the Engineer prior to excavation. 207-3.2 HAUL: No payment will be made separately or directly for haul • on any part of the work. All hauling will be considered a necessary and incidental part of the work and its cost shall be considered by the Contractor and included in the contract unit price for the pay items of work involved. 207-3.3 EQUIPMENT: The Contractor may use any type of earth -moving, compaction and watering equipment he may desire or has at his disposal, provided the equipment is in a satisfactory condition and is of such capacity that the construction schedule can be maintained as planned by the Contractor and as approved by the Engineer in accordance with the total calendar days or working days bid for the construction. The Contractor shall furnish, operate, and maintain such equipment as is necessary to control uniform density, layers, section, and smoothness of grade. 207-3.4 PREPARATION AND PROTECTION OF THE SELECTED SUBGRADE: On areas to be paved, the specified depth in cut areas and the top of embankment shall be compacted to the density specified. If no depth is specified the depth shall be 9 inches. When completed, the surface shall be true to the lines, grades, and cross section shown TS -207-10 coPfliGHt © 1Ms ckrToK nu t Inocuttt as on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. After all drains, structures, ducts, and other underground appurtenances along the edges or under the pavement have been completed, the subgrade shall be compacted to the depth specified at not less than 957.. density as is determined by the compaction control tests specified in AASHTO T 282Sj Any irregularities or depressions that develop under rolling shall be corrected by loosening the material at these places and adding, removing, or replacing material until the surface is smooth and uniform. Any portion of the area which is not accessible to a roller shall be compacted to the required density by approved mechanical tampers. The material shall be placed at 0% to 3% above optimum moisture and maintained at this level until the next layer is constructed. All soft and yielding material and material which will not compact readily when rolled or tamped shall be removed as directed by the Engineer and replaced with suitable material. After grading operations are complete, all loose stones larger than 2 inches in their greatest dimension shall be removed from the surface of all proposed graded • paving areas and disposed of as directed by the Engineer. At all times, the top of the subgrade shall be kept in such condition that it will drain readily and effectively. In handling materials, tools, and equipment, the Contractor shall protect the subgrade from damage by laying planks when directed and shall take other precautions as needed. In no case will vehicles be allowed to travel in a single track. If ruts are formed, the subgrade shall be, scarified, reshaped and rolled. Storage or stockpiling of materials on the top of the subgrade will not be permitted. Until the subgrade has been checked and approved, no subbase, base, surface course or pavement shall be laid thereon. 207-3.5 PREPARATION AND PROTECTION OF UTILITIES: In areas designated on the plan as having existing utilities to remain in service or to be relocated by others, the Contractor shall be responsible for developing and maintaining sufficient earth overburden to protect these utilities. Any utilities not so protected will be repaired immediately at the Contractor's expense. Utilities relocated to new TS -207-11 copTR1 411 1W CWTo1. TULL & £SS0 WTEU Pit positions within the work area shall also be so protected. 207-3.6 TOLERANCES: In those areas upon which a subbase or base course is to be placed, the top of the subgrade shall be of such smoothness that, when tested with a 16 foot straightedge applied parallel and at right angles to the centerline, it shall not show any deviation in excess of 2 inches from true grade as established by grade hubs or pins. Any deviation in excess of these amounts shall be corrected by loosening, adding, or removing materials, reshaping, and recompacting by sprinkling and rolling. On intermediate and other designated areas, the surface shall be of such smoothness that it will not vary more than 0.10 of a foot from true grade as established by grade hubs. Any deviation in excess of this amount shall be corrected by loosening, adding or removing materials, and reshaping. 207-3.7 Topsoil: When topsoil is specified or required, as shown on the plans or under a topsoiling item, it shall be salvaged from stripping or other grading operations. The topsoil shall meet the requirements of the specified item or shall be approved by the Engineer. If, at the time of excavation or stripping, the topsoil cannot be placed in its proper and final section of finished construction, the material shall be stockpiled at approved locations. Stockpiles shall not be placed within pavement areas and shall not be placed on areas which subsequently will require any excavation or embankment. Upon completion of grading operations as specified topsoil shall be handled and placed as directed, or as required in the specified item. The Engineer shall set grade stakes for grading operations in both cut and fill so that the topsoil will be placed at the finished plan elevation unless specified otherwise. No direct payment will be made for topsoil unless a topsoil item is included in the proposal form. The quantity removed and placed or stockpiled shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard for "Unclassified Excavation." When topsoil is paid for under excavation, no payment shall be made for the same work under a topsoil item. TS -207-12 CDATF11:Si © Smp tMFTO1 TCMLL I &SSOCUnu, O M 11 When stockpiling a topsoil and later rehandling of such material is directed by the Engineer to produce the specified soil structure, the material so rehandled shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard for "Unclassified Excavation". 207-4.1 TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Test and Short Title Material and Short Title AASHTO T-100 Density ASTM D 424 P.L. & P.I. of C71 Soils TS -207-13 CopTal::T © its CWTO:t TULL i AROWTC; DIVISION 2 SITE WORK ITEM 208 SUBGRADE PREPARATION 208-1.1 DESCRIPTION: This item shall consist of shaping and compacting the subgrade for the placing of base course in accordance with these specifications and to the lines and grades indicated on the plans. 208-2.1 MATERIALS: None 208-3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: The subgrade shall be prepared in such a manner as to insure that the base course will be placed on a firm foundation that is stable and reasonably free from dust pockets, wheel ruts, or other defects. After shaping and prior to the placement of the base course, the subgrade shall be compacted to not less than 95% of the maximum density obtained by AASHTO T 1.80 Compaction equipment used shall be suitable to accomplish the required compaction in a efficient manner. If it is necessary to adjust the moisture of the soil, either by addition of water or by drying, this shall be done at the Contractor's expense and included in the price bid for subgrade preparation. 208-3.2 TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENT Test and Short Title AASHTO T 1.80, Density qG Material and Short Title None TS -208-1 COPTBmmHT © 1*1 CRATTON. TUl1 i ASSOWTEk tILL DIVISION 2 SITE WORK ITEM 213 DITCH EXCAVATION 213-1.1 DESCRIPTION: This item shall consist of of stream channels adjacent covered elsewhere herein. 213-2.1 MATERIALS: None 213-2.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: excavation and construction to the proposed structure The plans show the limits of the area for ditch excavation. It is the intent of this specification to construct the stream channels and embankments as closely to the prescribed finished contours as practical. Care shall be exercised to insure that the final grade is uniform and conducive to the installation of landscaping items. • Structures shall be constructed over the channels under another item. The Contractor will be expected to conduct this grading operation so as to protect the structures from erosion or other damage. No sequence of construction between the grading and structures will be required. The Contractor is alerted to the fact that no construction equipment will be allowed on the structures. The channels may be constructed with whatever equipment is deemed necessary to perform the work. Material excavated from the channels shall be used in the embankment construction to properly dress the channel. Existing vegetation and foreign matter shall be removed from the embankment area. It will not be necessary to strip the area of topsoil prior to placement of the embankment. The embankment material shall be placed and compacted with conventional grading equipment. The embankment material shall be placed in 8 inch lifts except that the Contractor will be allowed to place the material in sufficient depths to bridge over low marshy areas that would not support conventional earth moving equipment. No particular density will be required; however, each TS -213-1 ELTT7G!1T © 1111 CAUTOJ( Tuft I ASSOCMTEU INC. lift of embankment shall be compacted sufficiently to prevent future settlement. After the embankments have been constructed to properly dress the channel, the Contractor shall place topsoil on all the graded areas. The topsoil shall be fertile loam free of foreign matter and noxious weeds and placed to a minimum depth of 4 inches. After the topsoil has been placed and spread uniformly as noted above, the entire area not to be covered by landscaping or other items shall be seeded as specified elsewhere in Division 2. 213-3.2 TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS: Test and Short Title None Material and Short Title None TS -213-2 CCPYRI3HT © 191 CRAFTO:t, TU33 t R330CUTEi, Ift DIVISION 2 SITE WORK ITEM 214 CHANNEL AND EMBANKMENT CONSTRUCTION 214-1.1 DESCRIPTION: This item shall consist of excavation and construction of stream channels and embankments in accordance with these specifications and in reasonably close conformity with the lines and grades shown in the plans. 214-2.1 MATERIALS: None 214-3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: The plans show the limits of the area for work to be performed under this item. It is the intent of this specification to construct the stream channels and embankments as closely to the prescribed finished contours as practical. Care shall be exercised to insure that the final grade is uniform and conducive to the installation of landscaping items. The channels may be constructed with whatever equipment is deemed necessary to perform the work. Material excavated from the channels shall be used in the embankment construction. Existing vegetation and foreign matter shall be removed from the embankment area. It will not be necessary to strip the area of topsoil prior to placement of the embankment. The embankment material shall be placed and compacted with conventional grading equipment. The embankment material shall be placed in eight inch loose lifts except that the Contractor will be allowed to place the material in sufficient depths to bridge over low marshy areas that would not support conventional earth moving equipment. No particular density will be required; however, each lift of embankment shall be compacted sufficiently to prevent future settlement. After the embankments have been constructed to the lines and grades noted on the plans, the Contractor shall place topsoil on all the graded areas. The topsoil shall be fertile loam free of foreign matter TS -214-1 C2PYR1;t!T © 1W CWTc11 TULI i ASSOCIATES, INC. and noxious weeds and placed to a minimum depth of four (4) inches. After the topsoil has been placed and spread uniformly as noted above, the entire area shall be seeded, as specified elsewhere in Division 2. 214-3.2 TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS: Test and Short Title Material and Short Title None I* None TS -214-2 CCt!RI�HT © 1W cwiwi, ruts & attowrr; as DIVISION 2 SITE WORK ITEM 216 PIPE CULVERTS 216-1.1 DESCRIPTION: This item shall consist of the construction of pipe culverts and flared end sections for pipe culverts in accordance with these specifications, of the type, size and dimensions called for in the Bid Schedule and shown on the plans, and in conformity with the locations, lines and grades shown on the plans, or as directed. 216-2.1 MATERIALS: Materials and design requirements for the several types of pipe culverts and flared end sections shall conform to the following: A. Reinforced Concrete Pipe; The pipe may be of either bell and spigot or tongue and groove design unless one type is specified on the plans. The strength test requirements shall be the D- • load to produce a 0.01 inch crack and the ultimate load specified for the appropriate type and class of pipe. 1. The manufacture and furnishing of circular pipe shall be in accordance with ASTM C 76. 2. The manufacture and furnishing of arch shaped pipe shall be in accordance with ASTM C 506. 3. Joints shall be composed of either cement mortar (3 parts concrete sand to 1 part Portland Cement) or cold applied preformed plastic gaskets unless one type is specified on the plans. Cold applied preformed plastic gaskets shall conform to AASHTO N 198, Type B. When a primer is recommended by the manufacturer to be used in connection with the plastic gasket, the material in the primer shall comply with the requirements as specified by the manufacturer. TS -216-1 COPTR1;HT © 1MI CRARON, TULL & ASSOCUITEt, SNO, Be Corrugated Steel Pipe: The manufacture and furnishing of corrugated steel pipe shall be in accordance with AASHTO M 36, as amended below, and AASHTO M 218. AASHTO M 36 is amended as follows: Add to section 24: The field inspection will be made by the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer an itemized statement of the sizes and lengths of culvert pipe in each shipment. This inspection will include an examination of the culvert pipe for deficiencies in lengths of sheets used, nominal specified diameter, net length of finished culvert pipe and any evidence of poor workmanship as outlined above. The inspection may include the taking of samples for chemical analysis and determination of weight of spelter coating. The pipe making up the shipment shall meet the requirements of these specifications and if 25Y. of the pipe in any shipment fails to meet these requirements, the entire shipment may be rejected. If the Engineer so elects, he may have the material inspected and sampled in the rolling mill or in the • shop where fabricated. He may require from the mill the chemical analysis of any heat. The inspection, either in the mill or in the shop, shall be made under the direction of the Engineer. The Engineer will have free access to the mill or shop for inspection and every reasonable facility shall be extended to him for this purpose. The inclusion of any material or pipe which has been previously rejected at the mill or shop will be considered sufficient cause for rejection of the entire lot. The metal will be accepted until after the sheet manufacturer's certified analysis and manufacturer's guarantee have been passed upon by the Engineer and accepted. The identification brands shall be placed on the sheets by the manufacturer of the sheets in such manner that when the sheets are rolled into culverts such identification shall appear on the outside of each section of pipe. Pipe having any sections not so stamped will be rejected. The kind of base metal shall be designated independently on the brand or trademark so as to clearly identify the base metal furnished with one of TS -216-2 COTTBIGNT © 10 CRATTOR, TOLL & ASSOCIATED, DIG the kinds enumerated in AASHTO M 218. The designation • of the kind of base metal may be accomplished by placing on the sheets the initials of the exact name of the base metal as follows: CSPI for copper bearing pure iron CS for copper steel C. Corrugated Aluminum Pipe: The manufacture and furnishing of corrugated aluminum pipe shall be in accordance with AASHTO M 196. D. Bituminous Coated Corrugated Metal Pipe: The manufacture and furnishing of bituminous coated corrugated metal pipe shall meet the requirements of (b) above for steel pipe. In addition the pipe shall be completely coated inside and out with an asphalt cement. The asphalt shall be 99% soluble in trichloroethylene. The pipe shall be coated uniformly to a minimum thickness of 0.05 inches, measured on the crests of the corrugations. The asphalt shall adhere to the metal, shall not chip off in handling and shall protect the • pipe from deterioration, as evidenced by successfully meeting the following test requirements: 1. Stability Test: The asphalt shall not lose its stability when subjected to the highest summer temperature as indicated by passing the test performed as follows: Parallel lines shall be drawn along the valleys of the corrugation of a representative sample of coated pipe and the specimen placed on end in a constant temperature oven, with the parallel lines in a horizontal position. The temperature of the specimen shall be maintained within 2°F of 15O°F for a period of four hours. At the endof this time no part of any line shall have dropped more than 1/4 inch. 2. Imperviousness Test: The asphalt coating shall be impervious to liquids as indicated by passing the test performed as follows: A 25% solution of sulphuric acid or of sodium hydroxide, or a saturated salt solution, shall be held in the valley of a corrugation for a period of 46 hours during which time no loosening TS -216-3 LDPYRICIn © mi LAAFTDM, LULL I AS$OCYTES, INC. or separation of the bituminous material from the galvanizing shall have taken place. E. Bituminous Coated and Paved Corrugated Metal Pipe: The manufacture and furnishing of bituminous coated and paved corrugated metal pipe shall meet the requirements of (b) above for steel pipe. The flared end section shall be of the same material as the culvert pipe for a given installation except that the metal for steel end sections shall be of the gauge shown on the plans. 216-3.1 CONSTRUCTION METHODS: A. Depth of Excavation: Excavation shall be carried to a depth where foundation materials are satisfactory to the Engineer regardless of the elevations shown on the plans and foundations shall be inspected and approved prior to placing any part of the structure. Pipe culverts under the roadbed shall be so placed that the minimum depth of cover at the shoulder for pipe of any diameter or type shall be not less than one foot. Be Forming Bed for Pipe: Where the pipe is to be laid below the ground line, a trench shall be excavated to the required depth and to the minimum width practicable for working conditions. The bottom of the trench shall be shaped as shown on the plans to conform to the bottom of the pipe and afford a uniformly firm bed. Recesses shall be excavated to receive the bells where bell and spigot pipe is used. Soft or yielding material shall be removed and replaced with gravel or other suitable material which shall be compacted thoroughly into place with mechanical equipment. Where rock is encountered, the trench shall be excavated to a minimum depth as shown on the plans and backfilled with suitable martial, which shall be tamped thoroughly with mechanical equipment. Where pipe is not laid in a trench, a uniformly firm bed shall be made as specified above for the bottom of the pipe. TS -216-4 COITEHT © IOU CBAITON, TULL & A$SOCWTE; 1NL C. Laying Pipe: The pipe laying shall begin at the downstream end and bell or groove ends of concrete pipe and outside circumferential laps of corrugated metal pipe shall be placed facing upstream. Corrugated metal pipe shall be placed with longitudinal laps or seams at the sides. Pipe which is not in true alignment or which shows settlement after laying shall be taken up and re-layed by the Contractor without extra compensation. D. Joining Pipe: The method of joining pipe sections shall be such that the ends are fully entered and the inner surfaces are reasonably flush and even. 1. When Portland Cement mortar is selected by the Contractor to seal concrete pipe joints, the following procedure shall be used: Before succeeding sections of pipe are laid, the lower portion of the bell or groove of the preceding pipe shall be plastered on the inside with mortar of sufficient thickness to bring the inner surfaces of the abutting pipes flush and even. After the pipe is laid, the remainder of the joint shall be filled with similar material and sufficient additional material shall be used to form a bed around the joints. The inside of the joint shall be wiped and finished smooth. After the initial set, the mortar on the outside of the joint shall be protected by means of an approved covering. 2. When cold applied preformed plastic gasket is selected by the Contractor to be used to seal concrete pipe joints, the following procedure shall be used: The pipe joint surface shall be cleaned and the primer (if recommended by the manufacturer) brushed on and allowed to dry. The protective wrapping shall be removed from one side of the rope. The rope shall be laid strip side up on the surface of the pipe joint and the strip pressed firmly to the surface of the pipe joint end to end continuing around the entire circumference of the joints. The remaining protective wrapping shall be removed and pipe forced into connection until material fills the joint space. TS -216-5 tDTTIp:HT © 161 TBLT;O% TISit & ASS0CMTI; Ott, To insure an even and well filled joint the final joining of the pipe shall be accomplished by either pushing or pulling by mechanical means each joint of the pipe as it is laid in an approved manner. In cold weather when directed, the joint material shall be warmed in a hot water bath, or by other approved methods, to the extend required to keep the material pliable for placement without breaking or cracking. E. Field Strutting: Where required by the plans, the vertical diameter of round flexible pipe shall be increased 5% by means of jacks applied after the entire line of pipe has been installed on the bedding but before backfilling. The vertical elongation shall be maintained by means of sills and struts or by horizontal struts as specified. Only horizontal ties shall be used on paved invert pipe. Ties and struts shall be left in place until the embankment is complete and compacted, unless otherwise directed. These construction specifications shall equally apply in the case of relayed conduits. In addition, all conduit salvaged for relaying shall be cleaned of all foreign material prior to reinstallation. F. Backfilling: Backfilling around the pipe shall be with approved material, free from large lumps or clods. The material shall be placed alongside the pipe in layers not to exceed four inches in depth at near optimum moisture content and compacted with mechanical equipment to 95% of the maximum density, as determined by AASHTO T 99, for the full depth of the pipe. Special care shall be taken to compact the fill under the haunches of the pipe. The fill shall be brought up evenly in each side for the full length of the pipe to avoid displacement. The berm of thoroughly compacted material on each side of the pipe shall be as wide as the outside diameter of the pipe. Pipe damaged during construction operations shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. S TS -216-6 l: :- !Cu i ISSOCIAIE5, IF:: 0 C 216-3.2 TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS: Test and Short Title Material and Short Title AASHTO T 99, Density ASTM C 76, Reinforced Concrete Pipe Culverts ASTM C 506, Reinforced Concrete Ash Pipe Culverts AASHTO M 198, Type B Joints for Concrete Pipe Gaskets AASHTO M 36 Corrugated Steel Pipe C.H.P. AASHTO M 218 Base Metal AASHTO M 196 Corrugated Aluminum Pipe TS -216-7 CO►TRICHT © IRS CRI,FTO'1 TOLL A ATSOCuTE= DIVISION 2 SITE WORK ITEM 217 DROP INLETS AND JUNCTION BOXES 217-1.1 DESCRIPTION: This item shall consist of the construction of drop inlets or junction boxes, with rings and covers or grates and frames, in accordance with these specifications, of the type, size and dimensions shown on the plans, and in conformity with the locations, lines and grades shown on the plans, or as directed. 217-2.1 MATERIALS: A. Cement, aggregates and water shall conform to the requirements of DIVISION 3 for Class B(AE) concrete. B. Reinforcing steel shall conform to the requirements of DIVISION 3. C. Masonry units shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Clay Brick - AASHTO P1 114, Grade SW. 2. Concrete Brick - ASTM C 55, Grade A. 3. Concrete Masonry Blocks - ASTM C 139. 4. Concrete Masonry Blocks (Hollow) ASTM C 9O, Grade U-11. 5. Structural Tile - ASTM C 34, Grade LBX. D. Steel for welded steel grates and frames shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 36. E. Iron castings for rings and covers, grates and frames, and other appurtenances, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 48, Class 3OA. Bearing surfaces between rings and covers or grates and frames shall be cast or machined with such precision that uniform bearing shall be provided throughout the perimeter area of contact. F. Red lead ready -mixed paint shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 72, Type 1. Aluminum paint shall conform to the requirements of AASHTD M 69. 0 TS -217-1 CCF1?RCBT © 19E4 {fphcu; TULL d 1.S`ACIATES, IRO 217-3.1 CONSTRUCTION METHODS: Drop inlets and junction boxes shall be constructed with reinforced concrete. Non -reinforced poured in place circular drop inlets may be used. if approved by the Engineer. A. Concrete shall be proportioned, mixed, placed, finished and cured in accordance with DIVISION 3 Class B(AE) concrete. B. Concrete shall not be poured until the Engineer has inspected the forms and the placement of reinforcing steel and rings or frames. C. Walls shall be constructed to form a tight joint with the floor and around the inlet and outlet pipes. Pipes shall be cut flush with the inside surfaces of the wall. Utility lines that are carried through the walls shall be protected in an approved manner to avoid damage. Faces of drop inlets shall be poured as a part of the curb in order to preserve the proper alignment. D. Mortar for masonry units shall be mixed in the proportion of I part Portland Cement to 2 parts concrete sand in a water -tight box until the mixture has a uniform color. Water shall then be added as the mixing continues until the mortar has a consistency that can be handled and spread with a trowel. Mortar that is not used within 30 minutes after water has been added shall be discarded. Retempering of mortar will not be permitted. E. Masonry units shall be laid in full courses with full mortar joints not more than 1/2 inch wide. Courses shall be level and adjoining courses shall break joints a near 1/2 unit as possible. At least one course in every seven shall be composed of headers. No spells or bats shall be used except for shaping around irregular openings or when unavoidable to finish out a course. The outside face of walls shall be plastered with a 1/2 inch thick mortar coat. F. Metal rings or frames shall be set accurately to the • finished elevations so that no subsequent adjustments will be necessary. They shall be set in a full mortar bed with firm bearing on the walls or securely fastened TS -217-2 CCF'YR;GHT , ©: 19c9 CRAFTCH; LULL S ASSOCIATES INO to the forms so no movement will occur when concrete is placed around them. G. Welded steel grates and frames shall be welded with 1/4 inch welds completely around the joints. H. Metal rings and covers and grates and frames shall be given one shop coat and one field coat of red lead paint and one field coat of aluminum paint, as directed. I. Backfilling around structures shall be with approved material, free from large lumps or clods. The material shall be placed alongside the structure in layers not to exceed 4 inches in depth at near optimum moisture content and compacted with mechanical equipment to 95/. of maximum density as determined by AASHTO T 99 for the full depth of the structure. J. Structures shall be cleaned of any accumulation of silt, debris or foreign matter of any kind, and shall be reasonably free of such accumulations at the time of final inspection. 217-3.2 TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS: Test and Short Title Material and Short Title AASHTO T 99, Density Class B(AE) Concrete, Division 3 ASTM A 36 Structural Steel ASTM A 48 Gray Iron Castings ASTI1 C 34 Structural Clay Tile Grade LBX ASTM C 55 Concrete Building Block, Brick Grade A ASTM C 90 Hollow Masonry Block Grade U-11 ASTM C 139 Concrete Masonry Block AASHTO M 69 Aluminum Paint AASHTO M 72 Red Lead Paint Type 1 AASHTO M 114, Clay Brick, Grade SW :1 TS -217-3 xPYRIGHT �OCj. i {f.U+; Tall I ra,A.CATES.INC DIVISION 2 SITE WORK ITEM 228 RIPRAP 228-1.1 DESCRIPTION: This item shall consist of a protective layer of riprap of the type specified, placed in accordance with these specifications,and to the thickness, line grade and location shown on the plans or as directed. 228-2.1 TYPE: The types of riprap recognized by these specifications include the following: A. Stone Riprap: Stone riprap shall consist of a course or layer of stones laid to a minimum thickness of one foot, unless otherwise designated on the plans. • B. Grouted Riprap: Grouted riprap shall consist of stone riprap with grout -filled joints. C. Mortared Riprap: Mortared riprap shall consist of broad flat stones, laid flat with mortar joints. D. Sacked Sand -Cement Riprap: Sacked sand -cement shall consist of a layer of sacks partially filled with a mixture of sand and cement. E. Concrete Riprap: Concrete riprap shall consist of cast -in -place concrete slabs. F. Foundation Protection Riprap: Foundation protection riprap shall be similar to stone riprap, except for size of stones and thickness of layer. TS -228-1 COPYRIGHT © 10 CRAFT01i TOLL I ATTOCIATCT, 01C. 0 G. Dumped Riprap: Dumped riprap shall be similar to stone riprap, except for size of stones and thickness of layer. 228-2.2 MATERIALS: A. Stone: Stone for riprap and filter blanket shall be obtained from an approved source and shall consist of sandstone, limestone, or other hard and durable stone which will be resistant to the action of air and water. Riprap stone shall consist of field stone or rough unhewn quarry stone, angular with fractured faces. It shall weight not less than 150 pounds per solid cubic foot. Shale, slate and similar materials shall not be used. Material for riprap and filter blanket shall be hard and durable with a percent of wear not greater than 45 by Los Angeles Test (AASHTO T 96). 1. Stone Riprap: Unless otherwise specified, at least 607. by weight • of the material furnished shall weight not less than 75 pounds each, with no dimension less than 6 inches at least one dimension not less than 12 inches. 2. Grouted Riprap: Grouted riprap stone shall be of the same size, quality, and weight as for stone riprap. 3. Mortared Riprap: Stone for this purpose shall be of the quality specified for stone riprap and as far as practicable shall be selected as to size and shape in order to secure large, flat -surfaced stones which will lay up with a true and even surface and a minimum of voids. 4. Foundation Protection Riprap: Stone for foundation protection riprap shall be sound and durable stone and shall range in size up to 300 pounds each, unless otherwise specified, and shall be graded from course to fine in such manner as to produce a minimum of voids. TS -228-2 COPYRIGHT © 1121 tRAETOH, Till! I ATSOCIATES,INC. Dumped riprap shall be reasonably free from overburden spoil and reasonably well graded between the maximum and minimum rock piece sizes specified. Pased on any one hauling unit shipment or delivery, the maximum piece size shall be not greater than 18 inches in any dimension and at least 50/, of the material by weight shall consist of pieces weighing 35 pounds or more. Dirt or fines less than 1/2 inch in maximum cross section accumulated from quarrying or loading operations shall not exceed 5'/.. Portland Cement for mortar, or grout, or Sand -Cement Riprap, for Concrete Riprap to AASHTO M 85, Type 1. Sand for Sacked Sand -Cement Riprap, for Concrete Ri and for mortar or grout shall conform to the requirements for fine aggregate for use in concrete contained in Division 3. Aggregate: Course aggregate for Concrete Riprap shall conform to the requirements for coarse aggregate for use in Class S Concrete as contained in Division 3. Water for use in grout, mortar, or concrete shall be clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, salt or other deleterious substances. Water shall be obtained at such a depth, and the intake so enclosed as to exclude silt, mud, grass or other foreign material. Reinforcing: The reinforcing steel for Concrete Riprap, unless otherwise specified on the plans or in the special provisions, shall be 6 inch by 6 inch No. 6 Welded Wire Fabric Conforming to the requirements of ASTM A 185. COPYRIGHT © 17T CRAfOH, Tau & AssOcIATE; Ixf% 228-3.1 CONSTRUCTION METHODS: Preparatory to placing riprap, the surfaces to be protected shall be shaped as indicated on the plans. Unless otherwise provided, a trench shall be excavated and shaped to the extended fill slope to such depth that the top of the riprap toe when placed will be at least 18 inches below the final ground surface. When rock or hard shale trench excavation is required, the riprap shall be keyed into this material the depth of the riprap. Unless otherwise authorized, riprap protection shall be placed in conjunction with the construction of the embankment and with only sufficient lag in construction of the riprap as may be necessary to prevent mixture of embankment and stone protection materials. The Contractor shall maintain the riprap protection until accepted, and shall replace at his expense any material displaced. The stones shall be laid with close joints and in courses which shall be laid from the bottom of the trench upward, the largest stones being placed in the lower courses. Open joints shall be filled with • spalls. A. Grouted Riprap: When designated on the plans, the joints between riprap stones placed as specified herein, shall be completely filled with grout from bottom to top, and the surface swept with a stiff broom. Care shall be taken during the placing of the stones to keep earth or sand from filling the spaces between the stones. Riprap shall not be grouted in freezing weather. In hot, dry weather, the work shall be protected from the sun. Riprap shall be kept continuously moist for at least three days after grouting. Grout for grouting riprap shall consist of one part Portland Cement and three parts of sand thoroughly mixed with water to produce a grout having a thick, creamy consistency. B. Mortared Riprap: Fifty percent of the mass shall be broad flat stones 2 cubic feet or more in volume laid with the flat surface uppermost and parallel to the slope. These stones shall be placed first and roughly arranged in close contact, the largest stones being placed near the base TS -228-4 COPYRIGHT © 1U1 CRAFTOM, TULL I ASSOCUTR YIC. •of the slope. The spaces between the larger stones • shall be filled with stones of suitable size, leaving the surface smooth, reasonably tight and conforming to the contour required. In general, the stones shall be laid with a degree of care that will insure, for plane surfaces, a maximum variation from a true plane of not more than 1-1/2 inches in 4 feet. Warped and curved surfaces shall have the same general degree of accuracy as specified above for plane surfaces. As each of the larger stones is placed, it shall be surrounded by fresh mortar, and adjacent stones shall be shoved into contact. After the larger stones are in place, all of the spaces or openings between them shall be filled with mortar, and the smaller stones then placed by shoving them into position, forcing excess mortar to the surface and insuring that each stone is carefully and firmly bedded laterally. After the work has been completed as described above, excess mortar forced up shall be spread uniformly to completely fill surface voids. Surface joints shall be roughly pointed up either with flush joints or with shallow, smooth raked joints. Mortar on the exposed • surfaces shall be removed. Mortar for mortared riprap shall consist of one part Portland Cement and three parts sand thoroughly mixed with water to produce mortar having a stiff, plastic consistency. C. Foundation Protection Riprap: The stone shall be carefully dumped to insure a reasonably smooth and continuous surface to such thickness and covering such areas as sawn on the plans or as directed. D. Sacked Sand -fervent Riprap: Sand and cement for sacked Sand -Cement riprap shall be mixed mechanically in the proportion of 15'/. cement to sand, measured by weight and shall be mixed until the mixture has a uniform color. After the mixing has been completed, the sand and cement shall be put in suitable cloth sacks of approximately one cubic foot capacity. The sacks shall be filled in general not over three -fourths full, and • shall be securely sewed or stapled, forming approximately a straight edge. Tying of sacks to form a knot will not be permitted. 1 T5-228-5 CCFYRISHT © IOU CRATTOH, TULL i ASSOCLAn& OR Starting at the tie, the prepared sacks of sand -cement shall be bedded on the surface upon which they are set or placed with the sewed ends all in the same direction as directed by the Engineer. They shall be laid in horizontal courses and successive courses shall break joints with preceding ones. The sacks shall be rammed and packed against each other and tamped on the surface to secure a uniform surface. Immediately after tamping, the sacked sand -cement shall be thoroughly soaked with water. Water for wetting shall not be applied under extreme pressure. Sacked sand -cement riprap shall have an average thickness of depth, when in final position, of nine inches, unless otherwise specified on the plans. E. Concrete Riprap: 1. General: The concrete -slabs for riprap shall consist of concrete cast in place as specified herein and conform to the details shown on the plans. The • slabs shall be of two types, plain concrete or reinforced as designated on the plans. Except as modified herein, construction shall conform to Division 3. 2. Concrete: The concrete shall be Class S conforming to the requirements of Division 3. It shall be of such consistency that it can be placed without the use of top forms. 3. Placing: Excessive cutting, washing or other damage to the original embankment before placing the concrete, shall be carefully restored, using mechanical tampers to obtain compaction. Surfaces of the slopes and toe walls shall be moist when the concrete is placed. Splices in wire mesh fabric shall be lapped at least 6 inches. At the edge of the riprap, the wire mesh shall not be less than one inch or more • than three inches from the edge of the concrete and shall have no wires projecting beyond the last member parallel to the edge of the concrete. TS -228-6 L /.i.. �i41[i• 11 Reinforcement shall be properly supported throughout the placement to maintain its position equidistant from the top and bottom surface of the slab. Concrete riprap shall be placed in strips of dimensions as shown on the plans. When not designated on the plans the concrete shall be placed in alternate vertical strips with the remaining strips being filled in later. The width of strips shall be 4 feet with 1/4 inch transverse dummy grooves on 4 foot centers for the entire length of the strip. The joints shall be normal to the slope and shall be cold joints without filler. One-half premolded joint filler shall be placed immediately adjacent to all fixed construction before placing the concrete. After the concrete has been placed and compacted to the dimensions specified and after it has set sufficiently to avoid slumping, the surface shall be finished with a wooden float to a reasonably smooth and uniform surface. Curing shall be in accordance with Division 3. F. Dumped Riprap: Stone for dumped riprap shall be placed in such manner as to produce a reasonably well graded mass of rock with the minimum practicable percentage of voids, and shall be constructed to the lines and grades shown on the plans or as directed. Material shall be placed to its full course thickness in one operation and in such a manner as to avoid displacing the underlying material. Placing dumped riprap in layers will not be permitted. The larger stones shall be well distributed and the entire mass of stones shall have uniform gradation and appearance. The finished riprap shall be free from objectionable pockets of small stones and clusters of larger stones. Hand placing to a limited extent may be required but only to the extent necessary to secure the results specified immediately above. Placing riprap by dumping into chutes or by similar methods likely to cause segregation of the various sizes will not be permitted. TS -228-7 tOPTRIGHT © 1%I CRATION, TULL A ASSOCIATE( INt PROJECT CLEANUP 1.1 General Cleanup shall be considered an Important part of any project, and adequate equipment and qualified personnel shall be applied to this phase of the work from the very beginning of the project. There are generally four classifications of cleanup to be used on this project, as set out below. Class I Cleanup - Areas of construction within lawns, gardens, or other well -kept areas,including street rights of way that are kept as lawns by adjacent landowners. Class II Cleanup - Areas of construction within fields, meadows and street rights of way which are mowed or cultivated (gardens excepted). Class III Cleanup - Areas of construction that are heavily brushed or wooded, steep rocky slopes, or other areas where it is not practical for the area to be cultivated. Special Cleanup - Unless otherwise noted under • paragraph 9.4 below, no special cleanup will be required. 1.2 Method of Cleanup The method of cleanup for each of the classes defined above shall be as set out below. 1. Class I Clearuo - Lawns Gardens Etc. The trench shall be backfilled in accordance with the Pipe Spec- ifications. After the topsoil has been spread over the damaged areas, the Contractor shall proceed immediately to hand rake the entire construction area to remove all rock 1 inch or larger in diameter. Debris of every type shall be removed and all damaged tree limbs shall be pruned. After the area has been raked and accepted by the Engineer, the area shall be seeded at the rate of 0.15 pounds per 100 square feet, using the following seed mixture (percent expressed in terms of weight). Lawn Fescue 50% Rye Grass (annual) 40% White Clover (Common) 5% Red Clover(Common) 5% During or after seeding is complete, all areas shall be covered with 10-20-10 fertilizer at the rate of 250 pounds per acre, or approximately one-half pound per 100 square feet. No watering will be required. However, after seeding and fertilization, the entire TS -229-1 area shall be rolled with a roller of sufficient cite and weight to achieve a smooth finished surface prior to mulching. Straw mulch consisting of good grade clean straw, free of weeds or seed and of a quality approved by the Engineer prior to use, shall be placed over damaged and seeded areas and shall be uniformly spread so as to provide a thickness of approximately 2 inches when first spread. Straw mulch shall be applied using an asphalt mixing blower. Asphalt shall be added to the straw In suff- icient quantity to bind mulch together. Placing straw and top spraying with asphalt will not be permitted. Where the existing ground cover contains grasses such as Bermuda grass, Zoysia, etc., grasses not included in the prescribed seed mixture, the Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, removing and stockpiling the existing sod on the job site. After constructing the line and backfilling the trench, the sod shall be replaced to a condition equal to or better than that prior to construction. In the event that insufficient sod has been stored, or sod has been lost or destroyed, the Contractor shall be res- • ponsible for providing and installing new ground cover of the existing type in accord with Technical Specif- ications for "Sodding," included in these Specificat- ions, to complete the cleanup. Photographs "before and after" as specified elsewhere in these Specifications shall be provided of lawns, gardens, etc. as directed by the Engineer. 2. Class II Cleanup - Fields, Meadows, Etc. The trench shall be backfilled in accordance with the Pipe Specif- ications. After the backfill is completed and the surface over the trench left slightly rounded, the area shall be machine raked to remove all rock to a cond- ition equal to the existing surface on the better side of the adjacent existing right of way. All excess excavated material shall be removed from the site, including excess material which has• accumulated around fence posts, trees, mailboxes, etc. All areas which have been disturbed, such as that caused by equipment tracks, shall be carefully backfilled and repaired as though It were a part of the actual trench excavation. Seeding and fertilizing of these areas is required using the seed mixture and application rates set out below (percent expressed in terms of weight). Field Fescue 50% Rye Grass (Annual) 40% White Clover (Common) 3% Red Clover (Common) 7% TS -229-2 After the area has been accepted by the Engineer, the area shall be seeded at the rate of 0.15 pounds per 100 square feet. During or after seeding is complete, all areas shall be covered with 10-20-10 fertilizer at the rate of 250 pounds per acte, or approximately one-half pound per 100 square feet. No watering will be required. However, after seeding and fertilization, the entire area shall be rolled with a roller of sufficient size and weight to achieve a smooth finished surface prior to mulching. Where the existing field grass is Bermuda, or other type not specified above, the Contractor shall place such topsoil as required, and shall seed with the existing type grass so that an equivalent ground cover will be provided. Straw mulch consisting of good grade clean straw, free of weeds or seed and of a quality approved by the Engineer prior to use, shall be placed over damaged and seeded areas and shall be uniformly spread so as to provide a thickness of approx- imately 2 inches when first spread. Straw mulch shall be applied using an asphalt mixing • blower. Asphalt shall be added to the straw in sufficient quantity to bind mulch together. Placing straw and top spraying with asphalt will not be permitted. - 3. Class III Cleanup - Steep, Wooed or Rocky Areas. The trench shall be backfilled in accordance with the Pipe Specifications. After the trench backfill is complete, all damaged brush of every type shall be cut just below ground surface and all damaged limbs shall be trimmed, All brush and debris shall be disposed of by the Contractor and the entire area shall be machine raked so that the area of construction is in a condition equal to the existing surface on the better side of the existing adjacent right of way. When directed by the Engineer, the area of the trench line shall then be seeded and fertilized at the rate of 0.15 pounds per 100 square feet using the same seed mixture, fertilizer and application rates as set out under Class II cleanup, except that tall fescue (Kentucky 31) shall be used in place of field fescue. Straw mulch consisting of good grade clean straw, free of weeds or seed and of a quality approved by the • Engineer prior to use, shall be placed over damaged and seeded areas and shall be uniformly spread so as to provide a thickness of approximately 2 inches when first spread. TS -229-3 Straw mulch shall be applied using an asphalt mixing blower. Asphalt shall be added to the straw in suff- icient quantity to bind mulch together. Placing straw and top spraying with asphalt will not be permitted: 4. Special Cleanup In cases where lines cross through or near to existing septic tank lateral fields, any damage caused by the Contractor to such field shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. Where septic tank leaching fields are known to exist, they shall be brought to the Contractor's attention. This does not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of assuring himself there are not other private utilities in the areas of construction. 5. All Areas. All work within the construction area shall be cleaned up to the satisfaction of the Owner and the Engineer. In general, all rocks, trash or rubbish of any nature shall be removed from the site of the work. During construction, the Contractor shall at all times keep work areas in a clean, neat and workmanlike cond- ition. Excess pipe, excavation, brush and materials of construction shall be removed and disposed of as the work progresses. In built-up areas, including lawns, the job site shall be cleaned up immediately behind construction. Streets and driveways blocked by excess materials after basic construction is completed will not be tolerated. If the trench should settle while the Contractor Is still on the job or within one year of the project completion date, the Contractor shall make the required repairs at no additional cost to the Owner in accord- ance with the continuing responsibility provisions of these Specifications. 6. Restoration of Damaced Surfaces and Property Where any pavement, trees, shrubbery, fences, poles, or other property and surface structures have been damaged, removed or disturbed by the Contractor, whether delib- erately or through failure to carry out the require- ments of the contract documents, state laws, municipal ordinances or the specific direction of the Engineer, or through failure to employ usual and reasonable safe- guards, such property and surface structures shall be replaced or repaired at the expense of the Contractor. • 7. Access after Construction Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, all areas shall be graded after const- ruction so as to be accessible by four wheel drive vehicle. TS -229-4 8. Erosion Control. The Contractor shall terrace • slopes where, in the opinion of the engineer, potential erosion problems may arise after construction. 1.3 SODDING A. Materials The work to be included in this section of the Specifications shall consist of providing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, supplies and Incid- entals necessary for completion of sodding of areas required to replar.e sod disturbed by surface removal. There is no separate pay item for 3odding,and this work shall be subsidiary to the unit price bid for pipe. The Contractor shall furnish the following specified materials for work under this Specification. 1. Sod. Sod shall consist of a densely rooted growth of Bermuda grass, Zoysia, etc. substantially free from noxious weeds and undesirable grasses. The sod shall be cut in uniform strips with a minimum of 2 inches of root depth approximately 12 inches in width and not less than 12 inches in length but not longer than can be conveniently handled and transported. 2. Fertilizer. Fertilizer shall be a commercial grade, • uniform in composition, free flowing and suitable for application with mechanical equipment, delivered t.o the site in labeled containers conforming to current Ark- ansas Fertilizer Laws and bearing the analyses of the available nutrients which shall be 10-20-10 (nitrogen - phosphorus -potash). Fertilizer shall be applied to areas seeded at a rate of 290 pounds per acre or 0.15 pounds per 100 square feet. 3. Seed. Annual rye grass seed for overseeding shall be labeled in accord with current rules and. regulation; of the Arkansas Plant Board and shall have a minimum of 98 percent pure seed and 85 percent germination by weight and contain no noxious weed seeds. 4. Water. Water shall be of irrigation quality, free of Impurities which would be detrimental to plant growth. B. Exec+.ition Sodding shall be Installed by the Contractor as required. The area to be sodded shall be graded as specified elsewhere in these Specifications to the configuration shown by the Plans. The top 3 inches of the fininhed grade shall be topsoil, also as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. TS -229-5 Immediately prior to the placement of soda, the surface • shall be scarified and have applied fertilizer as herein specified. The fertilizer shall be incorporated in the top 1 inch of the topsoil. The surface shall be moist and firm, but in an uncompacted condition at the time the sod is placed. Sod shall be moist when placed, and shall be laid along contour lines, by hand, commencing at the lower elevat- ion of the area to be sodded and working upward. Transverse joints of sod strips shall be staggered, and the sod strips carefully laid to produce tight joints. At the edges of the areas to be sodded the sod shall be toed into the surface and backfilled with topsoil to provide a smooth transition from sodded areas to non - sodded areas. The sod shall be compacted and watered as directed by the Engineer, and recompacted after it is placed. The compaction shall be accomplished by use of a lawn roller or tamper, with care being taken to avoid damage to the sod strips. When completed, the sodded areas shall be cleared of loose sod or other debris. A thin application of top- . soil shall be scattered over the sod. The sodded area shall be overseeded with 0.10 pound of annual rye grass seed as specified elsewhere in these Specifications and moistened as directed by the Engineer. Water shall be applied to sodded areas as directed by the Engineer for a period of three weeks. TS -229-6 C DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE ITEM 301 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 301-1.1 DESCRIPTION: This item shall consist of concrete in bridges, culverts, and miscellaneous structures, including the concrete portion of steel, timber, stone masonry, precast, prestressed, and composite structures, prepared and constructed in accordance with these Specifications and conforming to lines, grades, dimensions, and designs shown on the Plans. Concrete shall consist of approved Portland cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate, water, and any approved chemical admixtures mixed in the proportions specified for the various classes of concrete. 301-2.1 MATERIALS: The materials used in concrete shall conform to the requirements specified below. No materials shall be used which contain foreign matter, frost, or lumps or crusts of hardened substances. A. Cement: Portland cement shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 85. Unless otherwise specified, Type I shall be furnished. Type II cement shall be used for Class B and B(AE) concrete. During the • cool season of the year, the Engineer may approve the use of Type I cement in lieu of Type II cement for Class B and B(AE) concrete. Upon approval of the Engineer, Type III cement may be used in the manufacture of prestressed concrete products. Cement furnished in sacks shall weigh not less than 94 pounds net per sack. The use of cement salvaged from used or discarded sacks will not be allowed. The mixing or alternate use of different brands of cement will not be permitted. Cement placed in storage shall be suitably protected. Loss in quality occurring during the storage period will be cause for rejection. If the cement furnished produces erratic results under the field conditions incident to the placing of the concrete, or in regard to the strength of the finished product, or in the time of the initial or final set, the Contractor shall, without notice from the Engineer, cease the use of that brand of cement. B. Fine Aggregate: The fine aggregate shall consist of clean, hard, durable particles of natural sand or other approved inert material with similar characteristics. TS -301-1 COPYRIGHT 61992 CRAFTON, TILL & ASSOCIATES, INC- When determined necessary by visual observation, the amount of deleterious • substances will be tested by laboratory methods and will not exceed the following limits: Maximum Permissible Percent by Weight Coal & lignite (AASHTO T 113) 0.25 Clay lumps (AHTD Test Method 302) 0.5 Removed by decantation (AASHTO T 11) 2 Soft and flaky particles 2 (AHTD Test Method 302) All fine aggregate shall be free from injurious amounts of organic impurities. Aggregates shall be subjected to testing in accordance with AASHTO T 21. Should AASHTO T 21 produce results which indicate that the sand may possibly contain injurious organic compounds, mortar strength test specimens shall be tested in accordance with AHTD Test Method 530. Fine aggregate shall be reasonably well graded from coarse to fine and shall conform to the following grading requirements when tested in accordance with AASHTO T 27: Sieve Percent Passing 3/8" 100 414 95 - 100 #8 70 - 95 #16 45 - 60 #30 20 - 60 1150 5 - 30 #100 0-5 Fine aggregate from any one source shall be uniform to a reasonable degree in gradation with the representative sample with the further provision that aggregate supplied from any one source having a variation in fineness modulus greater than 20 points either way from the fineness modulus of the representative sample will not be accepted. When approved by the Engineer, the source of fine aggregate may be changed in all work except bridge superstructures, but the mixing or alternate use of different sources of fine aggregate will not be permitted. TS -301-2 COPYRIGHT A 1992 1 TIlt! f. ACtArRl Coarse Aggregate: gravel, crushed stone or Crushed stone shall consist of clean and durable fragments of rock of uniform quality. The stone shall have a percent of wear or not more than 40 by Los Angeles Test (AASHTO T 96), and, when subjected to 5 cycles of the Soundness Test (Sodium Sulfate, AASHTO T 104) shall have a loss not to exceed 12%. Gravel shall consist of clean, hard, durable, uncoated aggregate, crushed or uncrushed, having a percent of wear of not more than 40 by Los Angeles Test (AASHTO T 96). When determined necessary by visual observation, the amount of deleterious substances will be tested by laboratory methods and will not exceed the following limits: Maximum Permissible Percent by Weight Coal & lignite (AASHTO T 113) Clay lumps (AASHTO T 112) Soft Fragments (AASHTO T 112) Total deleterious substances Removed by decantation (AASHTO T The maximum percentage by weight removed by decantation (AASHTO T crushed stone coarse aggregate may be increased to 1.5% provided loss (AASHTO 11) from the fine aggregate does not exceed 1.0%. Coarse aggregate size shall be reasonably well graded from coarse to fine and shall conform to the following grading requirements when tested in accordance with AASHTO T 27: Class A, A(AE), S. S(AE), and Seal Concrete: Percent Passing Class B and B(AE) Concrete: Percent Passing COPYRIGHT 0 1992 CRAFTOH, TULL & ASSOCIATES; INC, Coarse aggregate from any one source shall not vary as to maximum size and • shall be uniform to a reasonable degree in gradation with the representative sample, with the further provision that aggregate furnished from any one source having a variation in fineness modulus greater than 20 points either way from the fineness modulus of the representative sample will not be accepted. When approved by the Engineer, the source of coarse aggregate may be changed in all work except bridge superstructures, but the mixing or alternate use of different sources of coarse aggregate will not be permitted. D. Water: Water used in mixing or curing shall be clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, salts, or other deleterious substances, and shall not contain more than 1,000 parts per million of chlorides. Water from municipal supplies approved by the State Health Department will not require testing but water from other sources shall be sampled and tested before use in concrete. Tests will be made in accordance with AASHTO T 26. Where the source of water is relatively shallow, it shall be maintained at such depth and the intake so enclosed as to exclude silt, mud, grass, or other foreign materials. E. Admixtures: • 1. General: Admixtures shall be used to improve certain characteristics of the concrete when specified on the Plans or may be used when requested by the Contractor and approval is given by the Engineer. The Contractor's request shall be supported with the Manufacturer's certified formulation of the proposed admixture and with sufficient evidence that the proposed admixture has given satisfactory results on other similar work. Permission to use the admixture may be withdrawn at any time by the Engineer when satisfactory results are not being obtained. Admixtures shall be approved by the Engineer. Admixtures shall be compatible with each other, as advised by the Manufacturer. The admixture dosage rate range as recommended by the Manufacturer shall be used. Should the dosage rate for any admixture not yield desirable characteristics in the concrete, the dosage of admixture used shall be based on test results obtained by trial batches. Admixtures shall be added to the mixing water by means of a mechanical dispenser which will accurately meter the additive throughout the mix water cycle. The dispenser shall be constructed and connected so that the Inspector can make ready determination of the amount of admixture entering the mixing water. TS -301-4 COPYRIGHT O 1992 CRAFTOH, TULL & ASSOCUU 2. Air Entraining Agent: Air -entraining agent, when specified or • approved, shall comply with the requirements of AASHTO M 154. The Contractor shall submit evidence based on tests made in a recognized laboratory to show that the air -entraining admixture conforms to the requirements of AASHTO M 154 for 7 and 28 day compressive strengths and resistance to freezing and thawing, except as provided in the following paragraph. Tests for bleeding, bond strength, and volume change will not be required. A recognized laboratory is any State highway, FHWA, or cement concrete laboratory regularly inspected by the Cement and Concrete Reference Laboratory of the National Bureau of Standards. Tests may be made upon samples taken from a quantity submitted by the Contractor for use on the project or upon samples submitted and certified by the Manufacturer as representative of the admixture to be supplied. An exception to the requirements in the preceding paragraph is the case of admixtures which are manufactured by neutralizing Vinsol resin with caustic soda (sodium hydroxide). When the Contractor proposes to use such an admixture he shall submit a certification concerning the admixture in the following form: "This is to certify that the product (trade as manufactured and sold by the (company) is an aqueous solution of Vinsol resin that has been neutralized with sodium hydroxide. The ratio of sodium hydroxide to Vinsol resin is one part of sodium hydroxide to (number) parts of Vinsol resin. The percentage of solids based • on the residue dried at 105°C is (number). No other additive or chemical agent is present in this solution." When the Contractor proposes to use an air -entraining admixture which has been previously approved, he shall submit a certification stating that the admixture is the same as that previously approved. If an admixture offered for use is essentially the same (with only minor differences in concentration) as another previously approved material. a certification will be required stating that the product is essentially the same as the approved admixture and that no other admixture or chemical agent is present. 3. Retarding Agent: In order to permit the retarding of the set and extend the finishing time of concrete, a retarding agent shall be used when specified on the Plans or may be used when permission for its use is requested by the Contractor and such permission is given by the Engineer. The retarding agent shall be a Type B or Type D admixture as defined in AASHTO M 194, The Contractor shall support his request with a Manufacturer's certified formulation of the proposed agent and with sufficient evidence that the proposed agent has given satisfactory results on other similar work. Permission to use the agent may be withdrawn at any time by the Engineer when satisfactory results are not being obtained. TS -301-5 COPYR'GMT 01992 CRAFTOI( TULL & & SGCtATES, Me. The agent shall be free of chlorides. When air -entrained concrete is • specified, the air -entraining agent and the retarding agent shall be so incorporated that the air content of the concrete shall fall within the percentage range stipulated in the specifications. When air -entrained concrete is not specified, the concrete to which the retarding agent has been added shall have an air content not greater than 3 percent. No compensation will be made for furnishing and incorporating the agent in the mix. No additional compensation will be made for furnishing, placing, finishing, and curing the concrete involved. 4, Other Admixtures: The use of other admixtures will be considered by the Engineer on a case basis upon written request from the Contractor. If approved, the admixture used shall be furnished at no additional cost to the State. F. Fly Ash: Fly ash used in concrete shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 618, Class C or F. Mixing of Class C and Class F fly ashes will not be permitted. The use of fly ash will not be permitted unless upon written approval of the Engineer. 301-2.2 HANDLING AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS: The handling and storage of concrete aggregates shall be such as to prevent segregation and contamination with foreign materials, • Coarse and fine aggregates shall be separated by bulkheads or stored in separate stockpiles sufficiently removed from each other to prevent the material at the edges of the piles from becoming intermixed. Coarse aggregate stockpiles not confined by bulkheads or bins shall be built up in layers not to exceed 4' in height and each layer shall be completely in place before beginning the next. Coning or building up of stockpiles by depositing material in one place will not be permitted. In order to control the gradation of the large aggregate for Class B and B(AE) concrete, it may be necessary that the Contractor stockpile the aggregate in two or more gradation ranges, blending by weight as required to obtain the specified gradation. There shall be adequate aggregate stockpiled to allow representative sampling sufficiently in advance of any placement to determine its acceptability, with the minimum amount being that required to adequately complete the planned placement. Cement shall be stored in suitable weather-proof buildings or silos which will protect the cement from dampness. Provision for storage shall be ample and the shipments of cement as received shall be separately stored in such a manner as to provide easy access for the identification and inspection of each shipment. Stored cement shall meet the test requirements at any time after storage when a re -test is ordered by the Engineer. On small jobs, storage in the open may be permitted by written authorization from the Engineer, in which case a raised platform and ample waterproof covering shall be provided, TS -301-6 COPYRISHT O 1992 CRAflON ML & ASSQCIATE$, 301-2.3 CLASSES OF CONCRETE: Seven classes of concrete are provided for in these specifications, 4 classes of non air -entrained concrete and 3 classes of air -entranced concrete. The appropriate class of concrete shall be used in the part of the structure as specified or where designed by the Engineer, the classes are as follows: Non Air -Entrained Concrete Air -Entrained Concrete Class A Class A(AE) Class B Class B(AE) Class S Class S(AE) Seal The following requirements shall govern unless otherwise shown on the Plans: Class A or A(AE) concrete shall be used in wingwalls and miscellaneous construction. Class B or B(AE) concrete shall be used in mass concrete. Class S or S(AE) concrete shall be used in retaining_ walls, box culverts, footings, piers, bents, columns, abutments, and super -structures, including girders and beams, floor slabs, and concrete railings. Seal concrete shall be used for concrete deposited under water. 301-2.4 CLASSIFICATION AND PROPORTIONING: A. Mix Design: 1, The concrete mixture shall be proportioned to insure a workable and durable concrete for the various classes, as specified in Table 301-1. For all classes of concrete except B and B(AE), the concrete materials shall be proportioned as determined by the Engineer using the Absolute Volumes method in accordance with the requirements for the Class specified. The Engineer will not perform any pre -bid testing of materials. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to locate acceptable materials sources unless the sources are so noted in the Plans or Special Provisions, The Contractor will not perform any pre -bid testing of materials. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to locate acceptable materials sources unless the sources are so noted in the Plans or Special Provisions. - TS -301-7 COPYRIGHT 0 1992 CRAFION, TULL A ASSOCIATES, INC, The Contractor shall make available to the engineer all aggregates, • cement, and additives which he proposes to use in the mix sufficiently in advance of the first pour to allow for review of the Concrete Mix Design. The Contractor and/or his concrete supplier will establish a mix design which will be suitable for each class of concrete, except B and B(AE). to be supplied for the Project. The mix design for each class of concrete shall be approved by the Engineer and will remain in effect unless modified in writing by the Engineer. TABLE 301-1 CHARACTERISTIC CLASS OF CONCRETE A A(AE) B B(AE) S S(AE) SEAL Minimum 2100 2100 3000 3000 350O'* 400O* 2100 Compressive Strength (psi at 28 days) Minimum Cement 5.5 5.5 * 6.5 6.5 6.0 Factor (bags per Cu. yd) Maximum Net 6.5 6.5 * * 5.5 5.5 6.5 Water Content Per Bag (94 lb) of Cement (Gallons) Slump Range 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 4-8 (Inches) Air Content -- 5 ± 2 -- 5 ± 2 -- 5 ± 2 -- Range (t) * As determined by trial batch. Maximum water -cement ratio is 0.49. In addition, Class B and B(ae) shall obtain 3500 psi compressive strength in the trial batch at 90 days. Class S or S(AE) concrete for use in prestressed concrete members shall have a minimum compressive strength of 5000 psi (28 days) or as shown on the Plans. The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be 1 inch. 0 TS -301-8 COPYRIGHT O 1992 CRAFT0H, TULL & ASSOCIATES, 2, Class B and B(AE): The Contractor shall develop a trial batch for • Class B or B(AE) concrete. The mix design shall produce a workable and durable concrete with the strength requirements specified in Table 301- 1 and shall have a low heat of hydration when placed in large quantities. the materials shall be proportioned and test specimens submitted to the Engineer for testing and approval. Several mixes may be submitted, and the mix to be used on the job chosen from the results. Approved admixtures must be included in the trial batch. Fly ash, if approved in writing by the Engineer, conforming to ASTM C 618 may be substituted for a part of the type II Cement not to exceed 120 pounds per cubic yard, and shall be included in the calculation of the water -cement ratio. Ninety -day test specimens will be required for the trial batch. For construction purposes. the sampling and testing will comply with standard procedures for sampling and testing. B. Trial Batches: Mix designs proposed by the Engineer or the Contractor for all Class S(AE) concrete shall be tested by trial batches using the specific materials, including admixtures that are intended for use on the job, The Contractor shall prepare a batch of at least 2 cubic yards. This batch shall be sampled and tested by the Engineer for compliance with the specifications for slump, air content, and compressive strength. A mix design may be approved with respect to compressive strength when at least two test cylinders show the minimum required strength value at any age between 7 days and 28 days, inclusive. In lieu of the above procedure, the Contractor may prepare trial batches in • a laboratory in accordance with AASHTO T 126. These trial batches shall be accomplished by the Contractor under the observation of the Engineer. Sampling and testing will be conducted by the Engineer, with the approval of the Engineer, the Contractor may retain an independent laboratory or a Registered Professional Engineer to prepare and test trial batches. In this case, trial batch information and laboratory results shall be furnished to the Engineer along with a statement certifying that the testing was performed in accordance with the Specifications. All trial batches required by these Specifications or developed at the option of the Contractor shall be accomplished by the Contractor and shall be subject to the review and approval of the Engineer, C. Compressive strengths for all classes of concrete will be determined from test cylinders made in accordance with AASHTO T 23, If the strength required for the class of concrete being produced is not obtained with the minimum cement content specified, additional cement shall be used at no extra cost to the Owner. When air -entrained concrete is specified. the air -entrainment shall be accomplished by adding to the mixing water the proper amount of air - entraining agent in solution. The Contractor shall determine the amount of admixture required to produce an air content within the range specified.. The amount of air entraining agent shall be adjusted by the Contractor during production as necessary to keep the air content within the range • specified. TS -301-9 COPYRIGHT O 1992 CRAFTOH, TILL & ASSOCIATES, D. Fly Ash: Fly ash may he used, if approved in writing by the Engineer, as a • partial replacement not exceeding 25 percent by weight for the cement in all classes of concrete except Class B or B(AE) concrete, Class B or B(AE) concrete shall meet the requirements specified in 301-2.4(B) above. Mixtures with fly ash shall meet the same requirements as mixtures without fly ash. Fly ash will not be allowed as a substitute for high early strength or blended cements, Class F fly ash shall not be used in bridge deck concrete placed between October 15 and April 1. When fly ash is used, the total weight of both cement and fly ash will be used in design calculations. When the Contractor elects to use fly ash as a partial replacement for the cement in Class S or Class S(AE) concrete, the proposed mix design shall be tested by the preparation and testing of trial batches in accordance with 301-2,4(B) above, Trial batches will not be required for Class A or Class A(AE) concrete, 301-2,5 SAMPLING AND TESTING: During the progress of work, concrete test specimens will be made by an approved testing laboratory. Slump will be determined using AASHTO T 119, Air content will be determined using AASHTO T 152, Compressive strength specimens will be made in accordance with AASHTO T 23 and • tested in accordance with AASHTO T 22, Specimens for determining when forms may be removed, when a structure may be put in service, or when concrete piling may be driven will be cured, as early as practicable, in the same manner as the concrete in the structure and in accordance with AASHTO T 23, 301-2.6 MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS: Materials will be measured by weighing, except as otherwise specified or where other methods are specifically authorized by the Engineer. Aggregates shall be measured separately and accurately by weight. Measuring devices shall be operated in a mariner which will consistently weigh the cement within ±1% and the individual aggregates within +2% of the required weight. Measuring devices shall be so designed and plainly marked that the weights can be accurately and conveniently verified for the quantities of each component actually being used. Cement in standard packages (sack) need not be weighed, but bulk cement shall be weighed. The mixing water shall be measured by weight or by volume. The water measuring device shall be accurate to within 1%. Scales shall be satisfactory to the Engineer and shall be inspected, adjusted, and certified, S TS -301-10 COPYRIGHT 0 1992 tRAEICW, ZULL & ASSOCtktES,, RIC, Where volumetric measurements are authorized by the Engineer for the projects • where the amount of concrete is small, the weight proportions shall be converted to equivalent volumetric proportions. In such cases, suitable allowance shall be made for variations in the moisture condition of the aggregate, including the bulk effect in the fine aggregate. When the aggregates contain more water than the quantity necessary to produce a saturated surface -dry condition, representative samples shall be taken and the moisture content determined for each kind of aggregate, 301-2.7 MIXING CONCRETE: Concrete shall be thoroughly mixed in a mixer of an approved size and type which will insure a uniform distribution of the materials throughout the mass. The concrete shall be mixed only in the quantity required for immediate use. Concrete that has developed an initial set shall riot be used. Re -tempering concrete will not be permitted. Concrete may be proportioned and mixed in a stationary to the point of delivery in agitator trucks of approve equipment, when approved by the Engineer; proportioned plant and mixed in approved transit mix trucks enroute or mixed completely in transit mix trucks at the point addition of mixing water. • central plant and hauled d type or in non -agitating in a stationary central to the point of delivery; of delivery, following the • The Engineer shall be furnished the Manufacturer's rated capacity of each mixer and agitator, along with the recommended speed of rotation for the various uses of each mixer. Truck mixers and agitators shall be equipped with means by which the number of revolutions of the drum, blades, or paddles may be readily verified. Mixers and agitators shall not be charged in excess of the Manufacturer's rated capacity. Concrete shall be delivered and discharged from the truck mixer or agitator into the forms within 1-1/2 hours after the introduction of the mixing water to the cement. In hot weather, or under other conditions contributing to quick setting the cement, the maximum allowable time may be reduced by the Engineer. Each batch shall be accompanied by a time slip issued at the batch plant. Plants and transit mix trucks shall be equipped with adequate water storage and a device for accurately measuring and controlling the amount of water used in each batch. When a stationary mixer is used, a mechanical means shall be provided for automatically preventing the discharge of the mixer until the materials have been mixed for a period of not less than one minute. Truck mixers shall be capable of combining the ingredients of the concrete into a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass, and of discharging the concrete within the specified range of consistency. the concrete shall be mixed not less than 70 nor more than 100 revolutions of the drum or blades at the rate of rotation specified by the Manufacturer as the mixing speed. The pick-up and throw -over blades in the drum of all mixers shall be maintained in satisfactory condition to assure thoroughly mixed concrete. TS -301-11 COPYRIGHT O 1992 TULL & ASSOCIATES, INC. Agitators shall be capable of maintaining the concrete in a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass of discharging the concrete within the specified range of consistency. When approved in writing by the Engineer, concrete may be transported in approved non -agitating equipment. Bodies of this equipment shall be smooth, watertight, metal containers equipped with gates that will.permit control of the discharge of the concrete. Covers shall be provided for protection against the weather. The concrete shall be delivered in a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass and discharged within the specified range of consistency. Placement in forms shall be completed within 30 minutes after introduction of the mixing water to the cement. Concrete shall be mixed according to the Mixer Manufacturer's Specifications in order to obtain an acceptable mass of concrete. During the period of mixing, the mixer shall operate at the Manufacturer's recommended mixing speed. Additional mixing, if any, shall be at the speed designated by the Manufacturer of the equipment as agitating speed. If additional mixing water is required to maintain the specified slump, and is added with the permission of the Engineer, approximately 20 revolutions of the mixer drum at mixing speed shall be required before discharge of any concrete. The entire contents of the mixer, including wash water, shall be removed from the drum before the addition of materials for a succeeding batch. There shall be sufficient capacity and transporting equipment to insure continuous concrete delivery at the rate required. If the concrete furnished produces erratic results relative to consistency. strength, or time of initial or final set. the Contractor shall cease the use of that concrete until corrections are made to insure work of the specified quality. 301-2.8 HANDLING AND PLACING CONCRETE: A. General: The Contractor shall provide sufficient supervision. manpower, equipment, tools, and materials to assure proper production, delivery, placement, and finishing of the concrete for each placement in accordance with the minimum placement rates as specified herein. Placement Sizes Cubic Yards Minimum Placement Rate Cubic Yards Per Hour 0 - 25 15 25 - 50 20 50 - 75 25 Over 75 30 The interval between batches of concrete shall not exceed 20 minutes. TS -301-12 COPYRIGHT 0 1992 CRAKTON. TULL & ASSOCIATES, If the Contractor fails to meet the minimum placement rate, the Engineer may • reject the work. Further placements of a similar nature and size will not be permitted until corrective measures have been taken to assure the Engineer that the minimum placement rate will be met. In preparation for the placing of concrete, construction debris and extraneous matter shall be removed from the interior of forms. Struts, stays, and braces, serving temporarily to hold the forms in correct shape and alignment pending the placing of concrete, shall be removed when the concrete placement has reached an elevation rendering their service unnecessary. 1. Conveying: Concrete shall be placed to avoid segregation of the materials and the displacement of the reinforcement. The use of long troughs, chutes, and pipes for conveying the concrete to the forms will be permitted only when authorized by the Engineer. In case of inferior quality of concrete is produced by the use of such conveyors, the Contractor shall, without notice from the Engineer, cease the use of that conveyor until such corrections in procedure are made to insure work of the quality specified. Open troughs and chutes shall be of metal or metal lined. Where steep slopes are required. the chutes shall be equipped with baffles or be in short lengths that reverse the direction of movement. Aluminum chutes, troughs, and pipes shall not be used for depositing concrete. Chutes, troughs, and pipes shall be kept clean and free from coatings • of hardened concrete by thoroughly flushing with water after each run. Water used for flushing shall be discharged clear of the structure. When placing operations involve dropping the concrete more than 5', it shall be deposited through approved pipes. Walls of 10" thickness or less may be placed without the use of pipes, provided the concrete can be placed without segregation. 2. Placing: Concrete shall be placed in horizontal layers not more than 18" thick except as hereinafter provided. When less than a complete layer is placed, it shall be terminated in a vertical bulkhead. Each layer shall be placed and consolidated before the preceding batch has taken initial set to prevent injury to the green concrete and avoid surfaces of separation between the batches. Each layer shall be consolidated so as to avoid the formation of a construction joint with a preceding layer which has not taken initial set. Concrete in footings shall be placed in the dry unless natural conditions prohibit. In that case, concrete shall be placed in accordance with a dewatered enclosure. Pumping from the interior of any foundation enclosure shall be performed in such a manner as to prevent the movement of water through the fresh concrete. No pumping will be permitted during the placing of concrete unless it is performed from a suitable sump separated from the concrete work. The pumping shall continue until the placement of the concrete is complete. 0 TS -301-13 COPYRIGHT 0 1992 CRAFTON YULE & ASSOCIATES,_ In order to separate water from the concrete, it will be permissible to • utilize polyethylene sheeting or tarpaulins to maintain a physical barrier between the water and the concrete. When the placing of concrete is temporarily discontinued, the concrete, after becoming firm enough to retain its form, shall be cleaned of laitance and other objectionable material to a sufficient depth to expose sound concrete. To avoid visible joints as far as possible upon exposed faces, the top surface of the concrete adjacent to the forms shall be smoothed with a trowel. Where a "feather edge" might be produced at a construction joint, an inset form shall be used to produce an edge thickness of not less than 6 inches. Immediately following the discontinuance of placing concrete, accumulations of mortar splashed upon the reinforcing steel and the surfaces of forms should be removed. Dried mortar chips and dust shall not be puddled into the concrete. If the accumulations are not removed prior to the concrete becoming set, care shall be exercised not to damage or break the concrete -steel bond at or near the surface of the concrete while cleaning reinforcing steel. After initial set of the concrete, the forms shall not be jarred and no strain shall be placed on the ends of projecting reinforcing bars, 3, Consolidating: All concrete, except seal concrete, during and immediately after depositing shall be thoroughly consolidated. This shall be accomplished by mechanical vibration subject to the following provisions: a. The vibration shall be internal unless special authorization of other methods is given by the Engineer, b. Vibrators shall be of a type and design approved by the Engineer. They shall be capable of transmitting vibration to the concrete at rated frequencies of not less than 4500 impulses per minute. c. The intensity of vibration shall be such as to visibly affect a mass of concrete over a radius of at least 18 inches. d. The Contractor shall provide a sufficient number of vibrators to properly compact each batch immediately after it is placed in the forms and shall have in reserve at all time sufficient vibratory equipment. to guard against shutdown of the work because of the failure of equipment in operation. e. Vibrators shall be manipulated to thoroughly work the concrete around the reinforcement and embedded fixtures and into the corners and angles of the forms. 0 TS -301-14 COPYRIGHT 01992 CRAFTOH, TULL & ASSOCIATES, Vibration shall be applied at the point of deposit and in the area • of freshly deposited concrete. The vibrators shall be inserted and withdrawn out of the concrete slowly. The vibration shall be of sufficient duration and intensity to thoroughly consolidate the concrete. but shall not be continued so as to cause segregation. Vibration shall not be continued at any one point to the extent that localized areas of grout are formed. Application of vibrators shall be at points uniformly spaced and not farther apart than twice the radius over which the vibration is visibly effective. f. Vibration shall not be applied directly or through the reinforcement to sections or layers of concrete which have hardened to the degree that the concrete ceases to be plastic under vibration. It shall not be used to make concrete flow in the forms over distances so great as to cause segregation, and vibrators shall not be used to transport concrete in the forms. When epoxy coated reinforcing steel is used. The Contractor shall exercise caution when placing and vibrating concrete to prevent any damage to epoxy coated bars. In order to prevent the vibrator from damaging the coated bars. the head shall be covered with a sheet of rubber or a similar material as approved by the Engineer. g. Vibration shall be supplemented by such spading as is necessary to insure smooth surfaces and dense concrete along form surfaces and in corners and locations impossible to reach with the vibrators. h. These provisions shall apply to precast products except that, if approved by the Engineer, the Manufacturer's methods of vibration may be used. B. Box Culverts: Concrete in walls and top slabs shall not be placed less than 24 hours after the concrete in previous placements has set. Provision shall be made for bonding the walls to the bottom slab or footing and the top slab to the walls by means of roughened longitudinal keys. Before concrete is placed in the walls or top slabs, the bottom slab, footing, or walls shall be thoroughly cleaned of extraneous material and the surface bond prepared in accordance with Subsection 301-2.11. No horizontal construction joints will be allowed in any wall of a box culvert unless provided on the Plans or approved by the Engineer. However, in the construction of box culverts 6' or less in height. the walls and top slab may be constructed as a monolith. I TS -301-15 COPYRIGHT O 1992 CBAFTON, ML & ASSOCIATES, INC_ C. Bridge Substructures: Concrete in columns shall not be placed less • than 24 hours after the concrete in footings has set and shall be placed in one continuous operation, unless otherwise directed. The concrete shall be allowed to set at least 24 hours before the caps are placed. When friction collars or column dowels are used to support cap forms, the concrete for the columns shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3500 psi before the concrete is placed for the cap. Unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer, no concrete shall be placed in the superstructure until the column forms have been stripped sufficiently to determine the character of the concrete in the columns. With proper handling to avoid of the Contractor, structural completion of the caps. Depo be place dead load on the cap been in place at least 7 days strength. damage to the concrete. and at the option steel may he erected 48 hours after siting of concrete in the deck that will will not be permitted until the cap has and has the minimum specified compressive D, Bridge Superstructures: For concrete in bridge deck slabs, when a longitudinal concrete strike -off is used, the rate of placement and consolidation shall be adequate to assure that no concrete will take its initial set before the entire placement is complete. Sufficient concrete shall be placed ahead of the strike -off to fully load the beam or girder prior to strike -off. When a transverse concrete strike -off is used, the rate of placement and consolidation shall be adequate to assure that no concrete will take its initial set closer than 100' behind the strike -off. This may require the use of a retarding agent. Concrete shall be deposited in a manner which will insure uniform loading of the span. For continuous spans, the concrete placing sequence shall be shown in the Plans. Concrete in slab spans shall be placed in one continuous operation for each span unless otherwise provided. Concrete in girders shall be deposited uniformly for the full length of the girder and brought up evenly in horizontal layers. Concrete in girder haunches less than 3' in height shall be placed at the same time as that in the girder stem, and the columns or abutment tops shall be cut back to form seats for the haunches. Whenever any haunch of fillet has a vertical height of 3' or more, the abutment or columns, the haunch, and the girder shall be placed in three successive stages; first, up to the lower side of the haunch; second, to the lower side of the girder; and third, to completion. For haunched continuous girders, the girder stem (including haunch) shall be placed to the top of stem. Where the size of the member is such that it cannot be made in one placement, vertical construction joints shall preferably be located within the area of contraflexure, Concrete T -beam or deck girder spans may be placed in one continuous • operation. TS -301-16 COPYRIGHT O 1992 CRAFTON, TULL & ASSOCIATES%. INCc., Concrete in parapet or barrier walls, curbs, and sidewalls which are • not placed monolithically with the deck slab shall not be placed less than 72 hours after the concrete in the deck slab has set, E. Concrete Placement Intervals: Use of the minimum time intervals and compressive strengths provided above relative to expediting of subsequent concrete placements shall in no way relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for attaining the minimum compressive strengths for the class of concrete specified, 301-2.9 PUMPING: Concrete may be placed by pumping. The equipment for pumping shall be arranged and operated so that no vibrations result which might damage freshly placed concrete, The Contractor will be permitted to furnish coarse aggregate for concrete which is to be pumped in a size smaller than that specified for the appropriate class in Subsection 301-2.4 provided that a suitable mix can be produced which will conform to the requirements for the class specified. I,'here concrete is conveyed and placed by mechanically applied pressure, the equipment shall be adequate in capacity for the work. The operation of the pump shall be such that a continuous stream of concrete without air pockets is produced. When pumping is completed, the concrete remaining in the pipe, if it is to be used, shall be ejected in such a manner that there will be no contamination of the concrete or separation of the ingredients. Concrete for slump and air content requirements shall be obtained at the discharge end of the pipe. The use of aluminum pipe as a conveyance for the concrete will not be permitted. 301-2.10 DEPOSITING CONCRETE UNDER WATER: Concrete shall not be deposited in water except where shown on the Plans or with the approval of the Engineer. Concrete deposited in water shall be Seal Concrete. The supply of concrete shall be maintained at the rate necessary to raise the elevation over the entire seal by a minimum of 1' per hour or an approved retarder shall be used as necessary for lesser placement rates. For parts of structures under water, seal concrete shall be placed continuously from start to finish. The surface of the concrete shall be kept as nearly horizontal as practicable. The Contractor shall provide equipment and personnel to sound the top of the seal in the presence of the Inspector in order to verify the location of the seal at all times. Previously placed seal concrete shall not have taken its initial set prior to the placement of adjacent concrete, n TS -301-17 COPYRIGHT 01992 CRAFTON, TOLL & ASSOCIATES, INC.. Concrete shall be carefully placed by means of a tremie or other approved method. • Still water shall be maintained at the point of deposit. Concrete shall be deposited in such a manner that the planned horizontal concrete flow shall be no more than 15 feet. This shall be accomplished by locating the points of deposit in such a manner as to provide for a maximum flow distance of 15 feet, A tremie shall consist of a tube having a diameter of not less than 10", constructed in sections having flanged couplings fitted with gaskets and an approved foot valve. The tremie shall be supported so as to permit rapid lowering when necessary to retard or stop the flow of concrete. The discharge end shall be closed at the start of the work so as to prevent water entering the tube and shall be entirely sealed. The tremie tube shall be kept sufficiently full to prevent the loss of the concrete seal. When a batch is dumped into the tube, the flow of concrete shall be induced by slightly raising the discharge end, always keeping it in the deposited concrete. If at any time the seal is lost, the tremie shall be raised, the discharge end closed for a new start and then lowered into position with the discharge end in the previously deposited concrete. Aluminum tremies will not be permitted. De -watering may proceed when the seal concrete has been allowed to cure for a minimum of 72 hours at a water temperature above 45 degrees F. All laitance or other unsatisfactory materials shall be removed from the exposed surfaces which are to support other structural loads. Prior to the placement, the Contractor shall advise the Engineer of his methods for complying with these requirements. 301-2.11 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: A. General: Construction joints shall be made only where located on Plans or shown in the Placement Schedule, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Before depositing new concrete on or against concrete which has hardened. the forms shall be re -tightened. The placing of concrete shall be carried continuously from joint to joint. The face edges of all joints which are exposed to view shall be carefully finished true to line and elevation. If not detailed on the Plans, or in the case of emergency. construction joints shall be placed as directed by the Engineer. Shear keys or inclined reinforcement shall be used where necessary to transmit shear or bond the two sections together. where shear keys or inclined reinforcement is not provided, the concrete shall be roughened as directed. B. Bonding: The surface of the hardened concrete shall be roughened in a manner that will not leave loosened particles of aggregates or damaged concrete at the surface. It shall be thoroughly cleaned of foreign matter and laitance. and saturated with water. • TS -301-18 COPYRiGHT 0 1992 CRAFTOl. TULL & ASSOC:IAT ESQ 301-2.12 FALSEWORK: Details for each unit of falsework construction for bridge span and overhang support systems, complete with dimensions, design calculations, and kind and condition of materials, shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to construction for informational and record purposes. These details shall be prepared and/or approved by a Registered Professional Engineer, Construction of the falsework shall be in accordance with the details submitted to the Engineer for informational purposes, The Contractor shall be responsible for the results obtained by the use of the falsework design. For designing falsework, a weight of 150 pounds per cubic foot shall be assumed for green concrete. All falsework shall be designed and constructed to provide the necessary rigidity and to support the loads without appreciable settlement or deformation. Falsework shall be set to give the finished structure the camber specified. Falsework which cannot be founded on a satisfactory footing shall be supported on piling which shall be spaced. driven, and removed as specified in the Contractor's falsework details. 301-2.13 FORMS: A. Standard Forms: Forms shall be mortar -tight and of sufficient rigidity to prevent distortion due to the pressure of the concrete and other loads incident to the construction operations. Forms shall be constructed and maintained so as to prevent warping and the opening of joints due to shrinkage of the lumber. The forms shall be substantial and unyielding and shall be so designed that the finished concrete will conform to the proper dimensions and contours. The design of the forms shall take into account the effect of vibration of concrete as it is placed. 0 Forms for exposed surfaces shall be made of uniform thickness. steel, or other approved smooth surface. and shall be mortar -tight. at all sharp corners unless otherwise direc such as girders and copings, forms shall be easy removal, dressed lumber or plywood of materials which will provide a Fors shall have a 3/4" fillet Led. In the case of projections, given a bevel or draft to insure Metal snap -ties within the forms shall be so constructed as to permit their removal to a depth of at least 1" from the face of the concrete. Fittings for metal snap -ties shall be of such design that, upon removal, the cavities which are left will be of the smallest possible size. Metal inserts or anchorages within the forms shall be so constructed as to permit their removal to a depth of at least 1" from the face of the concrete or be covered by being embedded a minimum of 1" in the concrete. In case ordinary wire ties are permitted, all wires, upon removal of the forms. shall be cut back at least 1/4" from the face of the concrete, TS -301-19 COPYRIGHT 01992 CRAFTOH, TULL & ASSOCIATES, All cavities shall be filled with cement mortar and the surface left sound, smooth, even, and uniform in color. Forms shall be set and maintained true to the line designated until the concrete is sufficiently hardened. Before depositing new concrete on or against concrete which has hardened, the forms shall be re -tightened. Forms shall remain in place for the periods specified in Subsection 301-2.14. When forms appear to be unsatisfactory in any way, either before or during the placing of concrete, the Engineer shall order the work stopped until the defects have been corrected. The shape. strength. rigidity. watertightness. and surface smoothness of re- used forms shall be maintained at all times. Any warped or bulged lumber must be re -sized before being re -used. For narrow walls and columns. where the bottom of the module is inaccessible, the lower portions of the forms shall be so constructed to facilitate cleaning out of extraneous material immediately before placing the concrete. Forms shall be cleaned before being set to line and grade and shall be oiled prior to placing reinforcing steel in the vicinity of the forms. Materials or methods used in oiling the forms shall not result in the discoloration of the concrete. In lieu of the conventional stationary forms, concrete parapet rail may be • constructed by using an extrusion machine or other equipment specifically designed for constructing cast -in -place concrete parapet rail, provided the finished barrier is true to line and grade and the concrete is properly consolidated. B. Permanent Steel Deck Forms: An approved type of galvanized steel form. complying with the requirements shown on the Plans and these Specifications. may be used as an alternate to conventional removable forms for forming the bridge deck between the exterior beams or girders. These forms shall be designed to provide not less than the minimum concrete cover shown on the Plans for all reinforcing bars in the bottom of the slabs. The effective design depth of slab shall be maintained over the entire area of the deck. Provision shall be made to provide encasement of top flanges of beams or girders in compression except where shear connectors are provided. Detailed plans of proposed permanent steel deck forms shall be submitted to and approved by the. Engineer before work of forming the bridge deck is started. The approval of the Contractor's Plans shall not be considered as relieving the Contractor of any responsibility for the results obtained by the use of these approved Plans. Construction shall be in accordance with the approved Plans. C TS -301-20 COPYRIGHT 01992 CRAFTOIL TULL & ASSOCIATES, All material and elements of the permanent • fabricated from steel conforming to ASTM A coating class of G 165 according to ASTM A sheets and form supports shall be designat case shall thickness be less than 22 gauge supports. steel deck form units shall be 446 (Grades A through E) having a 525. Thickness and grade of form :d on the Shop Drawings. In no for sheets and 16 gauge for form Permanent steel forms shall be designed on the basis of the dead load of the form, reinforcement, and the plastic concrete plus 50 psf for construction loads. Unit working stresses shall he in accordance with the standard specifications for construction loads and the unit stress in the steel sheet shall be not more than 0.725 of the specified minimum yield strength of the material furnished but not to exceed 36,000 psi. Maximum deflection shall be calculated using the weight of plastic concrete, reinforcement, and forms, or 120 psf, whichever is greater. Maximum deflection shall not exceed 1/180 of the form span or 1/2" whichever is less. The form span for design and deflection shall be the clear distance between supports plus 2". but not less than the clear distance between the flanges of the supporting beams less 4" measured parallel to the form flutes. Physical design properties shall be computed in accordance with requirements of the latest edition of AISI Specifications for the Design of Cold -Formed Steel Structural Members, All reinforcement shall have a minimum concrete cover of 1 inch. Bars in the bottom layer of the main reinforcement shall be approximately centered • over the valleys of the forms when necessary to achieve the minimum 1" concrete cover. The distance from the top of the slab to the bottom layer of main slab reinforcement shall be not less than that shown on the Plans. Permanent steel forms should not be used in panels where longitudinal slab construction joints are located between stringers. 0 All forms shall be installed in accordance with detailed fabrication plans submitted to the Engineer for approval. The fabrication plans shall clearly indicate locations and methods of attachment where the forms are supported by steel beam flanges subject to tensile stresses and without shear connectors. Form sheets shall not be permitted to rest directly on the top of the stringer or floor beam flanges. Sheets shall be securely fastened to form supports and shall have a minimum bearing length of 1" at each end. Form supports shall be placed in direct contact with the flange or stringer or floor beam. All attachments shall be made by welds, bolts, clips, or other approved means. However, welding of form supports to flanges of steels other than ASTM A 36, A 441.A 588. and A 572 of a weldable grade and to those portions of a flange subject to tensile stresses shall not be permitted. Welding shall be accomplished by certified welders and in accordance with ANSI/AASHTO/AWS D1.5-88. Except that 1/8" fillet welds will be permitted, TS -301-21 COPYRIGHT 01992 !CRAFtci LULL % t+SSOCILtES.. tl1C Provisions shall be made to keep the panels at an acceptable temperature • before placement of concrete. Calcium Chloride or any other admixture containing chloride salts shall not be used in the concrete placed on permanent steel deck forms. After the deck concrete has been placed for a minimum of 2 days, the following inspection procedure shall be followed: The forms shall be tested for soundness of the concrete and bonding of the forms to the concrete by striking the form a sharp blow with a geologist hammer. As a minimum, the forms shall be struck at 10' intervals parallel to and 6" from the edge of the steel bean, and at 10' intervals along the centerline of each bay between the beams in an X pattern with those along the beams, and at random points on a semicircle or circle, as applicable, with approximately 2' radius from the above points. They shall be struck in other places as directed by the Engineer to define any suspicious or defective area. Areas where efflorescence is evident shall be thoroughly investigated, The Contractor shall furnish all facilities such as ladders, scaffolding, etc.. that will provide for a thorough inspection of_the forms. The striking of the forms shall be accomplished in such a manner and at a time that the sound is clearly audible. Properly bonded sheets attached to sound concrete will emit a clear rig when struck a sharp blow with a hammer. • Honeycomb concrete and/or unbonded areas will give a different sound such as a thud or clatter. The forms shall be removed full width between beams whenever the Engineer suspects that honeycomb or unbonded areas exist so that the Engineer may make a visual examination of the concrete surface. Any defective concrete shall be repaired to match the adjacent concrete to the satisfaction of the Engineer. where the use of the hammer as a testing device is neither practical nor feasible, the forms may be tested after the deck has been placed a minimum of 10 days using a rifle firing 22 caliber short special gallery type ammunition in lieu of the hammer. The angle of incidence between the plane normal to the forms and the trajectory of the bullet shall be held to a minimum. If sheets are properly bonded to sound concrete, a very light dent will be made in the metal and the spelter coating will not be damaged. A plainly visible bright spot will remain around the dent. If a small void or slight honeycomb exists behind the form, a deep dent, with metal cracked in the bottom of dent, will result. TS -301-22 4 COPYRIGHT 01992 CRAFTOt& TILL & ASSOCIATES. If honeycomb exists, a clean hole approximately 1/4" in diameter will • result. The actual depth of void can be seen when viewed through a transit or telescopic sights. Where this is the case, the form shall be removed full width between beams so that the Engineer may make a visual examination of the concrete surface. Any defective concrete shall be repaired to match the adjacent concrete to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The amount of sounding and form removal may be reduced at the Engineer's discretion, after a substantial amount of slab has been constructed and inspected, if the Contractor's methods of construction and the results of the inspections as outlined above indicate that sound concrete is being obtained throughout. If the Contractor varies his procedures significantly, the initial inspection procedure shall be used to verify that the new conditions are yielding desirable results. Any forms which must be removed because of unsatisfactory test results shall be removed by a metal saw or air -carbon -arc gouging with minimum damage to the concrete. The cut in the forms parallel t the corrugations shall be located in a non -horizontal lap section of the corrugation. The cuts parallel to the beam shall be through the supporting angles taking care not to damage the structural steel beams. All concrete which is found defective or is damaged in removing a section of the form for inspection shall be repaired to match the adjacent concrete in section and color. All repair work shall be completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Payment for forms will be made and fully covered under the unit price bid for superstructure concrete. No direct or additional payment of any kind will be made because of the use of these forms. Payment will be made for Class S(AE) concrete in place in the bridge decks on the basis of the thickness specified on the Plans not including any excess thickness used and not including any concrete in portions of haunches which may be omitted because of the use of these forms. 301-2.14 REMOVAL OF FALSEVORK AND FORMS: In the determination of the time for the removal of falsework and forms and the discontinuance of heating. consideration shall be given to the location and character of the structure. the weather and other conditions influencing the setting of the concrete., and the materials used in the mix. TS -301-23 COPYPJGHT C 4992 CRAFTO3I, mu.s ASSOCIATES, QtC Removal of falsework and forms shall be in accordance with the following schedule: Minimum Strength Time Requirement Bottom Forms for Deck Slabs. 7 days Min, Spec. Beams, and Caps Top Slabs of RC Box Culverts 7 days 60% Spec. Forms for Columns and 24 hours N/A Vertical Walls Side Forms for Footings. 12 hours N/A Beams. and Caps Side Forms for Parapets. Median 6 hours N/A Barriers. and Curb Faces Forms on surfaces which will require a Class 2 finish in accordance with Subsection 301-2.1S shall be removed at the earliest time permitted under these Specifications in order to begin finishing operations. Forms and their supports shall not be removed without the approval of the Engineer. Supports shall be removed in such a manner as to permit the concrete to uniformly and gradually take the stresses due to its own weight. Methods of form removal likely to cause overstressing of or damage to the concrete shall not be used. 301-2.15 WEATHER AND TEMPERATURE LIMITATIONS AND PROTECTION OF CONCRETE: When the ambient temperature at the placement site is SS degrees F. and rising. an approved retarding agent shall he required in all concrete used in bridge superstructures. A retarding agent will not be required in concrete used for bridge deck curb, parapet. railing, posts, sidewalks, or median treatment provided they are not placed monolithically with the deck itself. When the internal temperature of the plastic concrete in bridge decks reaches S5 degrees F., the Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to insure that the temperature of succeeding batches does not exceed 90 degrees F. Concrete batches with temperatures in excess of 90 degrees F. will be rejected. This method used to control the concrete temperature shall be approved in writing by the Engineer. The temperature of the plastic concrete shall be determined immediately prior to its being deposited in the forms by inserting a thermometer to a depth consistent with the capabilities of the thermometer being used to obtain a true reading. Prior to beginning placement, the Contractor shall insure that sufficient materials, labor. and equipment are available during placement to implement the previously approved cooling process. TS -301-24 COPYRIGHT 0 1992 CRAFTOII,, TULL & ASSOCIATES, The maximum mix temperature for all Class B and B(AE) concrete at time of placing • shall be 75 degrees F. This requirement will be strictly adhered to and any concrete delivered to the job site which does not meet this provision will be rejected. Methods used to meet this requirement shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Methods that may be used to meet this provision include using ice in the mixing water, storing cement and aggregates in cool or shaded locations, and/or watering down of coarse aggregates. Cooling by watering of fine aggregates will not be allowed. No concrete shall be placed unless the temperature of the concrete is more than 50 degrees F. when placed. If heating of the ingredients is necessary to meet this criterion, it shall be accomplished by a method such as dry heat or steam and not by direct flame. Water shall not be heated to more than 150 degrees F., and shall be combined with the aggregate before the addition of cement. Frozen aggregates may riot be used. After concrete is placed. it shall be protected by insulated forms, blankets, enclosing and heating, and/or any other method approved by the Engineer which will maintain the temperature adjacent to the concrete at a minimum of 50 degrees F. for at least 5 days. For Class B and B(AE) concrete. forms shall remain in place 4 days after placing any time the temperature is below 40 degrees F. or forecast to drop below 40 degrees F. In addition, exposed top surfaces of the concrete shall be protected with an insulated blanket. The surface of the concrete shall not be saturated when it is exposed to freezing air temperatures. The Contractor shall have available and ready for immediate use sufficient materials and equipment for maintaining the temperature of the concrete as required above. Concrete that has been frozen or damaged due to weather conditions shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. 301-2.16 CURING CONCRETE FOR STRUCTURES A. Materials: Materials used in curing concrete shall conform to one of the following types: Burlap -polyethylene sheeting shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 171. 2. Polyethylene sheeting shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 171. 3. Copolymer/synthetic blanket shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 171. Copolymer/synthetic blankets shall be a composite of a copolymer membrane material coated over a layer of absorbend nonwoven synethic fabric weighing at least 6 ounches per square yard, uniform in appearance, and free from visible defects. 4. Other approved sheeting materials shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 171. 0 TS -301-25 COPYRIGHT 0 1532 CRAFTOR TULI & ASSOCIAI 5. Membrane curing compound shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 148 of the type approved by the Engineer. B. Application: The exposed concrete, immediately after finishing, shall be covered with one of the curing materials listed above and shall be kept continuously and thoroughly wet for a period of not less than 5 days after the concrete is placed. Membrane curing does of require the application of additional moisture, except as required for bridge roadway surfaces. All Class B and B(AE) concrete shall he cured by free moisture. Water curing shall be provided for all exposed surfaces for a period of 14 days. Membrane curing compound shall not be used on surfaces requiring a Class 2 finish. Clear membrane curing compound shall be used as an interim cure for concrete bridge roadway surfaces and shall be applied immediately after final finishing. Final curing of bridge decks shall be by mats or blankets and shall be begun immediately after completing the surface test specified in Subsection 301-2.18, Class 5. The mats or blankets shall be kept continuously and thoroughly wet for a period of 5 days after the concrete is placed. When membrane curing is used, the exposed concrete shall be thoroughly sealed by applying the membrane curing colution immeditely after the free water has left the surface. The concrete inside the forms shall be sealed • immediately after the forms are removed and necessary finishing has been done. For uniform application in the field on vertical concrete suraces, the specified rate of application may be achieved by two coats applied at an interval of approximately 1 hour. The Contractor shall provide satisfactory equipment and means to properly control and assure the direct application of the curing solution on the concret surface so as to result in a uniform coverage at the rate of 1 gallon for each 125 square feet of area. If rain falls on the newly coated concrete before the film has dried sufficiently to resist dmage, or if the film is damaged in any other manner, a new coat of the solution shall be applied to the affected portions equal in curing value to that specified above. 301-2.17 EXPANSION AND FIXED JOINTS Joints shall be constructed according to the details shown on the Plans. 1] TS -301-26 COPYRIGHT 0 1992 CRAFTOH, TULL & ASSOCIATES, A. Joint Materials: 1. Materials for filling and sealing expansion joints shall be as shown on the Plans and shall conform to the following requirements, as applicable: a. Type 1 joint filler shall be a uniform mixture of sawdust and asphalt material in the proportion of one part asphalt to four parts sawdust, by volume. Asphalt material used shall be either MC -250 or Ss -1 in accordance with Subsection 403.03. When this material is specified, the joint shall be filled to within 1" of the pavement surface. The top 1" shall be sealed with a material complying with the requirements of AASHTO M 173, b. Type 2 joint filler shall be preformed, non -extruding, and resilient type, meeting the requirements of AASHTO M 153 Type I (sponge rubber) to type III (self -expanding cork), except that the Type III (self -expanding cork) shall have a minimum expansion of 135% and he within + 0.1" of the specified plan thickness. 2. The material for filling and sealing longitudinal, warping, contraction, and other specified joints shall be as shown on the Plans and shall conform to the following requirements: a. Backer rod filler for Types 3, 4, and 5 joint shall be of resilient material approximately 1/8" larger in diameter than the • width of the joint to be sealed. The rod shall be compatible with the sealant or any component of the joint sealant system. No adverse reaction shall occur between the backup material, sealant, and primer. No bond shall occur between the backup material and the sealant system for Types 3 and 4 joint sealer. b. type 3 joint sealer shall be a one part silicone formulation which does not require a primer for bond to concrete. The compound shall be compatible with concrete. Acetic acid cure sealants are not acceptable. The material shall be one listed on the Department's Qualified Products List. c. Type 4 joint sealer shall be a one part silicone formulation which does require a primer for bond to concrete. The compound shall be compatible with concrete. Acetic acid cure sealants are not acceptable. The material shall be one listed on the Department's Qualified. Products List. d. Type 5 joint sealer shall be a hot poured elastomeric joint sealant. The material shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 282 (ASTH D 3406). The appendix of that specification shall be considered a part of this Specification. The material shall he one listed on the Department's Qualified Products List. TS -301-27 COPYRIGHT 0 1942 CRAFTON, TULL & ASSOCIATES;. INC. e. Type 6 joint sealer shall be a 2 component cold poured, synthetic • polymer, meeting the requirements of ASTM D 1850 with the exception of penetration which shall not exceed 100 and resilience (both original cured sample and oven aged) which shall be a minimum of 70%. The material shall be one listed on the Department's Qualified Products List. f, Type 7 joint filler shall be a hot poured elastic type meeting the requirements of AASHTO M 173. B. Open Joints: Open joints shall be placed in the locations shown on the Plans and shall be constructed by the insertion and subsequent removal of a wood strip, metal plate, or other approved material. The insertion and removal of the template shall be accomplished without chipping or breaking the corners of the concrete. Reinforcement shall not extend across an open joint unles specified on the Plans. co Filled Joints: Poured expansion joints shall be constructed similar to open joints. When premolded types are specified, the filler sahll be in the correct position when the concrete on the second side of the joint is placed. A joint sealer is required in addition to the joint filler. The cavity for the sealer shall be formed by the insertion and subsequent removal of a wood strip, metal plate, or other approved material. When required, adequate water stops of metal, rubber, or plastic shall be carefully placed as shown on the Plans. • All faces of the joint to be sealed shall be thoroughly cleaned by sand blasting, water blasting, or other approved methods prior to placing the joint seal material. 1. Poured joint sealer shall meet the requirements. 2. Preformed expansion joint filler, non -extruding and resilient types, shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 153 tuype I (sponge rubber) or Type III (self -expanding cork), except that the Type III (self - expanding cork) shall be required to have a minimum expansion of 125% and be within +0.1" of the specified plan thickness. D. Steel Joints: Plates, angles, or other structural shapes shall be accurately shaped, at the shop, to conform to the section of the concrete floor. The fabrication and painting shall coform to the requirements of the Specifications covering those items. When called for on the Plans or in the Special Provisions, the material shall be galvanized in lieu of painting. Care shall be taken to insure that the surface in the finished plane is ture and free of warping. Positive methods shall be employed in placing the joints to keep them in correct position during the placing of the concrete. The opening at expansion joints shall be that designated on the Plans at 60 degrees F., and care shall be taken to avoid impairment of the clearance in any manner. , C TS -301-28 COPYRIGHT 0 1992 CRAFTOK TULL & ASSOCIATES, E. Felt Joints: Joint material and bearing pads shall consist of a roofing • felt saturated and coated on both sides with asphalt, and coated on one side with powdered mineral matter such as talc or mica, and sahll conform to ASTH D 224. Where Standard Drawings indicate the use of 450 roofing felt, this material shall meet or exceed the requirements for ASTM D 224 Type I. F. Water Stops and Flashing: Water stops and flashing shall be furnished and placed as provided on the Plans. They shall be spliced, welded, soldered, or otherwise joined to form continuous watertight joints and shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Copper water stops and flashing shall conform to ASSHTO M 138, unless otherwise specified on the Plans. Sheet copper shall meet the embrittlement test of Section 10 of AASHTO M 138. 2. Rubber water stops shall be formed from synthetic rubber made exclusively from neoprene. reinforcing carbon black, zinc oxide, polymerization agents, and softeners. This compound shall contain not less than 70% by volume of neoprene. The tensile strength shall riot be less than 2750 psi with an elongation at breaking of 600%. The Shore Durometer indication (hardness) shall be between 50 and 60. After 7 days in air at 15S degrees + 2 degrees F. or after 4 days in oxygen at 158 degrees + 2 degrees F. and 300 psi pressure, the tensile strength shall be not less than 65% of the original. The water stops shall be formed with an integral cross section in suitable molds so as to produce a uniform section with a permissible variation indimension of 1/32" plus or minus. No splices will be permitted in straight strips. Strips and special connection pieces shall be wel cured in a manner such that any cross section shall be dense, homogeneous, and free from all porosity. Junctions in the special connection pieces sahll be full molded. During the vulcanizing period, the joints shall be securely held by suitable clamps. The material at the splices shal be dense and homogeneous throughout the cross section. 3. Polyvinylchloride water stops shall be manufactured by the extrusion process from an elastomeric pisatic compound, the base resin of which sahll be polyvinylchloride (PVC). The compound shall contain any additional resins, plasticizers. stbilizers. or other materials needed to insure that, when the material is compounded, it will meet the performance requirements given in this Specification. No reclaimed PVC or other material shall be used. The water stops shall be of the size and shape shown on the Plans. They shall be dense, homogeneous, and without holes or other defects. C TS -301-29 COPYRIGHT 0 1992 CRAFTQN,, TULL 4 ASSOCIATES,. INC\ C The material shall comply with the following physical requirements when tested under the indicated ASTM test method. Specific Gravity Durometer Hardness Tensile Strength Elongation Cold Brittleness Stiffness in Flexture ASTM D 792 1.35 max. ASTM D 2240 75+ 5 ASTH D 412 1600 psi min. ASTM D 412 350% ASTM D 746 -35°F ASTM D 747 350 psi min. The Manufacturer shall be responsible for the testing, either in his own or a recognized commercial laboratroy, and shall submit three certified copies of test results, 301-2.18 FINISHING CONCRETE SURFACES A. General: Surface finishes shall be classified as follows: Class 1. Ordinary Surface Finish Class 2, Rubbed Finish Class 3. Sprayed Finish Class 4, Exposed Aggregate Finish Class 5. Tined Bridge Roadway Surface Finish Class 6. Broomed Finish Class 7, Grooved Bridge Roadway Surface finish • All concrete shall be given a Class 1. ordinary Surface Finish. In addition, if further finishing is required. such other types of finish will be as specified herein. The following surface shsall be given a Class 2 finish except when a Class 3 finish is specified in the Plans: All Structures, Exposed surfaces of retaining walls, surfaces of concrete rails, rail posts, rail end posts, rail bases, and parapets. including the outside face, Highway Grade Separation Strucrures and Railroad Underpasses. Surfaces above finished ground of piers, columns, abutments, and retaining walls; the outside vertical surfaces of parapets, slabs, and girders: and the underneath side of the overhang outside the exterior beam. At the option of the contractor, a Class 3 finish may be used on all surfaces requiring a Class 2 finish provided the same class of finish is used on the entire job. Sidewalks shall be given a Class 6 finish. Curbs shall be given a Class 2 or Class 6 finish. Bridge roadway surfaces shall be given a Class 5 finish unless Class 7 finish is specified on the Plans. TS -301-30 COPYRIGHT O1992 CRAFT0F. TULL & ASSOCIATES,, B. The various classes of surface finish are defined as follows: 1. Class 1 Ordinary Surface Finish: Immediately following the rmeoval of forms, fins, and irregular projections shall be removed from all surfaces except from those which are not to be exposed or are not to be waterproofed. On all surfaces, the cavities produced by form ties and all other holes, broken corners or edges, and other defects shall be thoroughly cleaned, and after having been thoroughly saturated with water, sahll be carefully pointed and trued with a mortar of cement and fine aggregate mixed in the proportion of 1:2. Mortar used in pointing shall be not more than 1 hour old. The concrete shall then be rubbed or sprayed, if required. and cured as specified under Subsection 301- 2.16. Construction and expansion joints in the completed work shall be left carefully tooled and free of mortar and concrete. The joint filler shall be left exposed for its full length with clean and true edges. The resulting surfaces shall be true and uniform. Repaired surfaces, the appearance of which is not satisfactory to the Engineer, shall be rubbed as specified under Class 2 finish. Exposed surfaces not protected by forms shall be struck off with a straightedge and finished with a wood float to a true and even surface. The use of additional mortar to provide a plastered or grout finish will not be permitted, . The tops of caps in the area of the bridge seat shall be finished with a steel trowel or by grinding to a smooth finish and true slope at the proper elevation. 2. Class 2. Rubbed Finish: After removal of forms, the rubbing of concrete shall be started as soon as its condition will permit. Immediately before starting this work the concrete shall be thoroughly saturated with water. Sufficient time shall have elapsed before the wetting down to allow the mortar used in the pointing of rod holes and defects to thoroughly set. Surfaces to be finished shall be rubed with a medium coarse carborundum stone, using a small amount of mortar on its face. The mortar shall be composed of cement and fine sand mixed in proportions used in the concrete being finished. Rubbing shall be continued until form marks, projections, and irregularities have been removed, voids filled, and a uniform surface has been obtained. The paste produced by this rubbing shall be left in place at this time. After concrete above the surface being treated has been cast, the final finish shall be obtained by rubbing with a fine carborundum stone and water. This rubbing shall be continued until the entire surface is of a smooth texture and uniform color. After the final rubbing is completed and the surface has dried, it shall be rubbed with burlap to remove loose powder and sahll be left free from all unsound patches, paste. powder, and objectionable marks. TS -301-31 COPYRIGHT 01992 V, TULL & ASSOCtATEB, FAC- 3. Class 3. Sprayed Finish: The material for sprayed finish shall be a commercial papint type texturing product produced specifically for this purpose, and shall consist of a synthetic non -alkyd resin containing meca, perlite, non -biodegradable fibers, and durable tinting pigments. The material shall meet the requirements of AHTD Test Method 606. Testing and Certification. All testing shall be performed by a qualified commercil testing laboratory acceptable to the Department. Prior to use, certified test results from the commercial independent testing laboratory on accelerated weathering, chemical analysis of formulation, and physical properties listed in AHTD Test Method 506 will be furnished to the Engieer. Testing of the formulation by a commercial independent testing laboratory will be required every five years or whenever the performance is not satisfactory. Complete re- testing will he required when the formulation changes. Infrared spectra of the synthetic resin binder will be provided with the original certification and each re -test. Each shipment of the satisfactorily tested product shall be accompanied by a certificate from the Manufacturer attesting that the commercial product furnished conforms to the same formula as that previously subjected to the specified tests, and approved: Copies of the test reports shall be attached to the Certificate. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, the color of the sprayed finish shall be concret gray, equal or close to Shade 36622 of the Federal Color Standard 595A. Surfaces to be coated shall be free from efflorescence. flaking. coatings, dirt, oil, and other foreign substances. The sprayed finish shall not be applied over surfaces cured with membrane curing compound until 30 days has elapsed from applciation of the membrane. Prior to appliction of spray finish, the surface shall be free of moisture, as determined by sight and touch, and in a condition consistent with the Manfuactuer's published recommendations. The spray finish shall be applied at a rate of 1 gallon per 50 square feet with bevy duty spray equipment. such as 4:1 ratio pump or larger. capable of maintaining a constant pressure as necessary for proper application. The completed finish shall be tightly bonded to the structure and shall present a uniform appearance and texture equal to or better than that required for rubbed finish. If necessary. an additional coat or coats shall he applied to produce the desired surface texture and uniformity. Upon failure to adhere positively to the structure without chipping or cracking, or to attain the desired surface appearance, the coating shall be removed from the structure and the surface given a rubbed finish, or another approved finish satisfactory to the Engineer. 0 TS -301-32 COPYRIGHT O 1992 CRAFTOI, TULL & ASSOCIATES, 4, Class 4, Exposed Aggregate Finish: This type of finish shall be produced by scrubbing the surface of green concrete with stiff wire or fiber brushes, using a solution of muriatic acid in the proportion of I part acid to 4 parts water, or by sand blasting, until the cement film or surface is completely removed and the aggregate particles are exposed. The amount of aggregate exposure will be specified on the Plans or designated by the Engineer. Any surface treated with muriatic acid shall be thoroughly washed with water to which a small amount of ammonia has been added to remove all traces of the acid. The resulting surface shall be an even pebbled texture. 5. Class 5, tined Bridge Roadway Surface Finish: the concrete bridge roadway surface shall be given a finish with a burlap drag, followed by tining. The surface shall be finished by dragging a seamless strip of damp burlap over the full width of the roadway surface. The burlap drag shall consist of sufficient layers of burlap and have sufficient length in contact with the concrete to slightly groove the surface, and shall be moved forward with a minimum bow of the lead edge. The drag shall be kept damp. clean, and free of particles of hardened concrete. The tieing shall be terminated with a transition in depth 1S" from the gutter line. 6. Class 6. Broom Finish: After the concrete has been deposited in place. it shall be consolidated and the surface shall be struck off by means of a strike board. floated, and broomed. An edging tool shall be used on edges and expansion joints. The surface shall not vary more than 1/4" under a 10' straightedge. The surface shall have a granular or matte texture, 7. Class 7, Grooved Bridge Roadway Surface Finish: Following straightedging in accordance with Subsection 301-12.19 and after all excess moisture has disappeared. the concrete shall be given a finish with a belt or a burlap drag, prior to the grooved finish. The belted finish shall be accomplished by two applications of a soft. flexible belt of approved composition of from 8" to 12" in width. The belt shall be moved forward with a combined transverse and longitudinal motion, the longitudinal advance being very slight for the first belting, but with a sweeping motion for the final belting. Care shall be exercised that the belting operation does not work the crown out of the deck surface. Just before the concrete attains its initial set. the surface shall be given the final belting with the purpose of producing a uniform surface of roughened texture. • TS -301-33 COPYRIGHT O 1992 CRAFTON, TULL & ASSOCIATES, INC. The burlap drag finish shall be accomplished by dragging a seamless strip of damp burlap over the full width of the surface. The burlap drag shall consist of sufficient layers of burlap and have sufficient length in contact with the concrete to slightly groove the surface and shall be moved forward with a minimum bow of the leading edge, the drag shall be kept damp, clean, and free of particles of hardened concrete. The bridge roadway surface shall be grooved perpendicular to the centerline wth grooves extending across the slab to within 18" of the gutter lines. The grooves shall be cut into the concrete using a mechanical sawing device which will leave grooves 1/6" to 3/16" in depth and spaced on 1/2" to 3/4" centers. Grooving blades shall b eO.i5" to 0.125" wide. Sawing shall not he performed before the end of the normal curing. Residue from the grooving operations shall be removed and the bridge deck thoroughly cleaned. Residue shall not be permitted to enter drainage facilities or streams. TS -301-34 CO?YRIGNT 01992 CRAFiON, TULL4 ASSOCIATES, INC- DIVISION 3 CONCRETE ITEM 304 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 304-1.0 DESCRIPTION: This item shall consist of the construction of a concrete sidewalk to the depth and section as shown on the plans, and in conformity with the locations, lines, and grades shown on the plans, or as directed. 304-2.0 MATERIALS: Cement, aggregates, and water shall conform to the requirements of DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE for Class B(AE) Concrete. 304-3.0 CONSTRUCTION METHODS: A. Subgrade Preparation: The bottom of the excavation or the top of the fill shall be known as the pavement subgrade and shall • conform to the lines, grade, and cross sections shown in the plans. All soft and yielding material and portions of the subgrade that will not compact readily when rolled or tamped shall be removed and replaced with suitable material. The subgrade shall be brought to a firm and unyielding condition by compacting it to uniform density. Soil should be compacted at, or slightly above, standard optimum moisture. All utility trenches and structure excavations shall be backfilled to natural or finished grade with granular material as soon as conditions permit. All backfill shall be compacted with mechanical tampers in layers not over six inches in compacted thickness to densities similar to that of surrounding soils. Concrete shall not be placed on a soft, spongy, frozen, or otherwise unsuitable subgrade. The subgrade shall be moist when concrete is placed. TS -304-1 COPYRIGHT © lit CIUFTOII, TULL & ASSOCLTT1S, INC. C P. Concrete Placement: Ready -mixed concrete hauled in truck mixers or truck agitators shall be deposited in place within 90 minutes from the time water is added to the mix. Before placing concrete, free standing water, snow, ice, or other foreign materials shall be removed from the subgrade. All forms shall be thoroughly cleaned, secured in position, and coated with a form -release agent. Concrete shall be placed, struck off, consolidated, and finished to plan grade with a mechanical finishing machine, vibrating screed, or by hand -finishing methods when approved. Pavement shall be pitched to area drains or perimeter areas to remove water. C. Thickness and Slope: • Sidewalks shall be a minimum of four (4) inches thick with four (4) inches of compacted Class 7 base underneath. Sidewalks shall slope one-fourth (1/4) inch per foot toward the street unless existing topography requires a slope toward the property line. D. Finishing: After concrete has been struck off and consolidated, a bullfloat may be used to remove any high or low spots. Bullfloat use shall be confined to a minimum. A final skid -resistant finish shall be made with a burlap drag or broom. E. Curing: Concrete shall be cured by protecting it from loss of moisture, rapid temperature change, and mechanical injury for at least three days after placement. After all free water has disappeared from the surface, a liquid membrane -forming compound or other approved curing material shall be uniformly sprayed on all exposed surfaces. Rate of application shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. When concrete is being placed in cold weather and the temperature may drop below 35°F, straw, hay, insulated curing blankets or other suitable material shall be provided along the line of work to prevent freezing of concrete. Concrete injured by frost action shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. CCFI'EL•S O 1949 TS -04-2 ::; rr;N. ICLL & A s:c+Ales; :h0 • F. Joints: Unless shown on the project drawings, a jointing plan shall be prepared by the Contractor and approved before paving begins. Maximum joint spacing shall be the width of the sidewalk installed. Control joints or contraction joints shall be formed by one of the following methods: sawing, forming by hand, forming by premolded filler, or using full depth construction joints. Joint depth shall be a minimum of one-fourth the slab thickness. Handformed joints shall have a maximum edge radius of 1/4 inch. Sawing of joints shall begin as soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit sawing without excessive raveling. All joints shall be completed before uncontrolled shrinkage cracking occur. All such joints shall be completed within 24 hours of placing the concrete. Joints shall be continuous across the slab. Expansion joints shall be made of three quarter (3/4) inch felt and shall be spaced at maximum one hundred (100) foot intervals. • Expansion joints and contraction joints shall be spaced so that they align with the joints in any adjacent concrete curb and gutter. TS -304-3 COPTRICHT © 1151 CRAPTOH, Tl'LL i ASSOCIATE; INC. . DIVISION 3 CONCRETE ITEM 306 CONCRETE BOX CULVERTS 306-1.0 DESCRIPTION: This item shall consist of the construction of concrete box culverts, in accordance with these specifications, of the type, size and dimensions shown on the plans, and in conformity with the locations, lines and grades shown on the plans, or as directed. 306-2.0 MATERIALS: A. Cement, aggregates and water shall conform to the requirements of DIVISION 3 CONCRETE for Class S(AE) Concrete. B. Reinforcing steel shall conform to the requirements of DIVISION 3 CONCRETE. C. Steel for welded steel grates and frames shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 36. 306-3.0 CONSTRUCTION METHODS: Concrete box culverts shall be constructed with reinforced concrete or precast sections. A. Concrete shall be proportioned, mixed, placed, finished and cured in accordance with DIVISION 3 Class S Concrete. B. Concrete floors shall be poured at least 24 hours before beginning construction of the walls. A longer period of time may be required if weather conditions make it necessary. C. Walls shall be constructed to form a tight joint with the floor. D. Backfilling around structures shall be with approved material, free from large lumps or clods. The material shall be placed alongside the structure in layers not to exceed 4 inches in depth at near optimum moisture content and compacted with mechanical equipment to 95% of maximum density as determined by AASHTO T 99 for the full depth of the structure. 0 TS -306-1 CO►YRIGHT © no CRAFTON, TOLL I AuOCIAnr; INC. Structures shall be cleaned of any accumulation silt, debris or foreign matter of any kind, and be reasonably free of such accumulations at the final inspection. No backfill shall be placed against any culvert u permission shall have been given by the Engineer, not until the concrete has been in place 14 days, until test cylinders show the strength specified. COPYRIGHT © isi CRA►TDH, TULL I ASSOCIATR, INC. DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE • PRECAST CONCRETE BOX CULVERTS DESCRIPTION: This item shall consist of the construction of precast concrete box culverts in accordance with these Specifications, of the type, size and dimensions called for in the Bid Schedule and shown on the Plans, and in conformity with the locations, lines and grades shown on the Plans, or as directed. MATERIALS: Materials and design requirements for precast concrete box culverts shall conform to ASTM C 850 and/or AASHTO M273 for cover less than 2.0' and ASTM C 789 and/or AASHTO M259 for cover greater than 2.0'. CONSTRUCTION METHODS: A. Excavation: Excavation work shall be performed in a safe and proper manner with appropriate precautions taken against all hazards. Excavations shall provide adequate working space and clearances for the work to be performed therein. Excavation shall be carried to a depth where foundation • materials are satisfactory to the Engineer regardless of the elevations shown on the Plans and foundations shall be inspected and approved prior to placing any part of the structure. B. Unauthorized Excavations Except where otherwise authorized, shown, or specified, all material excavated below the bottom of concrete walls, footings, slabs on grade, and foundations shall be replaced, by and at the expense of the Contractor with concrete placed at the same time and monolithic with the concrete above. C. Dewaterina: The Contractor shall provide and maintain adequate dewatering equipment to remove and dispose of all surface and ground water entering excavation, trenches, or other parts of the work. Each excavation shall be kept dry during subgrade preparation an continually thereafter until the structure to be built, or the culvert to the installed, is completed to the extent that no damage from hydrostatic pressure, flotation, or other cause will result. All excavation for trenches which extends down to or below groundwater shall be dewatered by lowering and keeping the groundwater level beneath such excavations 12 inches or more below the bottom of the excavation. • TS 309 - 1 COPYWff O 1901 CRAFTOM, TU L & ASSOCIATES. MC. . Surface water shall be diverted or otherwise prevented from entering excavated areas or trenches to the greatest extent practicable without causing damage to adjacent property. The Contractor will be held responsible for the condition of any pipe or conduit which he may use for drainage purposes, and all such pipes or conduits shall be left clean and free of sediment. D. Sheeting and Shorino: Except where banks are cut bank on a stable slope, excavation for structures and trenches shall be properly and substantially sheeted, braced, and shored, as necessary, to prevent caving or sliding; to provide protection for workmen and the work; and to provide protection for existing structures and facilities. Sheeting, bracing, and shoring shall be designed and built to withstand all loads that might be caused by earth movement or pressure, and shall be rigid, maintaining shape and position under all circumstances. Where trench sheeting is left in place, such sheeting shall not be braced against the culvert, but shall be supported in a manner which will preclude concentrated loads or horizontal thrusts on the culvert. Cross braces installed above the culvert to support sheeting shall be removed after • culvert embedment has been completed. E. Stabilization: Trench bottoms shall be firm, dense, and thoroughly compacted and consolidated; shall be free from mud and muck; and shall be sufficiently stable to remain firm and intact under the feet of the workmen. F. Trench Excavations The Contractor shall not open more trench in advance of culvert laying than is necessary to expedite the work. G. Cuttina Concrete Surface Constructions Cuts in concrete pavement and concrete base pavements shall be no larger than necessary to provide adequate working space for proper installation of culverts and appurtenances. Cutting shall be started with a concrete saw in a manner which will provide a clean groove at least 1-1/2 inches deep along each side of the trench and along the perimeter of cuts for structures. Concrete pavement and concrete base pavement over trenches shall be removed so that a shoulder not less than 18 inches in width at any point is left between the cut edge of the pavement and the top edge of the trench. Trench width at the bottom shall not be greater than at the top and no TS 309 — 2 CpeYRf, IT 01991 I, TUl & ASS0CIATES► 1NC undercutting will be permitted. Pavement cuts shall be made • to and between straight or accurately marked curved lines which, unless otherwise required, shall be parallel to the centerline of the trench. Where the trench parallels the length of concrete walks and the trench location is all or partially under the walk, the entire walk shall be removed and replaced. Where the trench crosses drives, walks, curbs, or other surface construction, the surface construction shall be removed and replaced between existing joints or between saw cuts as specified for pavement. H. Excavation Below Suborade: Except where otherwise required, trenches shall be excavated below the underside of the culvert to provide for the installation of 6" Class 7 granular embedment foundation material. I. Artificial Foundations in Trenches: Whenever so ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall excavate to such depth below grade s the Engineer may direct and the trench bottom shall be brought to grade with such material as the Engineer may order installed. All timber, concrete, or other foundations made necessary by unstable soil, shall be installed as directed by the Engineer. Compensation for extra excavation and for timber, concrete, or other . foundations, except where provided by contract unit prices, shall be considered subsidiary to the other items of the Contract. J. Embedment: Embedment materials both below and above the bottom of the culvert, classes of embedment to be used, and placement and compaction of embedment materials shall conform to the requirements shown on the Drawings sand to the following supplementary requirements. Material shall be Class 7 SB-2 and shall meet the requirements set forth for the crushed stone base course. The minimum depth shall be 6". K. Placement and Compaction: Granular embedment material shall be spread and the surface graded to provide a uniform and continuous support beneath the culvert at all points. After each culvert section has been graded, aligned, and placed in final position on the bedding material, and shoved home, sufficient embedment material shall be deposited and compacted around each side of the section to hold the section in proper position and alignment during subsequent jointing and embedment operations. 16309-3 � 1h Embedment material shall be deposited and compacted • uniformly and simultaneously on each side of the culvert to prevent lateral displacement. Embedment shall be compacted for the full depth in al areas where culvert is under pavement. L. Placina Culvert Sections= Placing shall begin at the downstream end and groove ends of culvert sections shall be placed facing upstream. Sections which are not in true alignment or which shown settlement after laying shall be taken up and relaid by the Contractor without extra compensation. M. Joininol The method of joining sections shall be such that the ends are fully entered and the inner surfaces are reasonably flush and even. N. Backfillina' Backfilling around the culvert shall be with approved material, free from large lumps or clods. the material shall be placed alongside the culvert in layers not to exceed four inches in depth at near optimum moisture content and compacted with mechanical equipment to 957. of the maximum density, as determined by AASHTO T 99, for the full depth of the culvert. The fill shall be brought up • evenly in each side for the full length of the culvert to avoid displacement. TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Test and Short Title Material and Short Title ASTM C 76 Reinforced Concrete Pipe Culvert ASTM C 506 Reinforced Concrete Ash Pipe Culverts AASHTO M 198, Joints for Concrete Pipe Gaskets Type B AASHTO M 36 Corrugated Steel Pipe C.M.P. AASHTO M 218 Base Material AASHTO M 196 Corrugated Aluminum Pipe 1S309-4 DIVISION 3 • ITEM 310 FO R STEEL FOR STRUCTURES 804.01 DESCRIPTION This item shall consist of reinforcing steel and miscellaneous accessories of the quality, type, size, and quantity designated, which shall be furnished and placed in concrete structures in accordance with these Specifications and in conformity with the details shown on the Plans, or as directed. 804.02 MATERIALS A. Bar Reinforcement: Bar reinforcement for concrete in sizes up to and including #18 shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 615 or A 617. B. Wire and Wire Fabric: Wire shall conform to Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement, Wire fabric, when used as reinforcement in c the requirements of ASTM A 165. The type of approved by the Engineer. the requirements for Cold - of ASTM A 82. Dncrete shall conform to wire fabric shall be C. Bar Mat Reinforcement: Bar mat reinforcement for concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 184. D. Epoxy Coating: 1.'hen specified, reinforcing steel bars shall be coated in accordance with ASTM A 775 using a coating material which shall meet the requirements of Annex Al of ASTM A 775. The Contractor shall supply to the Engineer three copies of a written certification that properly identifies the number of each batch of coating material used in the order; and the material, quantity represented, date of manufacture, and name and address of manufacturer; and a statement that the supplied coating material meets the requirements of annex Al of ASTM A 775. Patching material, compatible with coating material and inert in concrete, and meeting the requirements of Annex Al of ASTM A 775, shall be provided by the epoxy coating manufacturer. 804.03 BAR LISTS AND BENDING DIAGRAMS: All reinforcing steel shall be fabricated to conform to the details shown on the Plans. Pins used for bending reinforcing steel shall be equal to or larger than that shown on the Plans. Bar lists and bending diagrams for reinforcing steel and bar supports will not be reviewed or approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for the correctness of the fabricated reinforcing steel. TS -310-1 COPYR1Q}IT 0 1992 CRAr TON, TULL & ASSOCIATES, 804.04 PROTECTION OF MATERIAL: Steel reinforcement shall be protected from damage. When placed in the work, it shall be free from dirt, detrimental rust or scale, paint, oil, or other foreign substance. Steel reinforcement shall be stored above the ground on skids, platforms, or other supports. Epoxy coating damaged during fabrication, shipping, or installation shall be patched in accordance with Section 12 of ASTM A 775. Damaged areas less than 0.1 square inch need not be repaired but all areas larger than 0.1 square inch shall be repaired. The maximum amount of damage shall not exceed 2% of the surface area of each bar. All damaged areas shall be patched with the material in accordance with the Manufacturer's instructions. Patching will be required on all sheared or cut ends of bars. end areas left bare during the coating process. and any areas where the entire coating is removed. All repairs shall be completed as soon as practicable and, in the case of bare end areas and sheared ends, before visible oxidation of the surface occurs. Epoxy coated bars shall not be flame cut. The Contractor shall exercise caution when placing and vibrating concrete to prevent any damage to epoxy coated bars. In order to prevent the vibrator from damaging the coated bars, the head shall he covered with a sheet of rubber or a similar material as approved by the Engineer. 804.05 FABRICATION. SHIPPING. AND HANDLING: • Bar reinforcement shall be bent to the shapes shown on the Plans. Bars shall be bent cold. unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer. No bars partially embedded in concrete shall be field bent, except as shown on the Plans or specifically permitted by the Engineer. Radii for bends shall be as shown on the Plans. when not shown on the Plans, radii bends on the inside of bars shall be as specified below: Bar Size Minimum Radii Stirrups and Ties 4 bar diameters 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 6 bar diameters 9, 10, or 11 8 bar diameters 14 or 18 10 bar diameters Bar reinforcement shall be shipped in standard bundles, tagged, and marked in accordance with the Code of Standard Practice of the Concrete Reinforcement Steel Institute. • TS -310-2 COPYRIGHT 01992 CRAFTON, TULL & ASSOCIATES, Epoxy coated bars shall be prepared for shipment by use of excelsior or equivalent padded metal bands, or other methods which will prevent damage • during shipment. Caution shall be used to avoid dragging or dropping the bundles. If bundled together for shipment, the bundles should be small, tightly banded with padded bands, and should be lifted with strong back, multiple supports, or a platform bridge to prevent bar to bar abrasion from sags in the bar bundle, and shall be stored on padded and/or wooden supports. All systems for handling coated bars shall have padded contact areas. If, in the judgement of the Engineer, the coating is damaged to the extent that the coating no longer provides the intended protection, the material shall be returned to the coating applicator for repair or replacement. Patching materials or any required repair of the coating, shall be at no coat to the State. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer, in writing, at least 10 days prior to performing any of the cleaning or coating operations. The Engineer or his representative shall have free access to the shop for inspection, and every facility shall be extended to him for this purpose. On a random basis, lengths of coated bars, other than the additional test bars, may be taken by the Engineer from the production run at the point of coating application, The Contractor or his representative shall have free access to the shop for inspection, and every facility shall be extended to him for this purpose. On a random basis, lengths of coated bars, other than the additional test bars, may be taken by the Engineer from the production run at the point of coating application. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer the coating applicator's certification in triplicate, certifying that all materials used, the preparation of the bars, coating, and curing were done in accordance with these specifications and that no bars contain more than two holidays per linear foot. The certification shall include or have attached specific results of tests of coating thickness and flexibility of coating, 804,06 PLACING AND FASTENING: Steel reinforcement shall be accurately placed in the positions shown on the Plans and firmly held during the placing and setting of concrete. Bars shall be tied at all intersections except where spacing is less than I' in each direction, in which case alternate intersections shall be tied. Bundled bars shall be tied together at not more than 6' centers, Bar positions or clearances from the forms shall be maintained by means of stays, ties, hangers, or other approved devices. Metal bar supports which are in contact with the exterior surface of the concrete shall have protection conforming with the CRSI Specifications, Class 1 for Plastic Protected Bar Supports and Class 2 for Stainless Steel Bar supports, with the further provision that the plastic protection may be applied either by a dipping operation or by the addition of premolded plastic tips to the legs TS -310-3 COpYRgG CRAFT0K TULL8 ASSOC AT6t, *6 I of the supports. Epoxy Coated Bar Supports which are coated in accordance with the provisions of ASTM A 775 using a coating material meeting the requirements of 'annex 1 of ASTM A 775 may be substituted for Plastic Protected Bar Supports or Stainless Steel Bar Supports. All high chairs and bar bolsters shall be metal. Plastic bar supports shall not be used. When concrete is to rest on an excavated surface, layers of bars shall be supported above the surface by metal chairs or by precast mortar or concrete blocks. The use of rocks, pieces of stone or brick, pipe, wooden block,s or chunks of concrete will not be permitted as bar supports or spacers. Reinforcement shall be placed by the Contractor and then inspected and approved by the Engineer before the placing of concrete begins, concrete placed in violation of this provision may be rejected and removal required. Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, the spacing of supports shall conform to the recommendations of CRSI. If fabric reinforcement is shipped in rolls, it shall be straightened into flat sheets before being placed. Epoxy coated bars shall be placed on plastic coated or epoxy coated metal supports and shall be held in place by use of plastic coated tie wires or molded plastic clips especially fabricated for this purpose. Bar supports for epoxy coated bars shall be fully coated metal supports. Epoxy coated bar supports shall meet the recommendations of CR5I Specifications. In placing epoxy coated bars, care shall be maintained to prevent, as far as is practical, coated bars from being damaged. After the coated bars are secured to bar supports, a final visual inspection shall be made and all uncoated or damaged areas coated or repaired as required by the Engineer. Any bar supports which deform under foot traffic or other construction activities shall not be used. 804.07 SPLICING: Reinforcing steel shall be furnished in the full lengths specified on the Plans. Bars spliced as a result of unforeseen construction conditions or sequences will require the written approval of the Engineer. Splices shall meet the requirements of the current edition of the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges. Secondary reinforcing used for distribution of loads, such as longitudinal bars in box culverts, retaining walls, and slabs for steel girder spans, may be lapped 32 bar diameters minimum if bars are #6 or smaller. Primary reinforcing for columns and retaining walls, which require splicing as a result of the lowering of footings, shall be spliced at the upper end of the original bars. Required lengths of splices for primary reinforcing shall be obtained from the Bridge Engineer. • TS -310-4 COPYRiCA? 6 OO92 CRAPTOk, TULL A ASSOCIATES; Ik6: In lapped splices, the bars shall be placed in contact and fastened together in such a manner as to maintain the minimum distance to the surface of the concrete as shown on the Plans. Welding of reinforcing steel shall be done only if detailed on the Plans or if authorized in writing by the Engineer. 804.08 LAPPING: Sheets of wire fabric or bar mat reinforcement shall overlap each other sufficiently to maintain a uniform strength and shall be securely fastened at the ends and edges. The lap shall be not less than one space of wire fabric or bar. 804.09 SUBSTITUTIONS: Bar size substitutions will be permitted only with specific authorization by the Engineer. The substituted bars shall have an area equivalent to or larger than the design area. 804.10 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: S Steel reinforcement incorporated in the concrete will be measured in pounds based on the total computed weight for the sizes and lengths of bars, wire fabric, or mats shown on the Plans or revised by the Engineer. The quantities shown on the Plans will be considered as the final quantities and no further measurement will be made unless, in the opinion of the Engineer or upon evidence furnished by the Contractor, substantial variations exist between quantities shown on the Plans and actual quantities due to changes in alignment or dimensions or to apparent errors. Epoxy coated reinforcing steel will be measured by the pound, based on the theoretical number of pounds calculated on the nominal weight before application of the epoxy coating materials. No allowance will be made for the epoxy coating material, the coating process, accessories, or the testing required by the Manufacturer or applicator as specified above. The weight of wire fabric will be computed from the theoretical weight of plain wire. If the weight per square foot is given on the Plan, that weight will be used. Bar No. 3 4 5 6 7 8 Weight .376 .66S. 1.043 1,502 2.04'4 2.670 (lbs. per lin. ft.) Bar No. 9 10 11 14 18 Weight 3.400 4,303 5.313 7.65 13,60 (lbs. per lin. ft.) TS -310-5 COPYRIGHT 01992 CRAFTON. TULL & ASSOCIATE; INC&- The weight of plain bars will be computed from the theoretical weight of plain round bars of the same nominal size as shown in the following table: Bar Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 5/S" 3/4" 7/8" 1" Weight .167 .376 .668 1.043 1.502 2.044 2.670 (lbs. per lin. ft.) If bars are substituted at the Contractor's request, and as a result, more steel is used than specified, only the amount specified will be measured for payment. When laps are made from splices other than those shown on the Plans, for the convenience of the Contractor, the extra steel will not be measured for payment. • n TS -310-6 COPYRIGHT 01992 CRAFTOK TULL I ASSOCIATES, INC. DIVISION 17 - SEWERS ITEM 1701 SEWER LINES 1701-1.0 DESCRIPTION: The work shall consist of installing sewers of the various type, weight, classes and/or designated working pressures set out in the Proposal. 1701-2.0 MATERIALS: All pipe shall be of the type, weight, class and/or designated working pressure shown on the plans, set out in the Detailed Specifications or as set out in the Proposal and accepted by the Owner. The Contractor shall, unless otherwise specified, furnish all material, equipment, tools, and labor necessary to do the work required under this contract and unload, haul, and distribute all pipe, castings, fittings, valves, and accessories. • A. Plastic Sewer Non -Pressure Pipe: (1) P.V.C. sewer pipe and fittings shall conform to the applicable requirements of the latest revision of ASTM specification D-3034. The plastic used shall have a cell classification of 12454-B as defined in the ASTM D-1784. (2) The standard joint type shall meet ASTM D-3212, and the gasket shall meet ASTM F-477. Hells shall be integral type bell. (3) Pipe sections shall not exceed 20 feet in length. All pipe sections shall be straight and true in alignment. (4) Pipe and fittings shall be tested in accordance with ASTM specifications D-2412, D-2152, and D-2444. (5) A written agreement shall be made between the purchaser and the seller making certification the basis of acceptance of the material. This shall consist of a copy of the manufacturer's test report or statement by the seller, accompanied by a copy of the test • results, that the material has been sampled, tested and inspected. Each certification shall be signed by an authorized agent of the seller or manufacturer. TS -1701-1 COPYRIGHT 01990 CRAFTON, TILL & ASSOCIATES. INC. S B. Plastic Sewer Pressure Pipe: Plastic pipe for sewer lines shall be unplasticized PVC semi -rigid pipe of the type (SDR) or (DR) shown in the Proposal. All materials shall bear the stamp of approval from the National Sanitation Foundation for handling water. Pipe shall have an integral bell and spigot type joint. The joints shall be of the rubber ring type conforming to ASTM-D1669. The pipe shall be furnished in twenty foot (20) lengths maximum with random lengths ten (10) feet long. All pipe and fittings shall be made from clean, virgin, Type I, Grade 1, PVC in accordance with ASTM Resin Specification D1784 as amended and/or revised and in accordance with the ASTM D2241, ALMA C 900, and product standard PS 22-70. • The pipe shall meet the following physical and chemical requirements at 73 F., (+/-3m F.) Buick -Hurst Test - Randomly selected samples tested in accordance with ASTM 1599-62T method shall withstand without failure a pressure of 640 PSI (8,000 lbs. hoop tensile stress) applied in 60 to 90 seconds. One specimen shall be run per shift per extruder. Sustained Pressure Test - Randomly selected samples tested in accordance with ASTM 1599-62T method shall withstand without failure a pressure of 640 PSI (8,000 lbs.) hoop tensile stress) applied in 60 to 90 seconds. One specimen shall be run per shift per extruder. Sustained Pressure Test - Randomly selected samples tested in accordance with ASTH-58T shall withstand without failure for 1,000 hours a pressure of 400 psi (5,000 lbs. hoop tensile stress). One specimen shall be run every 500 hours per extruder. 1-• Acetone Immersion Test - One (1) inch wide rings cut from randomly selected pipe shall be placed in a sealed container of anhydrous (99.5% pure) acetone. There shall be no visible spalling, cracking or splitting after two hours exposure (swelling or softening is not a failure). One specimen shall be run per hour per extruder. TS- 1701-2 CCP'i RIGi1 O 1890 CRAFTCW. TULL & ASSOCIATES. INC. Vice - Two (2) inch wide rings cut froe randomly . selected pipe shall be placed between two flat parallel • plates and compressed in less than one minute until the inside faces touch (IOOX flattening). There shall be no visible evidence of splitting, cracking or shattering. One specimen shall be run per shift per extruder. Drop Impact Test — Six (6) inches long randomly selected pipe sections shall be placed horizontally in a "V" block (including angle 90-) and subject to a single impact load from a freely falling missile having a 1/2 inch diameter rounded 1 inch long nose. There shall be no visible evidence of shattering or splitting (denting is not a failure) when the following energy is imposed (6 sections shall be run per shift per extruder). Nominal Pipe Size: Foot - Pounds: Nominal Pipe Size: Foot - Pounds: Nominal Pipe Size: • Foot - Pounds: 0 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 1B 20 27 37 4" 6" B" SDR B6 100 100 4" 6" B" 10" 120 120 120 120 3" SDR-21 67 -21 12" DR -1B 120 For static pressure in excess of that shown above, the standard dimension ratio and pressure class shall be in the proposal. The manufacturers of all plastic pipe must be a member of the plastic pipe institute or AWWA and shall have manufactured the pipe and joint for a period of not less than five (5) years. Fittings for PVC pipe shall be cast iron mechanical joint unless specified otherwise. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with submittal drawings of all proposed fittings for the Engineer's review and approval. Each shall meet ANSI 21.10 and A21.4 specifications. C. Cast Iron and Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings: Cast iron pipe shall conform to the latest revised AMWA Specifications C1O1 or ANSI A21.1. Pipe shall be designed for ten (10) feet of cover minimum, trench condition "B" and shall have minimum tensile strength TS- 1701-3 M?YRIGRTC 7Vy0 CRAFT CP1, iULL S AS&ccTEs. INC. of 21,000 psi and a minimum modulus of rupture of • 45,000 psi unless specified otherwise. Pipe shall be suitable for a working pressure of 300 psi. The minimum nominal metal thickness for cast iron pipe shall be, unless otherwise specified in the proposal, Size of Pipe Minimum Nominal Thickness Class 4" 0.35 22 6" 0.35 21 8" 0.35 20 10" 0.41 21 12" 0.44 21 14" 0.51 22 16" 0.54 22 18" 0.58 22 Ductile iron pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI Standard A21.5O or AWWA C15O and C-151. Pipe shall be designed for ten (10) feet of cover minimum, type "2" laying condition unless specified otherwise. Pipe thickness and class shall be as follows: Size of Pipe Minimum Nominal Thickness Class 4" 0.26 350 • 6" 0.25 350 8" 0.27 350 10" 0.29 350 12" 0.31 350 14" 0.33 250 16" 0.34 250 18" 0.35 250 Pipe shall be cement -lined conforming to the latest revision of ANSI A21.4 or AWWA C1O4. Fittings shall conform to ANSI A21.1O and AWWA CI1O and C111 and shall be cement -lined conforming to ANSI A21.4. All fittings shall be mechanical joint. All pipe and fittings shall be wrapped with 8 mil polyethylene wrap in accordance with AWWA C1O5. D. Acrylonitrile - Butadiene - Styrene (ABS) Composite Sewer Piping (Truss Pipe) Acrylonitrile - Butadiene - Styrene (ABS) Solid Wall Sewer Pipe and Fittings ABS composite pipe shall conform to ASTM Designation D- 2680. Minimum pipe stiffness (F/Y shall be 200 PSI. 1701-4 COPYRIGHT 01992 CRAFTON, TULL A ASSOCIATES, INC. ABS Solid Wall pipe shall be either SDR 35 with a minimum stiffness (F/Y) of 45 PSI or SDR. 23.5 with a minimum stiffness of 150 PSI. ABS Solid Wall pipe shall be manufactured from Virgin Acrylonitrile- Butadiene-Styrene conforming to ASTM Designation D- 1788, and may be used for service lines only. FITTINGS: All fittings for ABS composite pipe shall conform to ASTM Designation D-2680. Either tee or wye saddles or factory made tees or wyes may be used. A rubber gasket shall be placed around the pipe near the center of the manhole wall as a waterstop. JOINTS: All joints shall be made with solvent and cement in which the pipe solvent cements into a coupling socket to form the joint closure. E. Vitrified Clay Pipe: Vitrified clay pipe shall be plain end pipe conforming to the extra strength requirements of ASTM C-700, latest revision. Pipe shall be joined using a compression sleeve manufactured to conform to ASTM . specification C-425, latest revision. CONNECTING DISSIMILAR PIPE MATERIALS: Suitable adapters shall be used for joining dissimilar materials or for repair of similar materials and shall be of either the insert type or the banded coupling type. The adapter and band material shall be of materials which will pass the strength and chemical requirements of the current ASTM Designation: C-594. All banded maintenance couplings and adapters shall bear the manufacturer's identifying mark and size. F. Sewer Service Lines: Wyes, tees and other sewer service line pipe and fittings shall be of the same materials and meet the same specifications as the mainline sewer line unless specified otherwise. All fittings shall be manufactured by or approved by the mainline sewer pipe manufacturer, unless specified otherwise. Where specified, cast iron no -hub soil pipe meeting ASTM A-74 connected by a stainless steel no -hub ASTM I Ts- 1701-5 COPYRIGiT C 1990 CP.RFTON. TL'LL & I..SSOCIATES. NC. A-74 connected by a stainless steel no -hub coupling assembly shall be used. S. Sewer Air Release Valves: Sewer air release valves shall be a 2" Apco 400 or equal unless specified otherwise. H. Sewer Air Release Vacuum Valves: Sewer air release, air vacuum valves shall be a 2" Apco 401 or equal unless specified otherwise. I. Seal Manhole Ring and Cover: Seal manhole rings and covers shall be Neenah R -1916-F or equal unless specified otherwise. 0 0 TS -1701-6 COPYRIGHT a 1990 CRAFTOU, TULL & ASSOCIATES. INC. w 1701-3.0 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Planning and Execution of Work: The construction work included under these specifications, shall be so planned and executed that the various portions of the work will be carried on concurrently and the whole completed within the time allowed. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner and Engineer and when requested by the Engineer shall complete certain sections of the system and put them in operation prior to completing all the work. FIGURE 33 — TRENCH CROSS-SECTION SHOWING TERMINOLOGY •, uunne tor. • TS -1701-7 F; I COPYRIGHT 0 1990 CRAFTON, TUL L & As!ccIAT=S. INC, B. Excavation - Trenching: 0 DESCRIPTION: All excavation shall be carried accurately to the line and grade shown on the Plans or as may be established by the Engineer. When excavation carried below or beyond that required, except upon authorization by the Engineer, that space shall be filled with selected material as approved by the Engineer properly compacted, or filled with concrete in accordance with the Engineer's instructions. No claim for additional compensation shall be made unless the Engineer has so authorized the over -excavation in writing. All excavation shall be dewatered before any construction is undertaken therein. Concrete shall be placed only upon dry, firm foundation material. The Contractor's attention is called to his responsibility for determining, by boring or other means satisfactory to him, the trenching and excavating conditions expected to be encountered during the construction work. Sewer lines shall be laid only in dry ditches by using adequate and efficient dewatering methods. • 1. Unclassified Excavation: Unclassified excavation shall include all types of excavation, both rock and common, with no distinction made between the two. The Contractor will be required to excavate an additional 6" in depth below invert grade if rock is encountered. Unless a rock quantity is shown in the bid schedule, all excavation shall be considered as unclassified excavation. 2. Classes of Excavation: a. Common: Common excavation shall include all kinds of earth, water, quicksand, soils, sand, clay, shale, loose rock, disintegrated chert, rotten sandstone and boulders found in the trench measuring one-half (1/2 cubic yards or less. No additional payment will be made for water or unexpected obstructions encountered in the excavation. The bidder should determine for himself the conditions TS -1701-8 0 COPYRIGHT 0 1990 CRAFTON. TULL & ASSCYtI+'t= INC, that will be encountered and include such portions of possible additional costs in his unit bid price that may seem to him to be • advisable. Information and data furnished or referred to concerning the underground condition to be encountered are not intended to be representations or warranties, but are furnished for information only. It is expressly understood that the Owner will not be responsible for any interpretation or conclusion drawn therefrom by the Contractor. b. Rock: Rack excavation shall include all solid or stratified rack or shale in place that cannot be excavated efficiently by hand, power shovels, or draglines, well operated by skilled operators, without continuous and systematic blasting, and also all boulders or rock fragments 1/2 cubic yard or greater in volume. "Excavated efficiently", as used in this classification, will be interpreted to mean that where formation rock can be excavated at a lower cost per cubic yard of useful excavation by blasting, barring, or wedging, • it shall be so excavated and will be classified as rock. If the Contractor elects to blast material other than formation rock, he may do so, with the approval of the Engineer, but such material will not be classified as rock. 3. Sewer Trench: In order to avoid superimposed loading in excess of that of the designed and specified pipe strength and to provide sufficient room for proper installation and bedding of sewer pipe, the trench width for the pipe sizes shall be kept within the limits specified below: TS- 1701-9 COPYRIGHT 0 1990 CRAFTON, TOLL & ASSOCIATES. INC. Inside P • b" 12" 18" 24" 30" ipe Diameter Maximum Width of Trench at Top of Pipe - 10" 27" - 15" 33" - 21" 39" - 27" 45" - 36" 54" If it becomes necessary to reduce the earth load on the trench banks to prevent sliding and caving, it will be permissible to cut the trench banks on a slope above an elevation two feet (2') above the top of the pipe. The specified maximum width at the top of the pipe shall not be exceeded, except at points where the combined superimposed earth and live loads on the pipe are sufficiently low to permit an increase in trench width as authorized by the Engineer. Except where special bedding is required and except as specified herein, rough excavation for sewers shall be carried to a point slightly above the finished grade as established by the Engineer. Immediately prior to installing the pipe, the bottom of the trench shall be accurately graded to the exact grade requirements. • The Contractor will be required to keep the side of the excavation vertical, except as hereinbefore specified. Shoring, if used, shall remain in place until the backfill has proceeded to a point where it can safely be removed, except that, if in the opinion of the Engineer, damage is liable to result from withdrawing sheeting and shoring, it shall remain in place. However, when sheeting or shoring is driven to the depth below the elevation of the top of the pipe, that portion of the sheeting or shoring below the elevation at the top of the pipe shall not be disturbed or removed. Whenever sheeting or shoring is driven for the protection of trench walls below the water table, no portion of such sheeting or shoring below a point four feet (4') over the top of the pipe shall be removed. Excavation for manholes and other appurtenances shall be sufficient to leave not less than twelve inches (12") in the clear between their outer surfaces and the embankment or timber which may be used to protect them. The excavation of sewer trenches shall not advance more than three hundred feet (300') ahead of the completed TS- 1701-10 0 COPYRIGHT 0 1990 CRAFTON. TULL & ASSOCIATES. INC. work and backfill, except by permission of the Engineer. A disregard of this instruction shall, at the discretion of the Engineer, result in written • notification that further excavation will not be considered for payment, until the pipe laying and backfill operations have proceeded to a point where the above stated condition is satisfied. It is the intent of this Specification that any unnecessary delay in trenching, pipe laying, backfilling, repairing, and maintaining of special surfaces cut, and the proper maintaining of the work following the backfilling operation, without just cause, shall, at the discretion of the Engineer, result in a written notification to stop trenching operations until such conditions are satisfactorily attended to. Trenches for force mains shall be of the width and depth necessary for the proper installation of the pipe. All force mains shall be laid in trenches of such depths as to provide a minimum of twenty-four inches (24") over the top of the pipe unless otherwise noted on the Plans. The cost of all excavation including rock excavation in trench for sewer lines and select material to stabilize subgrade and the required cushion shall be included in the contract unit price or sewer line trench and will not be paid for separately unless a rock clause bid item is shown in the proposal. Areas for disposal of waste material shall be procured by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. The bottom of the trench shall be accurately graded so that the pipe will be in continuous and uniform contact with, and have a longitudinal bearing on approved subgrade for the full length of the pipe, except for such distance as necessary for adequate bell holes or couplings and proper sealing of the pipe joints. If the soil at the bottom of the trench is mucky or if the subgrade is too soft to properly support the pipe, the Contractor shall stabilize the subgrade as necessary to prevent damage to the pipe. Where blasting is required, all blasting shall be performed in accordance with Section 9 of the Association of General Contractors of America, "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction." TS -1701-11 0 COPYRIGHT O 1990 CRAFTON. TULL & ASSOCIATES. INC. 3. General Backfill: a NOTE: SPECIFIC "PIPE EMBEDMENT" SHALL BE SPECIFIED FOR EACH TYPE OF PIPE MATERIAL. All trenches and excavation shall be backfilled immediately after the pipe is laid using methods which will not disturb the pipe. Material used for backfilling shall consist of the excavation, borrow sand, gravel, or other materials approved by the Engineer, and shall be free of trash, lumber or other debris. When the material excavated from the trench does not yield enough select material at the trench site to meet the specifications for proper backfill and bedding materials, sufficient additional select material shall be hauled from other sources. The Contractor shall provide and install select material at no additional cost to the Owner, unless a bid item is listed in the sewer proposal for select bedding, installed complete. After the pipe work has been approved, trenches shall be backfilled according to the "pipe embedment" specified for the type pipe specified. This bedding • and haunching material shall be carefully deposited in layers of not to exceed four (4) inches in thickness on both sides of the pipe and thoroughly and carefully rammed around the pipe until the backfill has been brought up to the springline, or one-half of the internal diameter of the pipe. The initial backfill shall then continue by hand or approved method with approved selected material to a point twelve (12) inches above the pipe or to a point where the pipe is safe in the Engineer's opinion. The final backfill may then be placed by any approved method which will not injure or disturb the pipe. After settlement occurs, trenches shall be refilled and smoothed as often as necessary until all trench backfill permanently conforms to the surface of the ground. Where subsequent settlement cannot be permitted such as roadways, driveways, parking areas or other areas which must be resurfaced, backfill shall be placed in layers not to exceed four (4) inches in thickness and compacted to the density of the adjacent soil throughout the depth of the trench. At the Contractor's volition, gravel or sand may be used to backfill in areas where subsequent settling cannot be TS- 1701-12 LI COPYRIGHT o 1990 CRAFTON, TILL, e ASSOCIATES, WC. permitted. Gravel or sand used for backfill will not • be measured and paid for but shall be furnished by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner unless a quantity is shown in the bid items of the sewer proposal. for gravel or Class 7 base backfill for street and/or driveway crossings. It is the intent of these specifications that all trenches shall be backfilled, settled, and the ground restored to its original condition as soon as possible after the pipe is installed. Any unnecessary delay in restoring trenches to their original condition shall constitute just cause for stopping all other work until the trenches are so restored. It is also the intent of these specifications that the Contractor shall be responsible for all settlement of backfill in trenches occasioned by the work covered herein. He shall refill trenches as often as necessary to bring them back to original grade during the period when settlement is occurring. Where settlement occurs in streets, driveways, roads or parking areas, the Contractor shall maintain traffic without hazard at all times. Gravel or Class 7 base used to maintain traffic in these areas shall riot be measured and paid for but shall be furnished by the Contractor at no cost to the • Owner, unless a quantity is shown in a bid item of the proposal for gravel or Class 7 base backfill for street and/or driveway crossing. All excavated material which is unsuitable or not needed for backfill shall be wasted or disposed of to the satisfaction of the Engineer. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to provide areas to deposit waste material and rock. Surfaces shall be cleaned up, all hummocks and piles smoothed down, and the surface left peat and workmanlike. Where existing drainage ditches are disturbed or obstructed with excavated material, such material shall be entirely removed and the ditch left to original line and grade. The cost of all backfill, including all handling of excavated material, pipe embedment, final and initial backfill material, and the disposal of waste material shall be included in the lump sum contract price for sewer trenches of the various depths and will not be paid for separately as backfill. Bedding and haunching backfill material shall be included in the sewer trench costs unless a quantity is shown in the sewer proposal for sewer bedding and haunching backfill, installed complete. 0 1701-13 COPYRIGHT o 1990 CRAFTON. TOLL & f.SSOCIATES. INC. D. Pipe Embedment: • 1. Cast Iron, Ductile Iron, Vitrified Clay Sewer Pipe Bedding classes A, B, C, or D, concrete encasement, or crushed stone encasement as described in ASTM C 12-74 (ANSI A106.2) or WPCF MOP No. 9 (ASCE MOP No. 27) shall be used for all RIGID pipe unless specified otherwise. Class A: This class of bedding can be achieved with either of two construction methods. Concrete Cradle - The pipe shall be bedded in a monolithic cradle of plain or reinforced concrete having a thickness under the barrel of at least 4 inches (100 mm) or one fourth of the inside diameter of the pipe, whichever is greater, and extending up the sides to a height of at least one fourth of the pipe outside diameter. The cradle shall have a width at least equal to the outside diameter of the pipe plus 8 inches (200 mm) or one and one fourth of the outside diameter of the pipe, whichever is greater. Backfill above the cradle and extending 12 inches (300 mm) above the top of the pipe shall be carefully placed. • The load factor for Class Concrete cradle bedding is 2.2 for plain concrete with lightly tamped backfill; and up to 3.4 for reinforced concrete with p=0.4 percent, where p is the percentage of the area of steel to the area of concrete at the pipe invert. Concrete Arch - The pipe shall be bedded in 3/4" to 1/4" crushed stone or rounded gravel bedding material. The bedding shall have a minimum thickness beneath the pipe of 4 inches (100 mm) or one fourth of the outside diameter of the pipe,whichever is greater, and shall extend up the sides of the pipe to the horizontal centerline. The top half of the pipe shall be covered with a monolithic plain or reinforced concrete arch having a thickness of at least 4 inches (100 mm) or one fourth of the inside diameter of the pipe, whichever is greater, at the pipe crown and a minimum width equal to the outside diameter of the pipe plus 8 inches (200 mm) or one and one fourth of the diameter of the pipe, whichever is greater. TS- 1701-14 0 COPYRIGHT 0 1990 CRAFTQN. lx L cS ASSO GATES. INC. The load factor for Class A-1 concrete arch bedding is 2.8.for plain concrete; up to 3.4 for reinforced concrete with p=O.4 percent; and up to • 4.8 for reinforced concrete with p=1.O percent, where p is the percentage of the area of steel to the area of concrete at the pipe crown. Class B - The pipe shall be bedded in crushed stone or rounded gravel bedding material placed on the trench bottom. The bedding material shall have 95% passing a 3/4 inch (19.0 mm) sieve and 957. retained on a No. 4 (4.75 mm)sieve. The bedding shall have a minimum thickness beneath the pipe of 4 inches (100 mm) or one eighth of the outside diameter of the pipe, whichever is greater, and shall extend up the sides of the pipe to the horizontal centerline. Initial backfill from the pipe horizontal centerline to a level not less than 12 inches (300 mm) above the top of the pipe shall be of the bedding material or carefully placed earth. Hand placed backfill shall be finely divided materials free from debris, organic material, and stones. The Load Factor for Class B Bedding is 1.9 Class C - The pipe shall be bedded in crushed • stone or rounded gravel bedding material placed on the trench bottom. The bedding material shall have 957. passing a 3/4 inch (19.0 mm) sieve and 957. retained on a No. 4 ( 4.75 mm) sieve. Shells, pea gravel, sand, native soil, or other locally available and commonly used bedding materials may be specified by the Engineer in place of the previously described bedding materials. The bedding shall have a minimum thickness beneath the pipe of 4 inches (100 mm) or one eighth of the outside diameter of the pipe, whichever is greater, and shall extend up the sides of the pipe one sixth of the outside diameter of the pipe. Backfill between the bedding and a plane 12 inch (300 mm) over the top of the pipe, shall be hand placed finely divided earth free from debris and stones. Class D - The pipe shall be placed on the trench bottom with bell holes provided. The initial backfill shall be finely divided material free of debris, organic material, and large stones. The load factor for Class D bedding is 1.1 TS -1701-15 COPYR; shT C 1490 CRAFTON. TULL & ASSOCIATES. INC. Concrete Encasement: • Concrete encasement shall completely surround the pipe and shall have a minimum thickness, at any point of one fourth of the outside diameter of the pipe or 4 inches (100 mm), whichever is greater. The encasement shall be designed to suit the specified use. Crushed Stone Encasement: The crushed stone shall extend to the specified trench width and shall have a minimum thickness beneath the pipe of 4 inches (100 mm) or one eighth of the outside diameter of the pipe, whichever is greater, and shall extend upward to a horizontal plane at the top of the pipe barrel. Encasement shall consist of well -graded 3/4 inch to 1/4 inch (19 to 6 mm) crushed stone or other non -consolidating bedding material not subject to migration. Material shall be carefully placed under the pipe haunches. The initial backfill shall be of finely divided material free of debris, organic material, and large stones. • 2. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe, Composite ABS (Truss) and Solid Wall ABS Sewer Pipe. Bedding classes I, II, III as described in ASTM D 2321-74 (ANSI K65.12) shall be used for all FLEXIBLE pipe unless specified otherwise. TS- 1701-16 is COPYRIGHT O 1990 CRAFTON. TULL & ASSOCIATE). 1' .C. DESCRIPTION OF EMBEDMENT MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS 0 I SOIL SOIL DESCRIPTION OF CLASS TYPE MATERIAL CLASSIFICATION �• Manufactured angular, granular material, yt to I'h inches (6 to 40 mm) size, including materials having regional significance such as crushed stone or rock, dy t�• broken coral, crushed slag, cinders, or crushed shells. CWt Well -graded gravels and gravel -sand mixtures, little or no fines. 50% or more • retained on No. 4 sieve. More than 95% retained on No. 200 sieve. Clean. p GP Poorly graded gravels and gravel -sand mixtures, little or no fines. 50% or more rn retained on No. 4 sieve. More than 95% retained on No. 200 sieve. Clean. SW Well -graded sands and gravelly sands, little or no fines. More than 50% passes No. 4 sieve. More than 95% retained on No. 200 sieve. Clean. V SP Poorly graded sands and gravelly sands, little or no fines. More than 50% passes No. 4 sieve. More than 95% retained on No. 200 sieve. Clean. GM Silty gravels, gravel -sand -silt mixtures. 50% or more retained on No. 4 sieve. • More than 50% retained on No. 200 sieve. GC Clayey gravels, gravel -sand -clay mixtures. 50% or more retained on No. 4 sieve. H More than 50% retained on No. 200 sieve. SM Silty sands, sand -silt mixtures. More than 50% passes No. 4 sieve. More than 50% retained on No. 200 sieve. SC Clayey sands, sand -clay mixtures. More than 50% passes No. 4 sieve. More than U 50% retained on No. 200 sieve. ML Inorganic silts, very fine sands, rock flour, silty or clayey fine sands. Liquid limit 50% or less. 50% or more passes No. 200 sieve. HCL Inorganic clays of low to medium plasticity, gravelly clays, sandy clays, silty > clays, lean days. Liquid limit 50% or less. 50% or more passes No. 200 sieve. MH Inorganic silts, micaceous or diatomaceous fine sands or silts, elastic silts. Liquid limit greater than 50%. 50% or more passes No. 200 sieve. V CH Inorganic clays of high plasticity, fat clays. Liquid limit greater than 50%. 50% or more passes No. 200 sieve. OL Organic silts and organic silty clays of low plasticity. Liquid limit 50% or less. C 50% or more passes No. 200 sieve. > OH Organic clays of medium to high plasticity. Liquid limit greater than 50%. 50% or more passes No. 200 sieve. PT Peat, muck and other highly organic soils. V * Soils defined as Class I materials are not defined in ASTM D24R7. •• In accordance with ASTM D2487, less than 5% pass No. 200 sieve. ••• In accordance with ASTM D2487, more than 12% pass No. 200 sieve. Soils with 5% to 12% pass No. 200 sieve fall in borderline classification, e.g., GPGC. Specific meterials from a class of pipe embedment may be required by governing bodies. These materials will be specified in the "Proposal", "" Bid Items To Include •or the "Supplementary Conditions" of the Contract. TS -1701 -17 coPYRIGHT o 1990 CRAFTON. TILL & ASSOCIATES. INC. E. Cutting and Replacing Special Surfaces: Wherever it becomes necessary in excavating to disturb . special surfaces, such as paved or gravel roadways, drives, walks, or parking areas, the original surface shall be restored after completion of the backfill. In these instances, care shall be used in making the backfill by tamping in accordance with the preceding subsection to eliminate future settlement and the surface shall be restored as specified below. The Contractor shall replace all street surfaces immediately after the pipe has been laid. Where concrete curbs and gutters are disturbed, they shall be replaced to match the original curb and gutters. Where concrete sidewalks are disturbed, they shall be replaced to match the existing walk and finished to match the existing walk on either side of the cut. Concrete sidewalks cut and replaced shall be paid for as concrete surface cut and replaced. Concrete, asphalt and gravel streets, parking lots, and driveways shall be cut and replaced in accordance with the details shown in the specifications. In gravel surfaced streets and other areas where the gravel • will be disturbed in excavating for trenches and after the backfill has been so placed that no further appreciable settlement will occur, gravel over the trench shall be replaced to the same compacted thickness as the original surfacing. During construction, the gravel on the remainder of the street not occupied by the trench may also be covered with dirt from the excavation. After completion of the backfill, such dirt shall be removed so far as possible and additional gravel shall be placed on the street until the surface is as weather -resistant and traffic -resistant as the original surfacing. Where the Contractor disturbs gravel, concrete or bituminous surfaces which were not required to be disturbed in the opinion of the Engineer,the surfaces shall be replaced by the Contractor to their original condition at the expense of the Contractor and at no cost to the Owners. F. Cutting and Replacing Fences and Lawn Sod: Whenever it becomes necessary in excavating to cut fences and disturb lawns, the fences and lawns shall be restored after completion of the backfill. TS- 1701-18 0 COPYRIGHT O 193 CRAFTON. TULL& ASSOCIATES. INC. All lawns shall be hand raked and the area left as nearly as possible to its original condition. • Fences shall be restored to their original condition using the same type of materials and that were used in their original construction. Shrubbery shall be taken up ahead of construction, stored, and reset in such a manner as to damage it as little as possible. Any shrubbery damaged by the construction shall be replaced by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Property Owner at no cost to the Owner. The cost of all work under this section shall be included in the lump sum contract price, and the unit price for pipe, and will not be paid for separately, unless a specific bid item is shown in the sewer proposal for top soil replacement, fence crossing repair, or right-of-way clearing. G. Concrete All concrete shall be composed of the materials described in the materials section of these specifications, They shall be proportioned by weight in such a manner as to obtain a plastic workable mix. All concrete shall be Class "S", Class "A" or Class "B" concrete as designated on the plans or specified herein. At least two (2) test cylinders shall • be made and tested from each separate pour unless exceptions are permitted by the Engineer. Class "S" concrete shall contain not more than five and one half (5-1/2) gallons of water to the sack of cement, including the water in the aggregates, and not less than six (6) sacks of cement per cubic yard of concrete and have a twenty-eight (28) day compressive strength of at least four thousand (4000 pounds per square inch. Class "B" concrete shall contain not more than six (6) gallons of water to the sack of cement, including the water in the aggregate, and not less than five (5) sacks of cement per cubic yard of concrete and have a twenty-eight (28) day compressive strength of at least twenty-one hundred (2100) pounds per square inch. Concrete shall be mixed in an approved mixer for not less than one and one-half (1-1/2) minutes after all materials are in the drum and shall be deposited within the mixture design time tolerance after mixing. Hand mixed concrete will not be allowed. TS- 1701-19 COPYRIGHT O iS90 CRAFTON. TOLL & ASSOCIATES, INC. No mortar or set cement shall be used in finishing except the mortar necessary to fill imperfections. Edging tools shall be used on all exposed top edges. All exposed • concrete shall be hand rubbed and finished so as to present a smooth homogeneous appearance. In placing concrete, care shall be taken that the freshly mixed mass is placed and vibrated so that there is not a tendency for the coarse aggregate to segregate from mortar, that no rock pockets are left, that the concrete flows readily around the steel and into the extremities of the forms, and the whole freshly placed mass becomes a plastic, jelly -like mass, but without free water in appreciable quantity on its surface. No concrete shall be poured without vibration with mechanical or magnetic internal vibrators. All concrete shall be poured through tremies unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer. The free fall of concrete shall be held to a minimum. Forms for concrete shall be rigidly placed so that they cannot bulge or warp and leave a unworkmanlike finished surface. They may be constructed of any material with sufficient strength that will give the finished work a satisfactory surface; however metal forms will not be permitted for concrete which will be exposed for any of the completed work, except upon the specific approval of the Engineer. Forms must be sufficiently tight so that mortar cannot • escape from the concrete in appreciable quantities. Forms shall be cleaned and thoroughly moistened or treated with form oil before concrete is placed. All reinforcing shall be rigidly fastened in the forms prior to the pouring of any concrete in such a manner that the steel will be held accurately to the location shown on the plans. Steel shall be cleaned of rust, scale, oil or other surface material before being placed in the forms. Before depositing concrete on or against concrete which has taken its initial set, the hard concrete shall be broken off down to coarse aggregate and wire brushed to remove foreign matter and laitance. A layer of grout of the same cement - sand ratio as the concrete, without coarse aggregate, shall be placed to a thickness of one (1) to two (2) inches on the brushed surface after which new concrete shall be placed immediately. All concrete shall be properly protected from too rapid curing or from freezing while green. If the weather is hot or dry, all freshly placed concrete shall be covered with a matting or other suitable material and kept moist for at TS -1701-20 • COPYRIGHT O 1990 CRAFTON. TOLL & ASSCC1ATES. INC. least ten (10) days after pouring, or a curing compound may be used with the approval of the Engineer. • All concrete surfaces, EXCEPT floor slabs, exterior surfaces below finished grade,and the interior surfaces which will not be exposed shall be finished in the following manner. Forms shall be removed from such surfaces as soon as structurally possible and all depressions or imperfections immediately filled with mortar. The surface shall then be machined or hand rubbed until the entire surface has a smooth homogeneous, pleasant appearing finish of uniform texture and color. Any delay in patching or rubbing such surfaces shall be cause for rejection of the entire structure. No mortar or wet cement shall be used in finishing except mortar necessary to fill imperfections. Edging tools shall be used on all exposed top edges. All floors to be left exposed shall be brought to a true grade with a straight edge and roughly finished with a wooden float. After the concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent an excess of fine material working to the top, the surface shall be troweled with steel trowels until the surface is smooth and regular. No additional cement shall be added during finishing. Construction joints shall be provided as shown on the plans. The Contractor may elect to use more or less, depending upon his method of placing concrete. However for all • construction joints in walls and slabs below finished grade and in water bearing structures, water stops shall be used. Placing Reinforcing Steel; Reinforcing steel shall be accurately positioned to the dimensions shown on the plans and as described in these specifications. Reinforcing steel shall be cleaned of all mud, ice, oil, loose rust and scale or any other material which would destroy the bond. Reinforcing steel shall be positioned and secured against displacement by tying with annealed tie wires and placing on metal supports, spacers, or hangers as approved by the Engineer. H. Handling and Laying: (1) HANDLING AND LAYING PLASTIC (P.V.C.) SEWER PIPE: All plastic pipe shall be handled and stored in accordance with the manufacture's recommendations and the applicable provisions of these specifications. TS- 1701-21 0 COFYIN3HT O 1890 CRAFTON. TUt.L & .ASSOCIATES. CC. a. P.V.C. sewer pipe shall be laid in accordance with ASTM D-2321-74 (or latest revision), the manufacturer• ' recommendations, and these specifications. Class III and IV will not be suitable for embedment. For installations near or below the ground water table, Class I materials shall be used for the bedding, haunching,and initial backfill. This embedment shall extend from 6 inches below the pipe to 6 inches above the pipe minimum, 12" if required by the Engineer. b. The pipe shall be handled in a manner to avoid any impact or shock from dropping, such as rolling off a truck or other carrier. The unloading and handling shall assure that pipe ends are not damaged. c. All sewer pipe shall be laid bell up -grade. (2) HANDLING AND LAYING DUCTILE IRON AND/OR CAST IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS: In the transportation, unloading and handling of cast and ductile iron pipe, the pipe shall not be dropped, let roll and collide with another pipe, or be subjected to any unnecessary job, impact, or other treatment that might crack or otherwise damage the pipe. Before laying the pipe in the trench, the bottom of the • trench shall be carefully graded and prepared and bell holes excavated so the pipe shall have a uniform support along its entire length except at bell holes. The inside of the bell and the outside of the spigot shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dirt, mud, grease and other foreign material before starting the joint. In laying flanged, screwed, roll-on or mechanical joint pipe, careful attention shall be given in alignment so that all joints can be pulled home and made tight and workmanlike. Anchorage blocks of Class "B" concrete against undisturbed earth shall be placed on each side of all bends and on the unbalanced side of tees as shown in the standard details when force mains are constructed. The inside of the iron pipe shall be cleaned of all foreign materials before the pipe is placed in service. Ends of the pipe shall be temporarily plugged at the close of each days work. TS- 1701-22 COfYR!GHT C i993 INC. CRAFTON. TULL & ASSOCATES. Cast iron and ductile iron pipe used in structures and where noted on the plans to be included in the lump sum contract price shall be included in the lump sum • contract price and will not be paid for separately. (3) HANDLING AND LAYING VITRIFIED CLAY SEWER PIPE: a. The selection of strength classifications of the sewer pipe has been such that the pipe shall have structural strength in excess of the anticipated total loads. Such selection of strength classifications has been based on such factors as kind of soil, unit weight of backfill, depth of cover over the pipe, width of trench at the top of the pipe, dimensions of the pipe, and manner of support for the bottom of the pipe. The manner of installing the pipe as covered in these Specifications shall be adhered to and no bedding shall be considered adequate unless it provides satisfactory uniform bearing for the entire bottom quadrant of the pipe barrel. b. Protect pipe during handling against impact shocks and free fall. Do not permit hooks to come in contact with premolded joint surfaces. c. Handle pipe having premolded joint rings or attached couplings so that no weight, including the weight of the pipe itself, will bear on or be supported by the jointing material. Take care to avoid dragging the • spigot ring on the ground or allowing it to be damaged by contact with gravel, crushed stone, or other hard objects. d. After delivery alongside the trench, carefully examine each piece of vitrified clay pipe for soundness and specifications compliance. Acceptable pipe may be marked with paint or other permanent marking material so that the marks are plainly visible after installation in the trench and before the pipe is covered. e. Clean joint contact surfaces immediately prior to jointing. Use lubricants, primers, or adhesives as recommended by the pipe or joint manufacturer. f. Unless otherwise required, lay all pipe straight between changes in alignment and at uniform grade between changes in grade. Excavate bell holes for each pipe joint. When jointed in the trench, the pipe shall form a true and smooth line. TS -1701-23 • CCPYRK4T O 1990 CRAfTO4. TOLL & ASSOCIATES, INC. g. Keep trenches dry during pipe laying. Divert surface water from the trench area to the greatest extent practicable without causing damage to the adjacent • property. Before pipe laying is started remove all water that may have entered the trench. h. Whenever practicable, start pipe laying at the lowest point and install the pipe so that the spigot ends point in the direction of flow. (4) HANDLING AND LAYING: ACRYLONITRILE-BUTADIENE-STYRENE (ABS) COMPOSITE SEWER PIPING (TRUSS PIPE) (5) HANDLING AND LAYING: ACROYLONITRILE-BUTADIENE-STYRENE (ABS) SOLID WALL SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS a. ABS sewer pipe shall be laid in accordance with ASTM D-2321-74 (or latest revision), the manufacturer's recommendations,and these specifications. b. The pipe shall be handled in a manner to avoid any impact or shock from dropping, such as rolling off a truck or other carrier. The unloading and handling means shall assure that pipe ends are not damaged. c. All sewer pipe shall be laid bell up -grade. I. Pipe Encasement for Railroad and Highway Crossings: All sewer lines across highways and railroads shall be encased unless specified otherwise. Encasement shall be installed without disturbing the surface by boring or jacking or as required by the Highway Department or Railroad. Welded steel pipe or coated corrugated metal pipe encasement for railroad and highway crossings shall be placed in accordance with standards of railroad or State Highway Commission. The encasement pipe shall be of sufficient size to install or remove the carrier pipe. Highway and railroad crossings of the various sizes required shall be installed by boring, without disturbing the highway or railroad surfaces. Highway or railroad crossings shall be measured in linear feet from end of casing to end of casing on the opposite side of the highway or railroad. TS- 1701-24 • COPYRIGHT O 1990 CRAF iiON. TILL. & ASSOCIATES. INC. Any concrete, asphalt or gravel surface disturbed on roadbed or shoulders within the limits of the casing will not be • paid for separately but shall be included in the lump sum price for boring and encasement. The lump sum contract price shall include the quantities of highway and railroad crossings given in the Proposal's List of Variable Quantities and the contract unit price will be used to adjust the contract price for variation of actual quantities from those estimated. 1. Testing: Test for watertightness shall be made by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer. All sewer pipe shall be tested for tightness by one of the following methods. If the ground water table is at least one foot above the top of the pipe, the water infiltration test should be used. The air test method may, however, be used if the test pressure is increased 0.4333 psi for each foot the ground water level is above the crown of the pipe. 1. Infiltration Test - The measured infiltration in the section under test shall not exceed 100 gallons per inch of diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours. 2. Exfiltration Test - The measured loss of water from the • section under test shall not exceed 100 gallons per inch of diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours. 3. Low -Pressure Air Test - The air test, if used, shall as a minimum, conform to the test procedure described in ASTM C -828-76T, entitled "Tentative Recommended Practice for Low Pressure Air Test of Vitrified Clay Pipe Lines. 4. Procedures - Determine the test duration for the section under test by computation from the applicable equations shown in ASTM C 828, or from prepared air test tables. The pressure - holding time is based on an average holding pressure of 3 PSI (21 kPa) gauge or a drop from 3.5 PSI (24 kPa) to 2.5 PSI (17 kPa) gauge. Add air until the internal air pressure of the sewer line is raised to approximately 4.0 PSI (28 kPa) gauge. After an internal pressure of approximately 4.0 psig is obtained, allow time for the air pressure to stabilize. The pressure will normally show some drop until the temperature of the air in the test section stabilizes. TS- 1701-25 • CCPYR!GHT O 1990 CRAFTON. TULL & ASSOCIATES. INC. When the pressure has stabilized and is at or above the starting test pressure of 3.5 PSI (24 kPa) gauge, commence the test. Before starting the test, the • pressure may be allowed to drop to 3.5 psig. Record the drop in pressure for the test period. If the pressure has dropped more than 1.0 PSI (7 kPa) gauge during the test period, the line is presumed to have failed. The test may be discontinued when the prescribed test time has been completed even though the 1.0 PSI drop has not occurred. Table The air test table has been prepared utilizing applicable equations from ASTM C 828. It is based on an allowable air loss of 0.003 ft3/min/ft2 of internal pipe surface, a maximum air loss per test section of 3.5 ft3/min and a minimum significant air loss per test section of 2.0 ft3/min. (Test sections of such length that an air loss of 3.5 ft3/min would be exceeded using the allowable loss of air per square foot of internal pipe surface may be tested in segments where total air loss would be between 2.0 and 3.5 ft3/min). It applies when testing one pipe diameter only and for convenience ignores 4" and 6" lateral sewers, which in most instances create only insignificant differences in test time. • TS- 1701-26 • CCFYNGPT c 990 ES. INC. TULL & ASSOCtAT AIR TEST TABLE . Based on Equations from ASTM C 828 SPECIFICATION TIME (MIN:SEC) REQUIRED FOR PRESSURE DROP FROM 3-1/2 TO 2-1/2 PSIG WHEN TESTING ONE PIPE DIAMETER ONLY PIPE DIAMETER, INCHES LGTH.FT. 4 6 8 10 12 15 18 21 24 25 0:04 0:10 0:18 0:28 0:40 1:02 1:29 2:01 2:38 50 0:09 0:20 0:35 0:55 1:19 2:04 2:58 4:03 5:17 75 0:13 0:30 0:53 1:23 1:59 3:06 4:27 6:04 7:53 100 0:18 0:40 1:10 1:50 2:38 4:08 5:56 8:05 10:34 125 0:22 0:50 1:28 2:18 3:18 5:09 7:26 9:55 11:20 150 0:26 0:59 1:46 2:45 3:58 6:11 8:30 9:55 11:20 175 0:31 1:09 2:03 3:13 4:37 7:05 8:30 9:55 11:20 200 0:35 1:19 2:21 3:40 5:17 7:05 8:30 9:55 12:06 225 0:40 1:29 2:38 4:08 5:40 7:05 8:30 10:25 13:36 250 0:44 1:39 2:56 4:35 5:40 7:05 8:31 11:35 15:07 275 0:48 1:49 3:14 4:43 5:40 7:05 9:21 12:44 16:38 300 0:53 1:59 3:31 4:43 5:40 7:05 10:12 13:53 18:09 350 1:02 2:19 3:47 4:43 5:40 8:16 11:54 16:12 21:10 •00 1:10 2:38 3:47 4:43 6:03 9:27 12:36 18:31 24:12 450 1:19 2:50 3:47 4:43 6:48 10:38 15:19 20:50 27:13 500 1:28 2:50 3:47 5:14 7:34 11:49 17:01 23:09 30:14 D. Deflection Testing: Cl) Deflection tests shall be performed on all flexible sewer pipe. The test shall be conducted after the final backfill has been in place at least 30 days. (2) No pipe shall exceed a deflection of 5%. (3) If the deflection test is to be run using a rigid ball or mandrel, it shall have a diameter equal to 95% of the inside diameter of the pipe. The test shall be performed without mechanical pulling devices. Locations with excessive deflection shall be excavated, and repaired by re -bedding or replacement of the pipe or by a method approved by the Engineer. TS- 1701-27 COP�'R'GiT C 1990 CRAF ON. TL'LL & ASSOCIATES. INC. K. Establishment of Line and Grade: Sewerline location shall be established using a construction laser for grade. L. Sewer Force Mains: Sewer force mains shall be constructed of the specified size and type materials and installed according to AWWA, ASTM, or ASA specifications. Testing shall be according to AWWA C 600. M. Cleaning Up: After the construction work is completed, all refuse and debris resulting from the work shall be cleaned up and disposed of to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Structures shall be washed or swept out and left clean and neat. Except as noted, all excess excavation, waste concrete, piping, lumber, or other refuse shall be removed from the site of the work and the site levelled, graded and dressed up until it has a neat, smooth and workmanlike appearance. Any fences or other existing permanent structures disturbed during the work shall be restored after completion of the work to their original condition. • The cost of all work and materials under this subsection shall be included in the lump sum contract price and will not be paid for separately, unless a bid item is shown in the proposal for sewerline clean-up. TS- 1701-28 COPYR.GHT C 7991 CRAFTON, TILL & ASSOCIATES. NO. C DIVISION 17 - SEWERS ITEM 1702 - SEWER MANHOLES 1702-1.1 DESCRIPTION: Manholes of the form, dimensions, and materials specified and according to the standard detailed drawings shall be constructed at the locations shown on the Plans, or as directed by the Engineer. 1702-2.1 Cast -In -Place Concrete Manholes: A. Manholes shall be constructed in place in accordance with the details shown on the drawings and with forms equal to ABS plastic forms as marketed by Improved Construction Methods, Inc., P.O. Box 685, Jacksonville, Arkansas. BASE: The base shall be cast monolithically with the rest of the manhole. The invert and flow channel shall be formed during or immediately after the placing of • the concrete and brush -finished as soon as the concrete has sufficiently set. The concrete must set for 24 hours before any pipe inside of the manhole is trimmed. The base concrete shall be 3,000 psi, maximum slump 4" vibrated or tamped on undisturbed bearing. The base shall have a minimum diameter B" greater than the outside diameter of the manhole, and a minimum thickness including the area under the pipe as follows: o to 8' manhole B" 8'to 12'manhole 10" 12' and above 12" INVERT: All invert channels shall be smooth and accurately shaped to a semi -circular bottom conforming to the inside of the adjacent sewer section. Inverts shall be formed directly in the concrete of the manhole base or may be constructed by laying full section sewer pipe straight through the manhole and breaking out the top half after the base is constructed. Inverts shall extend up at least half of the diameter of the pipe. Changes in the direction of the sewer and entering branches shall have a true curve of as large a radius • as the size of the manhole will permit. Where the pipe is laid through the manhole, the invert shall be finished to 1/4" below the center of the pipe. The pipe shall be trimmed down to 1/4" below the center of the pipe. The pipe shall be trimmed down to 1/4" below TS -1702-1 COPYRIGHT O 1890 CRAFTON. TULL & ASSOCIATES. INC. 0 the surface of the invert, and the edges of the pipe along the invert and at the walls of the manhole shall be plastered and brush -finished. Plaster shall be 2 parts of masonry sand to 1 part of Portland Cement. STEPS: Manhole steps will be at 15" on center when required by Engineer. In general steps will be located 900 from the direction of flow of the manhole and will not be over or opposite a major pipe. A sample of any special step selected by the Owner or Engineer must be provided prior to forming. MANHOLE BARREL SECTION: The vertical forms, wall spacers, steps and placing cone must be carefully positioned and firmly clamped in place before any placement is made. The wall spacers must be located 900 from each other. The manhole shall be cast of 3,000 PSI concrete with a maximum slump of 4". The first placement shall consist of approximately 1/2 yard of concrete deposited evenly around the walls and vibrated until there is a minimum slope of 60° from the bottom of the forms to the bearing surface both inside and outside of the manhole. When this is complete and before additional concrete is added, the concrete must be carefully vibrated to bond it to the preceding layer. The wall spacers must be raised as the placements are made with the area from which the spacer is withdrawn being carefully vibrated. Excessive vibration is to be avoided. A maximum of 27. Calcium Chloride may be added to the concrete, at the Contractor's option, to speed the set. The forms may be removed as soon as the concrete is sufficiently set (approximately 2 hours after placement). Form marks and offsets up to 1" will be permitted on the outside surface of the manhole. Form marks and offsets up to 1/2" will be permitted inside of the manhole. All offsets on the inside surface of the manhole will be smoothed and plastered so there is no projection or irregularity capable of scratching a worker, catching and holding water, or solid materials. Honeycomb will be plastered with a mortar consisting of 3 parts of masonry sand to 1 part Portland Cement immediately upon removal of the forms. BACKFILLING: Backfilling will be performed evenly and carefully around the manhole 24 hours or more after the • placement of concrete is completed. COLD JOINTS: Should circumstances make a cold joint necessary, a formed groove or reinforcing dowels will be required in the top of the first placement for shear CG' t•RIGHT O 1990 TS -1702-2 / V protection. Immediately before the second placement • is made, the surface o the cold joint shall be thoroughly cleaned and wetted with a layer of mortar being deposited on the surface. B. Manhole Covers: Manhole covers shall be an approved cast iron paving type weighing not less than 250 pounds for both ring and cover. They shall be an inside diameter of twenty-four inches (24") and a height of not less than five inches (5") overall. Special manhole covers and other castings shall be as specified on the Plans. C. Concrete for cast -in -place manholes shall be Class "A" (AE) except as modified herein. D. Manhole sealing agent: When the Plans call for manholes to be sealed, a patented asphaltic joint composed of such as "G -K", "Jointite" or equal shall be provided subject to the approval of the Engineer. E. Manhole rings shall be set in full mortar beds with firm bearing on the walls and to the exact grade of the pavement. F. All manholes are to set flush with the ground when backfilled unless specially provided for elsewhere. G. All manholes shall be watertight. If any manhole leaks, the Contractor shall be required to make such repairs as will render it watertight. H. When the difference of grade of two intersecting sewers shall be twenty-four inches (24") or mare, a drop manhole of the design as shown in Detailed Plans and/or Standard Details shall be constructed. Manholes shall be classified as double -drop manholes when two lines drop in at a difference in grade of 24 inches from outlet grade. I. When required on the plans the Contractor shall connect to an existing manhole where no stub exists, or the new sewer is of size other than that of the existing manhole. The existing invert shall be removed and a new invert placed of sufficient size to permit the proper installation of the new pipe at the designated line and grade. After the new pipe has been installed, extending entirely through the wall of the manhole, the remaining opening shall be refilled with non -shrink "Embeco" grout or equal. 0 TS -1702-3 COPYRIGHT 3 1990 CRAFTCN. TULL & ASSOCIATES. INC. i J. When required on the Plans to place a new manhole on an existing sewer, excavation shall be carried below the existing pipe to a sufficient depth to allow the floor to be placed. Construction shall then progress the same as for a new manhole. 1702-2.2 Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections: When approved by the Engineer in writing, precast reinforced concrete manhole section may be used. They shall be manufactured and installed according to ASTM Designation C-478-70 or the latest revision thereof. Pipe seals shall be made with "Embeco" non -shrink grout, gaskets having rubber quality standards of ASTM C-443 and C-361 as manufactured by Press -Seal Gasket Corporation or an approved equal, or other approved method. All applicable sections of the cast -in -place concrete manhole specifications listed above shall apply. I 1 COPYRIGHT O 1^990 TS -1702-4 CRAFTON, TULL & ASSOCIATES, INC. 0 DIVISION 17 - SEWERS ITEM 1707 PIPE ENCASEMENT 1707-1.0 DESCRIPTION: The work covered under this section of the specifications shall include furnishing and placing concrete encasement where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. 1707-2.0 MATERIALS: Concrete shall be Class B as described under Division 3, Concrete. 1707-3.0 CONSTRUCTION METHODS: Concrete shall be placed where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The entire trench width shall be filled with concrete and for the length specified and directed in accordance with Detail S -BB. 0 I TS -1707-1 COPYRIGHT C'99O CRAFTON. TILL & ASSOCIATES. INC. DIVISION 17 - SEWERS ITEM 1708 PIPE CAPPING 1708-1.0 DESCRIPTION: The work covered under this section of the specifications shall include furnishing and placing concrete cap where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. 1708-2.0 MATERIALS: Concrete shall be Class B as described under Division 3, Concrete. 1708-3.0 CONSTRUCTION METHODS: Concrete shall be placed where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The entire trench width shall be filled with concrete and for the length specified and directed in accordance with Detail S -BA. C TS -1708-1 COPYRIGHT 0 5990 CRAflON. TULL & A.SSOCLATES. INC. CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE DIVISION 18 - WATER ITEM 1803 - WATERLINE - ONSITE 1803-1.0 DESCRIPTION: It is the intent of these plans and specifications and other contract documents to provide for the construc- tion of waterlines. The Contractor shall supply all labor, materials, transportation, apparatus, tools, and equipment necessary for the entire, proper and satis- factory completion of said improvements; including replacing pavement and all miscellaneous items to the extent herein specified and/or shown on the plans. All pipe fittings, latest editions of specifications. 1803-2.0 MATERIALS: A. Plastic Water Pipe: and incidentals shall conform to the ASTM, ASA, PPI, NSF, and/or AWWA Plastic pipe for water lines shall be unplasticized PVC semi -rigid pipe of the type (SDR) or (DR) shown in the Proposal. All materials shall bear the stamp of approval from the National Sanitation Foundation for handling a potable water. Pipe shall have an integral bell and spigot type joint. The joints shall be of the rubber ring type conforming to ASTM-D1869. The pipe shall be furnished in twenty foot (20) lengths maximum with random lengths ten (10) feet long. All pipe fittings shall be made from clean, virgin, Type I, Grade I, P.V.C. in accordance with ASTM Resin Specification D 1784 as amended and/or revised and in accordance with the ASTM D 2241, AWWA C 900, and product standard PS 22-70. The pipe shall meet the following physical and chemical requirements at 73° F., (+/-3° F.). Quick -burst Test - Randomly selected samples tested in accordance with ASTM 1599-62T method shall withstand without failure a pressure of 755 PSI (8,000 lbs. hoop TS -1803-1 COPYRIGHT © 1990 CRAFTON, TULL & ASSOCIATES, INC. • tensile stress) applied in 60 to 90 seconds. One specimen shall be run per shift per extruder. Sustained Pressure Test - Randomly selected samples tested in accordance with ASTM-58T shall withstand without failure for 1,000 hours a pressure of 500 PSI (5,000 lbs hoop tensile stress). One specimen shall be run every 500 hours per extruder. Acetone Immersion Test - One (1) inch wide rings cut from randomly selected pipe shall be placed in a sealed container of anhydrous (99.5% pure) acetone. There shall be no visible spalling, cracking or splitting after two hours exposure (swelling or softening is not a failure). One specimen shall be run per hour per extruder. Vice Test - Two inch (2") wide rings cut from randomly selected pipe shall be placed between two flat parallel plates and compressed in less than one minute until the inside faces touch (1007. flattening). There shall be no visible evidence of splitting, cracking or shattering. One specimen shall be run per shift per extruder. Drop Impact Test - Six inch (6") long randomly selected pipe sections shall be placed horizontally in a "V" block (including angle 90°) and subject to a single impact load from a freely falling missile having a 1/2 inch diameter rounded 1 inch long nose. There shall be no visible evidence of shattering or splitting (denting is not a failure) when the following energy is imposed (6 sections shall be run per shift per extruder.) SDR-21 Nominal Pipe Size: 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 3" 4" 6" 8" Foot - Pounds: 18" 20 27 37 67 86 100 100 DR -18 Nominal Pipe Size: 4" 6" 8" 10" 12" Foot - Pounds: 120 120 120 120 120 For static pressure in excess of that shown above, the standard dimension ratio and pressure class shall be shown in the proposal. The manufacturers of all plastic pipe must be a member of the plastic pipe institute or AWWA and shall have manufactured the pipe and joint for a period of not less than five (5) years. Fittings for PVC pipe shall be cast iron mechanical joint unless specified otherwise. The Contractor shall TS -1803-2 COPYRIGHT O 1990 CRAFTON. TULL & ASSOCIATES. INC. provide the Engineer with submittal drawings of all proposed • fittings for the Engineer's review and approval. Each shall meet ANSI 21.10 and A21.4 specifications. B. Cast Iron and Ductile Iron Pipe Fittings: Cast Iron pipe shall confo Specification C101 or ANSI (10) feet of cover, trench tensile strength of 21,000 45,000 PSI. Pipe shall be PSI. rm to the latest revised AWWA A21.1. Pipe shall be designed for ten condition "B" and shall have minimum PSI and a minimum modulus of rupture of suitable for a working pressure of 300 The minimum nominal metal thickness for cast iron pipe shall be, unless otherwise specified in the proposal, as follows: Size of Pipe Minimum Nominal Thickness Class 4" 0.35 22 6" 0.35 21 8" 0.35 20 10" 0.41 21 12" 0.44 21 14" 0.51 22 16" 0.54 22 18" 0.58 22 Ductile iron pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI Standard A21.50 or AWWA C150-76 and C151-76. Pipe shall be designed for ten (10) feet of cover, Type "2" laying condition. Pipe thickness and class shall be as follows: Size of Pipe Minimum Nominal Thickness Class 4" 0.26 350 6" 0.25 350 8" 0.27 350 10" 0.29 350 12" 0.31 350 14" 0.33 350 16" 0.34 350 18" 0.35 350 Pipe shall be cement -lined conforming to the latest revision of ANSI A21.4 or AWWA C104. Fittings shall conform to ANSI A21.10 and AWWA C110-77 and C-111- 80 and shall be cement -lined conforming to ANSI A21.4. All fittings shall be mechanical joint. All pipe valves and fittings shall be wrapped with 8 mil • polyethylene in accordance with AWWA C105. TS -1803-3 COPYRIGHT O1992 CRAFTON, TULL A ASSOCIATES, INC. 0 C. Bell and Spigot Jointing Materials: Rubber packing rings shall be of resilient rubber, manufactured for use as packing material in bell and spigot pipe joints, and of the sizes suitable for the pipe with which they are to be used. The rings shall be similar or equal to "Hydro-Ro" rubber rings, manufac- tured by Atlas Mineral Projects Company, Mertztown, Pennsylvania or equal. D. Bolts and Gaskets: Bolts and nuts for flanged or mechanical joint, cast iron pipe and fittings shall be made of the best quality, refined iron or mild steel with sound well fitting threads. Bolt sizes shall be those required by the Standard ASA Specifications for each size of flange. Gaskets for flanged pipe joints shall be full gaskets made of 1/16 inch red rubber or asbestos fiber. E. Valves and Valve Boxes: • Gate valves shall be iron bodies, bronze mounted, non - rising stem, double gate valves, designed for working pressures of not less than 150 PSI and conforming to AWWA Standard Specifications C-500-80 for gate valves. Valves shall have boxes and operating nuts, unless otherwise specified. Valves connecting to cast iron, PVC, or asbestos cement pipe shall be Mueller No. A-2380 or approved equal, M.J. gate valves with AWWA C1O2-53, 0106-53, or C1O8-53 or an approved equal. Valve boxes shall be cast iron of the adjustable telescope type consisting of 3 pieces and of a length to suit the amount of cover. All valve covers for two (2) inch and smaller shall be larger -flanged base type. The valve boxes shall be larger flanged base type. The valve boxes shall have an inside diameter of not less than five (5) inches and the minimum thickness of metal at any point shall not be less than 3/16 inch. The cover shall be marked with the word, "Water", or a large raised letter "W". They shall be painted inside and out with a good asphalt paint and be a Tyler 562-S or equal. TS -1803-4 COPYRIGHT C 1990 CRAFTON. TULL & ASSOCIATES. IC. F. Encasement Pipe: Encasement pipe for railroad and highway crossings shall be corrugated metal pipe with a coupling band for each joint, or welded steel of the length, size and gauge required by the Railroad or State Highway Commission and as shown on the plan and/or proposal. G. Tapping Sleeve and Valves: Tapping sleeves shall be similar or equal to Mueller H-615 mechanical joint. Tapping valves shall be similar or equal to Mueller No. H-667 with mechanical joint outlet and gaskets as described above. For pressures over 200 P5I, a 250 PSI tapping sleeve and valve, as manufactured by American Valve and Hydrant, shall be required. H. Steel Pipe and Fittings: i Steel pipe and fittings shall be galvanized with screw joints and shall conform to Federal Specifications WW -P -403a, Type I fittings shall be galvanized malleable iron and shall conform to Federal Specifications WW -P -521a. Wrought iron pipe shall conform to Federal Specifications WW -P -441a. I. Fire Hydrants: Fire hydrants shall be of standard manufacture and shall conform to the requirements of AWWA Standard Specifications for fire hydrants. They shall have a 6" barrel, 5-1/4" valve opening, 6" hub and pipe connections and shall be of sufficient length for at least three and one-half (3-1/2) foot bury. Hydrants shall have two - two and one-half (2-1/2) inch hose outlets, all with National Standard Threads. Hydrants shall open to the left, be of the compression or gate type, be provided with proper drip valve, and constructed so that they will not flood if the barrel is broken. Valves shall be removable without digging. Operating nuts shall be 1-1/2 inch National Standard Pentagon. Hydrants shall be Mueller No. A-423 with mechanical joint ends, or an approved equal. Hydrant barrels are to be painted ized paint using glass beads and Engineer. TS -1803-5 with a white reflector - approved by the coPYFiu?iT O 1£°0 CRAFTCN. TULL v. /SSSOCiATES. INC. 0 I 9 Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a six inch (6") ductile or cast iron branch controlled by an independent six inch (6") gate valve, except as otherwise specified. All fittings are to be mechanical joint and joined by ductile iron retainer glands. 3. Service Settings: All service settings are to be approved by the City of Fayetteville, unless material used shall be as follows: Class 200 PVC, SDR 21 (2", 3", and 4") Size Mnaufacturer Order Number 2" x 3/4" Mueller H-13420 2" x 1" Mueller H-13420 3" x 3/4" Mueller H-13425 3" x 1" Mueller H-13425 4" x 3/4" Mueller H-13428 4" x 1" Mueller H-13428 C-900 PVC, Cast Iron Pipe, Ductile Iron Pipe Cl 200 A.C (2-1/4" UP) Size Manufacturer Order Number 2-1/4 x 3/4" Romac 1O1N-2.75 x 3/4" CC 2-1/4 x 1" Romac 1O1N-2.75 x 1" CC 4" x 3/4" Romac 1O1N-5.40 x 3/4" CC 4" x 1" Romac 1OiN-5.40 x 1" CC 6" x 3/4" Romac 1O1N-7.50 x 3/4" CC 6" x 1" Romac 1O1N-7.50 x 1" CC 6" x 3/4" Romac 1O1N-9.62 x 3/4" CC B" x 3/4" Romac 1O1N-9.62 x 1" CC 10" x 3/4" Romac 1O1N-12.12 x 3/4" CC 10" x 1" Romac 1O1N-12.12 x 1" CC 12" x 3/4" Romac 1O1N-14.38 x 3/4" CC 12" x 1" Romac 1O1N-14.38 x 1" CC Double Taps 3/4" Type K Soft Copper 60Coils 1 3/4" Corp. Stop. 110 Comp. Mueller H-15008 1 3/4" U Branch 110 CTS x MIP 7-1/2" width H-15363 2 5/8" x 3/4" x 12" Riser Meter Yoke Mueller H-1402 w/H-14222 Tail Pieces TS -1803-6 C0?YR'3.".T G 1S90 CRA-TON. RU. S ACSOLATES. INC. 9 Double Taps 1 18" x 24" PVC Meter Box #501824 .30T, .275 Wall Thickness Shell only, notched as manufactured by Mueller/McCullough 1 18" C.I. Flat Meter Lid C-109 manufactured by Crouch Foundry Single Taps 3/4" Copper Tubing Ditto Above 1 3/4" Corp. Stop. 110 Comp. Mueller H-15008 1 5/8" x 3/4" x 12" Rise Meter Yoke Mueller H-1402 w/H-14222 Tail Pieces 1 18" x 24" PVC Meter Box #501824 .30T, .275 Wall Thickness Shell only notched as manufactured by Mueller/McCullough 1 18" C.I. Flat Meter Lid C-109 manufactured by Crouch Foundry NOTE: To connect extra copper to Service Line 3/4" 110 Compression Union H-15403 1803-3.0 CONSTRUCTION METHODS: A. Planning and Execution of Work: The construction work included under these specifica- tions, shall be so planned and executed that the various portions of the work will be carried on concurrently and the whole completed within the time allowed. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner and Engineer and when requested by the Engineer shall complete certain sections of the system and put them in operation prior to completing all the work. B. Excavation -Trench: At the beginning of each trenching operation, the Contractor shall be required to remove all existing topsoil in the trench and place it on the opposite side of the trench from the remaining excavation. This topsoil will be protected and used as the top course in the backfilling operations. The extent of trenching on any day shall be limited to the length of line the Contractor can lay, have inspected and backfill. All trenches shall be re-covered each night. Trenches for water lines shall be of the width and depth necessary for the proper installation of the pipe. All pipe lines shall be laid in trenches of such TS -1803-7 — — C:.rsis!'.,rii G 1EyU CRAF T ON. TULL & ASSOCIATES. INC. depth as to provide a minimum cover of thirty-six (36) inches over the pipe in main line and twenty-four (24) inches cover under ditches unless otherwise shown on the plans. The bottom of the trench shall be accurately graded so that the pipe will be in continuous and uniform contact and have a longitudinal bearing on undisturbed soil for the full length of the pipe, except for such distance as necessary for adequate bell holes or couplings and proper sealing of the pipe joints. If the soil at the bottom of the trench is mucky or if the subgrade is too soft to properly support the pipe, the Contractor shall stabilize the subgrade as necessary to prevent damage to the pipe. Where blasting is required, all blasting shall be performed in accordance with Section 9 of Associate General Contractors of America, "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction". The cost of all excavation including rock excavation in trench for water lines shall be included in the contract unit price for water line pipe and will not be paid for separately unless a rock clause bid item is shown in the proposal. Select material to stabilize the subgrade and the required cushion shall be included in the contract unit price bid for water line pipe and will not be paid for separately unless a bid item is listed for a select type water line bedding. Areas for disposal of waste material shall be procured by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. C. Pipelaying and Backfill: All trenches and excavation shall be backfilled immedi- ately after the pipe is laid using methods which will not disturb the pipe. Material used for backfilling shall consist of the excavation, borrow sand, gravel,or other material approved by the Engineer, and shall be free of trash, lumber or other debris. 1. Cast Iron and Ductile Iron Pipe Pipe line construction shall be in accordance with AWWA C600-77 (or later revisions) except as otherwise stipulated in these specifications. TS -1803-8 CRAFTON. TULL & ASSOCIATES. INC. The trench shall be filled with fine loose soil which shall be carefully placed around the pipe in layers not to exceed six inches (6") and well tamped. This procedure shall be continued until there is a cover over the pipe of at lest six inches (6") in depth, all of which shall be well compacted. 2. P.V.C. Pipe P.V.C. pipe line construction shall be done in accordance with applicable sections of ASTM D-2774 and these specifications. The Contractor shall prepare the trench as herein- after provided and shall fine grade the trench bottom with graded sand, limestone screenings, or an approved equal material to provide complete support of the pipe barrel. Minimum bedding thickness shall be four inches. Before any joint of pipe is placed in the trench, a careful inspection shall be made of the interior of the pipe to see that no foreign material is in • the pipe. An inspection shall be made to determine if the pipe is sound and free from cracks. The pipe shall be laid one (1) joint at a time and shall be lowered carefully into the trench, properly aligned and the joint connected in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Prior to laying the next joint of pipe, the pipe shall be homed and centered in the trench. Pipe shall be in straight and true alignment without sharp bends"br severe breaks in grade. After inspection and acceptance of the pipe in place, sidefill shall be made of sand or limestone screenings and continued to a minimum depth of four inches (4") above the top of the pipe. This material shall be placed in suitable layers and firmly compacted to give continuous and firm support to the pipe barrel. This procedure shall be continued to a depth of at least four inches over the top of the pipe. The remainder of the backfill may then be placed by any approved method which will not injure or disturb the pipe. After settlement occurs, trenches shall be refilled and smoothed as often as necessary until all trench backfill permanently conforms to the surface of the ground. Where TS -1803-9 CCP?cT O1990 CRAFTON. TULL & ASSOCIATES. INC. subsequent settlement cannot be permitted, such as • roadways, driveways, parking areas or other areas which must be resurfaced, backfill shall be placed in layers not to exceed four (4) inches in thickness and compacted to the density of the adjacent soil throughout the dept of the trench. At the Contractor's volition, gravel or sand may. be used to backfill in areas where subsequent settling cannot be permitted. Gravel or sand used for backfill above the spring line will not be measured and paid for but shall be furnished by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner unless a quantity is shown in a bid item of the proposal for gravel or Class 7 base backfill. It is the intent of these specifications that all trenches shall be backfilled, settled, and the ground restored to its original condition as soon as possible after the pipe is installed. Any unnecessary delay in restoring trenches to their original condition shall constitute just cause for stopping all other work until the trenches are so restored. It is also the intent of these specific- ations that the Contractor shall be responsible for all settlement of backfill in trenches occasioned by the work covered herein. He shall refill • trenches as often as necessary to bring them back to original grade during the period when settlement is occurring. Where settlement occurs in streets, driveways, roads or parking areas, the Contractor shall use gravel or Class 7 base and refill them frequently enough to maintain traffic without hazard at all times. Gravel or Class 7 base used to maintain traffic in these areas shall not be measured and paid for but shall be furnished b the Contractor at no cost to the Owner, unless a quantity is shown as a bid item of the proposal for gravel or Class 7 base street crossing backfill. All excavated material which is unsuitable or not needed for backfill shall be wasted or disposed of to the satisfaction of the Engineer. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to provide areas to deposit waste material and rock. Surfaces shall be cleaned up, all hummocks and piles smoothed down, and the surface left neat and workmanlike. Where existing drainage ditches are disturbed or obstructed with excavated material, such material shall be entirely removed and the ditch lift to original line and grade. TS -1803-10 l}: I ._'c4. I __ n. J� lr� �..- L. •- 0 The Contractor shall use topsail (previously separated from the subsoil) as the final layer in the trench. Topsoil shall be used to keep the trenches filled and maintained across yards, gardens, pastures, or fields. The topsoil present after backfilling and maintenance work shall be at least the thickness as existed before excavation work began. Any areas found deficient in thickness of topsoil shall be repaired by adding topsoil obtained from other sources at the expense of the Contractor. The cost of all backfill including all handling of excavated material, select backfill material, and the disposal of waste material shall be included in the lump sum contract price and will not be paid for separately as backfill, unless a quantity is shown in a bid item in the proposal or select backfill, crushed stone backfill, or the like. D. Cutting and Replacing Special Surfaces: Wherever it becomes necessary in excavating to disturb special surfaces, such as paved or gravel roadways, drives, walks or parking areas, the original surface shall be restored after completion of the backfill. In these instances, care shall be used in making the backfill by tamping in accordance with the preceding subsection to eliminate future settlement and the surface shall be restored as specified below. The Contractor shall replace all street surfaces immediately after the pipe has been laid. Where concrete curbs and gutters are disturbed, they shall be replaced to match the original curb and gutters. Concrete curb and gutters cut and replaced shall be paid for only in street cut and repair bid item only if one is listed in the proposal. Where concrete sidewalks are disturbed, they shall be replaced to match the existing walk and finished to match the existing walk on either side of the cut. Concrete sidewalks cut and replaced shall be paid for as sidewalk cut and repair. Concrete, asphalt and gravel streets, parking lots, and driveways shall be cut and replaced in accordance with the details shown in the specifications. TS -1803-11 COPYRIGHT0 tggp CRIFTON, TULL S ASSOCIATES. INC, In gravel surfaced streets and other areas where the gravel will be disturbed in excavating for trenches and after the backfill has been so placed that no further appreciable settlement will occur, gravel over the trench shall be replaced to the same compacted thickness as the original surfacing. During construction, the gravel on the remainder of the street not occupied by the trench may also be covered with dirt from the excavation. After completion of the backfill, such dirt shall be removed so far as possible and additional gravel shall be placed on the street until the surface is as weather - resistant and traffic -resistant as the original surfacing. Where the Contractor disturbs gravel, concrete or bituminous surfaces which were not required to be disturbed in the opinion of the Engineer,the surfaces shall be replaced by the Contractor to its original condition at the expense of the Contractor and at no cost to the Owner. E. Cutting and Replacing Fences and Lawn Sod: Whenever it becomes necessary in excavating to cut fences and disturb lawns, the fences and lawns shall be restored after completion of the backfill. All lawns shall be hand raked and the area left as nearly as possible to its original condition. Fences shall be restored to their original condition using the same type of materials that were used in their original construction. Shrubbery shall be taken up ahead of construction, stored, and reset in such a manner as to damage it as little as possible. Any shrubbery damaged by the construction shall be replaced by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Property Owner at no cost to the Owner. The cost of all work under this section shall be included in the lump sum contract price and the unit price for pipe and will not be paid for separately, unless a bid item is shown in the proposal for top soil replacement, fence crossing repair, or right of way clearing. F. Concrete: All concrete shall be composed of the materials described in the materials section of these TS -1803-12 COPYRIGHT O 1990 CRAFTON. TULL S AS`'OCUTES. INC. specifications. They shall be proportioned by weight • in such a manner as to obtain a plastic workable mix. All concrete shall be Class "S" or Class "B" concrete a designated on the plans or specified herein. At least two (2) test cylinders shall be made and tested from each separate pour unless exceptions are permitted by the Engineer. Class "S" concrete shall contain not more than five and one half (5.5) gallons of water to the sack of cement, including the water in the aggregates, and not less than six (6.0) sacks of cement per cubic yard of concrete and have a twenty-eight (28) day compressive strength of at least four thousand (4000) pounds per square inch. Class "B" concrete shall contain not more than six (6.0) gallons of water to the sack of cement, including the water in the aggregate, and not less than five (5) sacks of cement per cubic yard of concrete and have a twenty-eight (28) day compressive strength of at least twenty-one hundred (2100) pounds per square inch. Concrete shall be mixed in an approved mixer for not less than one and one-half (1-1/2) minutes after all materials are in the drum and shall be deposited within the mixture design time tolerance after mixing. Hand • mixed concrete will not be allowed. In placing concrete, care shall be taken that the freshly mixed mass is to be placed and vibrated so that there is no tendency for the coarse aggregate to segregate from the mortar, that no rock pockets are left, that the concrete flows readily around the steel and into the extremities of the forms, and the whole freshly placed mass becomes a plastic, jelly -like mass, but without free water in appreciable quantity on its surface., No concrete shall be poured without vibration with mechanical or magnetic internal vibrators. All concrete shall be poured through tremies unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer. The free fall of concrete shall be held to a minimum. Forms for concrete shall be rigidly placed so that they cannot bulge or warp and leave an unworkmanlike finished surface. They may be constructed of any material with sufficient strength that will give the finished work a satisfactory surface; however, metal forms will not be permitted for concrete which will be exposed for any of the completed work, except upon the specific approval of the Engineer. L_1 TS-1BO3-13 COPYFIGHT 0 1990 CRAFTCM. TILL & ASSOCIATES. INC. Forms must be sufficiently tight so that mortar cannot escape from the concrete in appreciable quantities. Forms shall be cleaned and thoroughly moistened or treated with form oil before concrete is placed. All reinforcing shall be rigidly fastened in the forms prior to the pouring of any concrete in such a manner that the steel will be held accurately to the location shown on the plans. Steel shall be cleaned of rust, scale, oil or other surface material before being placed in the forms. Before depositing concrete on or against concrete which has taken its initial set, the hard concrete shall be broken off down to coarse aggregate and wire brushed to remove foreign matter and laitance. A layer of grout of the same cement, sand ratio as the concrete, without coarse aggregate, shall be placed to a thickness of one (1) to two (2) inches on the brushed surface after which new concrete shall be placed immediately. All concrete shall be properly protected from too rapid curing or from freezing while green. If the weather is hot or dry, all freshly placed concrete shall be covered • with a matting or other suitable material and kept moist for at least ten (10) days after pouring, or a curing compound may be used with the approval of the Engineer. All concrete surfaces, EXCEPT floor slabs; exterior surfaces below finished grade and the interior surfaces which will not be exposed shall be finished in the following manner. Forms shall be removed from such surfaces as soon as structurally possible and all depressions or imperfections immediately filled with mortar. The surface shall then be machined or hand rubbed until the entire surface has a smooth homogeneous, pleasant appearing finish of uniform texture and color. Any delay in patching or rubbing such surfaces shall be cause for rejection of the entire structure. No mortar or wet cement shall be used in finishing except mortar necessary to fill imperfections. Edging tools shall be used on all exposed top edges. All exposed edges and corners shall be chamfered one (1) inch where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall check with the Engineer prior to making any pour to determine where chamfers are required. C TS -1803-14 CCYR'CHT O 1930 CRAFTCN. Tv ! & ASSOCIATES. WC. C Construction joints shall be provided as shown on the plans. The Contractor may elect to use more or less, depending upon his method of placing concrete. However, for all construction joints in walls and slabs below finished grade and in water bearing structures, water stops shall be used. G. Placing Reinforcing Steel: Reinforcing steel shall be accurately positioned to the dimensions shown on the plans and as described in those specifications. Reinforcing steel shall be cleaned of all mud, ice, oil, loose rust and scale or any other material which would destroy the bond. Reinforcing steel shall be positioned and secured against displace- ment by tying with annealed tie wires and placing on metal supports, spacers, or hangers as approved by Engineer. H. Handling and Laying Plastic Pipe: All plastic pipe shall be handled and stored in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and • the applicable provisions of these specifications. I. Handling and Laying Ductile Iron and/or Cast Iron Pipe Fittings: In the transportation, unloading and handling of cast and ductile iron pipe, the pipe shall not be dropped, let roll and collide with another pipe, or be subjected to any unnecessary jar, impact, or other treatment that might crack or otherwise damage the pipe. Before laying the pipe in the trench, the bottom of the trench shall be carefully graded and prepared and bell holes excavated so the pipe shall have a uniform support along its entire length except at bell holes. The inside of the bell and the outside of the spigot shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dirt, mud, grease and other foreign material before starting the joint. In laying flanged, screwed, roll-on or mechanical joint pipe, careful attention shall be given in alignment so that all joints can be pulled home and made tight and workmanlike. Anchorage blocks of Class "B" concrete against undisturbed earth shall be placed on each side of all TS -18O3-15 COPYRIGHT a 1990 CRAFTON. TOLL & ASSOCIATES. INC. bends and on the unbalanced side of tees as shown in the stand details. The inside of iron pipe shall be cleaned of all foreign materials before the pipe is placed in service. Ends of the pipe shall be temporarily plugged at the close of each days work. Cast iron and ductile iron pipe used in structures and where noted on the plans to be included in the lump sum contract price shall be included in the lump sum contract price and will not be paid for separately. The prices for pipe shall include materials, excavation, backfill, maintenance of backfill, and all other work incident thereto. J. Pipe Encasement for Railroad and Highway Crossings: All water lines across highways and railroads shall be encased. Encasement shall be installed without disturbing the surface by boring or jacking or as required by the Highway Department or Railroad. • Welded steel pipe or coated corrugated metal pipe encasement for railroad and highway crossings shall be placed in accordance with standards of railroad or State Highway Commission. The encasement pipe shall be of sufficient size to install or remove the carrier pipe. 0 Highway and railroad crossings required shall be installed by the highway or railroad surfac crossings shall be measured in casing to end of casing on the highway or railroad. of the various sizes boring, without disturbing es. Highway or railroad linear feet from end of opposite side of the Any concrete, asphalt or gravel surfacing disturbed and requiring repair on roadbed or shoulders within the limits of the casing will not be paid for separately but shall be included in the lump sum price for boring and encasement. The lump sum contract price shall include the quantities of highway and railroad crossings given in the Proposal's List of Variable Quantities and the contract unit price will be used to adjust the contract price for variation of actual quantities from those estimated. TS -1803-16 r Y%:6TO1990 C/ C'H. TOLL & AS$OCI..TES. INC. 0 K. Installation of Valves: All gate valves shall be set with operating stems in true vertical position unless otherwise shown on the plans. All valves outside of structures shall be provided with operating nuts and valve boxes which shall be adjusted so that the covers conform to adjacent finished grade. Valve boxes for two (2) inch and smaller valves shall be set on concrete blocks in order that no weight exerted on the box will be transmitted to the valve. The lump sum contract price shall include the quantities of gate valves given in the List of Variable Quantities and the Contract unit prices will be used to adjust the contract price for variation of actual quantities from those estimated. L. Installation of Fire Hydrants; Fire hydrants shall be properly located with respect to property lines and streets, and shall be set at proper elevation, truly plumbed,and properly oriented. i Hydrants shall be backed by concrete to prevent the hydrant from blowing off the lead. Hydrants shall be set with at least three (3) cubic feet of crushed stone or gravel at the base to serve as drainage. Where it becomes necessary for the Contractor to lower the pipe to cross ditches,highways, railroads, roadway and/or utility lines, the Contractor shall provide fire hydrant extensions as necessary to set the hydrant as shown on the plans. Such extensions will be paid for by the pound under cast iron fittings. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade with nozzles at least (12) twelve inches above the ground as shown or as directed by the Engineer. After the installation of the fire hydrants has been approved, the Contractor shall paint each fire hydrant with two (2) coats of an approved fire hydrant paint. The paint and color shall be as approved by the Engineer. The lump sum contract price shall include the number of fire hydrants given in the List of Variable Quantities and the Contract unit price will be used to adjust the contract price for variation of actual quantities from those estimated. TS -1803-17 Ctgg0 CR,FTON, TILL & ASSOCIATES, INC. Hydrant pipe leads will be measured and paid for as a part of the fire hydrant assembly for all leads less than 10 feet long. M. Future Location Devices: Unless specified otherwise in the "Bid Schedule Prices To Include and Special Specifications", Contractor shall install 12 gauge insulated wire under all non-metallic pipe, including service lines, installed under this contract. At all valve boxes, tees, etc. wire insulation shall be peeled back and taped to the box, tee, etc. an extension of the wire shall be brought up inside each valve box to allow a metal locator to attach to it. The wire's insulation cover shall be either white, red, orange or some other distinguishable color. The Contractor shall pay for all water used for testing and sterilizing water lines if required by operating authority, N. Installation of Tapping Sleeves and Valves: Tapping sleeves and valves shall be installed at the • locations and in accordance with the details shown on the plans. Tapping sleeves and valves shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommen- dations. Equipment used to install tapping sleeves and valves shall be in good condition and must be approved by the Engineer. Telescoping cast iron valve boxes, adjusted to the proper grade, shall be provided and installed with all tapping valves. The cost of all labor, equipment and materials shall be included in the cost of tapping sleeves and valves. O. Installation of Services Lines: If listed in the bid items of the proposal, service lines shall be furnished and installed where indicated on the plans or in the location designated by the Engineer and shall be in accordance with the details shown on the plans and in these specifications. The services from the main to the property line shall be installed as nearly as possible at 900 angles to the main as shown on the plans. TS -1803-18 COPYRIGHT O 1990 CP.AFTON. TULL & ASSOCIATES. INC. Service pipe complete in place of each size listed in the proposal will be measured in linear feet along the centerline of the pipe. The lump sum contract price shall include the quantities of service types and sizes given in the List of Variable Quantities and the contract unit prices shall be used to adjust to contract price for variation of actual quantities from those estimated. Where required, service connections shall be installed under highways, railroads or other areas by boring. Service connection boring shall be measured by the linear foot from end of encasement to and of encasement on opposite sides of the highway or railroad. Encasement pipe for service connection borings shall be as required by the railroad or highway department. The lump sum contract price shall include the quantities of service connection boring as given in the List of Variable Quantities and the contract unit price will be used to adjust the contract price for variation of actual quantities from those estimated. 0 P. Cleaning Up: After the construction work is completed, all refuse and debris resulting from the work shall be cleaned up and disposed of to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Structures shall be washed or swept out and left clean and neat. Except as noted all excess excavation, waste concrete, piping, lumber, or other refuse shall be removed from the site of the work and the site levelled, graded and dressed up until it has a neat, smooth and workmanlike appearance. Any fences or other existing permanent structures disturbed during the work shall be restored after completion of the work to their original condition. The cost of all work and materials under this subsection shall be included in the lump sum contract price and will not be paid for separately, unless a bid item is shown in the proposal for waterline clean-up. 1803-4.0 TESTING AND STERILIZING: A. Testing: After the water lines have been laid as specified, the system shall be given a hydrostatic pressure test, and TS -1803-19 COPYRIGHT Q1990 C ge,fl01:. , ULL G ASSCciATES. INC. a leakage test in accordance with AWWA C600. These tests shall be performed by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer. For the Hydrostatic test, the section to be tested shall be slowly filled with water and all air expelled. Pressure shall be applied by means of a pressure pump and maintained for at least two (2) hours or until the whole section can be examined. The test shall be at such a pressure that no part of the line shall have a pressure less than one hundred (100) pounds per square inch,or less than fifty percent (50%) above normal operating pressure, whichever is greater. All leaks and defects found during the test shall be satisfactorily repaired and corrected by the Contractor. After the hydrostatic test has been made, the Contractor shall make a leakage test under the same pressure conditions. Each leakage test shall be of two (2) hours duration or longer, if necessary to satisfy the Engineer that leakage in the line meets Specifications. The construction of the line shall be such that leakage shall be no greater than the following: I SEE NEXT PAGE 0 TS -1803-20 COPYRIGHT O 1990 CRAFTCN, TALL & ASSOCIATES. INC. O p; ap �1 $ r� x Uf O N v 0 N fl OO ic1 O cc rA r` N �C iC �C v1 Hf d as Nni�ONa$�it0$ s n f` �0 'C vi vi ai ui d d f PI w 3 J O N t0 M Q� d N 01 N d -+ . a0 •+ ca d' 40 iC Yi rri u•i O d d d M M M a r= - 3 a M .. t0 �p N %f N •+ N O > O N d O d NO� M O N co in ui Sri ' d Q d V ri M M M N ¢ Ui Q z * O •• pp N) r0 CO 01 tp N IA rya t w N N 01 N 1fl M• 4 N It) N .. W W .4 W x o a pp �p M .. 0� 0 N U1 M N O !0 c IL N rrl IMi 1 PI N N N N N N N -+ ¢ H C = p Q o I ---.y O � 8 w v M N P4 CO1 z x H F. "' W N M M N N N N N N .+ '+ •4 + w 00 = n °C W - o cc•N O M d d d M •4 0) r0 .+ N N ~ u w c w• a I N N N N N N N + + •04 ' 4 a a w • vn z w o W~ Uf O �l1 c0 O� O C3 O Or N d O c — Q C5 W %0 i11 d N O 0•� N �f1 t Rf N N NNNN I W Y Q .a "'� p w zH Q cc W— - o W Y ]C w O M O N N d O �p Or Or O i W F c w W N Ot CO N �0 �!1 R) N •+ O w QIJ(pp 3. NN - .4.4.4.4 - V4 .- . - c w U Q d V oo oo = _ I) w P4 O 0t H 4 .4 G a Ln w w p pp 8�p QQ1� aa�� O O �1 d m N vi I O O! ON1• CO N w F Q „ NR�g8oR�LU arx UW .. .4 V• .+ O O O 0 0 0 0 H e v, w pp ♦ oo w N N 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 c a - Z F- 38 0S�t:• tg•• •z WA o00000000000 O O O O O O O O O 0 a s N Q a _ t4 :'4 a O W O O O O O O O C O O.O O W„ W d F H n' N O ao �0 of d M .a Or N Uf r 1,, o M MI N N N C4 H N t� •+ ^4 HO = 000000000000o <1 J N cal N,N N N V4 F+ o c F.c N C in which L is the allowable leakage, in gallons per hour; N is the number of joints in the length of pipeline tested; D is the nominal diameter of the pipe, in inches; and P is the average test pressure during the leakage test, in pounds per square inch gauge. If the leakage in the test section does not meet Specifications the Contractor shall locate and repair the leaks and retest the line. B. Disinfection; All mains, service lines, hydrants, valves and storage • facilities shall be thoroughly flushed and disinfected in accordance with AWWA C601 after having been tested satisfactorily as outlined above. All water distribution lines shall be sterilized with chlorine before being placed in services. Either liquid chlorine or hypochlorite shall be used in such amount as to provide a dosage of not less than 50 ppm. The sterilizing agent shall be introduced in any manner that will insure a uniform distribution. Following a contact period of not less than 24 hours, the chlorinated water shall be flushed from the lines and samples taken and analyzed for bacterial purity. This process shall be continued until the samples indicate that the water is safe for domestic consumption. All valves in water lines being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during the test period. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to sample each line or outlets as required by the Engineers and to deliver said samples to the State Board of Health Laboratories for testing. Delivery shall be made within twelve (12) hours after sampling. The results of testing shall be submitted to the Engineers directly from the laboratory. The sterilizing agent shall not be placed in the pipes during construction. The sterilizing agent shall be introduced after completion of the pressure test. TS -1803-.22 COPYRIGHT C 1>3 O E5.INC. CRAFTON• TOLL & ASSOC DIVISION 19 BASES AND PAVEMENTS ITEM 1901 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER 1901-1.1 DESCRIPTION: This item shall consist of the construction of concrete curb and gutter in accordance with these specifications and in conformity with the locations, lines and grades shown on the plans or as directed. 1901-2.1 MATERIALS: The cement, aggregates and water shall meet the requirements of Division 3. 1901-3.1 CONSTRUCTION METHODS: All curb and gutters shall be six (6) inch by twenty- four (24) inch Portland Cement Concrete with six inch • (6") vertical or roller type curb. All curb and gutters shall be 3.000 PSI Class B (A.E.) Portland Cement Concrete at twenty-eight (28) days. Contraction joints shall be sawn one and one half (1-1/2) inches in depth, shall be spaced at fifteen (15) foot maximums and use (3/4) inch felt expansion material against any existing concrete or when a construction joint is formed. The expansion joints shall extend through the curb and gutter for the full depth. Contraction joints and expansion joints shall align with the joints in any adjacent sidewalk. All sawn joints shall be completed within twenty-four (24) hours of placing the concrete. Curb and gutters shall be placed on a firm unyielding subgrade to the lines and grades as established by the Engineer. Forms shall be of metal or wood, free from warp and of sufficient strength to resist springing during the process of depositing concrete. The forms shall be securely staked, braced, set and held firmly to the required line and grade. All forms shall be cleaned and oiled before concrete is placed against them. Completed curb and gutters shall be cured with a white • pigmented membrane or wet burlap for seventy-two (72) hours. All exposed concrete surfaces shall be covered and cured. Upon completion of all work Contractor shall pick up all by his operations. He shall TS -1901-1 on the project, the debris and refuse caused blade the area behind the cclrc![1+T 'c : 129 tKf•iTLa; TELL & ASSOt1ATES; 1KO 0 curbs and sweep the street surface as necessary to leave the project in a neat and presentable condition. All areas outside the street right-of-way disturbed by his operations shal) also be bladed smooth. The cost of this clean up shell be included with the price paid fog• curb and gutter. COFYS:C7 © 7gpg CfAf7o6r LULL S AS!CCIATES, Ilw TS -1901-2 C DIVISION 19 BASES AND PAVEMENTS CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE ITEM 1904-A CLASS 7 STONE BASE COURSE 1904-1.1 DESCRIPTION: This item shall consist of a foundation for surface courses or pavement. It shall be constructed on the prepared subgrade in accordance with these specifications, and in substantial conformity with the line grades, compacted thickness and typical cross section shown on the plans. 1904-2.1 MATERIALS: This material shall consist of crusher run stone or a mixture of crushed stone and natural fines uniformly mixed and so proportioned as to meet all the requirements hereinafter specified, with the further provision that a mixture of crushed stone and natural fines shall contain not less than 907. crusher produced material. The stone shall be hard and durable with a percent of wear by the Los Angeles Test (AASHTO T 96) not greater than 45. For the purpose of this specification, shale and slate are not considered to be stone. The material furnished shall not contain more than 5'/. by weight of shale, slate and other deleterious matter. Base course material shall be crushed stone conforming to the following gradation requirements: Retained on 1-1/2" sieve - 0 Retained on 3/4" sieve - 10-507. Retained on #4 sieve - 50-75% Passing #40 sieve - 10-307. Passing #200 sieve - 3-107. The fraction passing the No. 200 sieve shall not be greater than two-thirds the fraction passing the No. 40 sieve. The fraction passing the No. 40 sieve shall have a liquid limit not greater than 25 and a plasticity index not greater than 6. When it is necessary to blend two or more materials, each material shall be proportioned separately through mechanical feeders to insure uniform production. Premixing or blending in the pit to avoid separate feeding will not be permitted. TS -1904-A-1 COPYRIGHT 0 1990 CRAFTON. TILL & ASSOCIATES. RJG. 9 The blending of materials on the roadway in order to obtain a mixture that will comply with the above requirements will not be permitted. 1904-3.1 CONSTRUCTION METHODS: The base course shall only be placed on a subgrade that has been prepared in accordance with preceding specifications. Base course material shall not be placed on a frozen subgrade. The base course shall be compacted by any satisfactory method that will obtain the density herein specified. The crushed stone shall be maintained at optimum moisture during the mixing, spreading and compacting operations, water being added or the material aerated as may be necessary. The specified grade and section shall be maintained by blading throughout the compaction operation. The Class 7 base shall be moistened to optimum water content (verified by laboratory test results) and rolled and compacted to ninety-five (957..> percent modified proctor density as determined by AASHTO T -18O and must have a plasticity index of 6 or less. Density testing shall be done upon completion of the second four (4) inch lift or upon installation of thefirst six inch (6") lift, depending on which type subbase the subgrade P.I. demands. The compacted base course shall be tested for depth and any deficiencies corrected by scarifying, placing additional material, mixing, reshaping and recompacting to the specified density, all as directed by the Engineer. 1904-3.2 BASE DEPTH: The completed base shall have a thickness as follows: A. Plasticity Index: 10.0 to 20.0 The completed base shall have a thickness of eight inches (6"). The base material shall be placed in two (2) four inch (4") lifts. The first lift shall be placed prior to the construction of the curb and gutter and shall extend under and six inches (6") behind the curb and gutter. B. Plasticity Index: Less 10.0 The completed base shall have a thickness of six inches (6"). The base shall be placed in one six inch lift. TS -19O4 -A-2 COPYRIGHT 0 1990 CRAFTON. TOLL & ASSOCIATES. C. DIVISION 19 BASES AND PAVEMENTS ITEM 1911 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE HOT MIX SURFACE COURSE ON BASE 1911-1.1 DESCRIPTION: This item shall consist of an asphaltic concrete wearing surface composed of a compacted mixture of mineral aggregate and asphalt cement, constructed on the completed and accepted base course in accordance with these specifications and inclose conformity with the lines, grades, compacted thickness and typical cross sections shown on the plans. 1911-2.1 COMPOSITION: The wearing surface shall be composed of a mixture of mineral aggregate and asphalt cement in the following proportions by weight: Total • Total Total Total Total Total Total Bitum Mineral Aggregate: retained retained retained retained retained retained retained en on on on on on on on TYPE 2 TYPE 3 3/4" sieve OX ------- 1/2" sieve 3%-15% 0% No. 4 sieve 25%-45X 20X-407. No. 10 sieve 457.-60'/. 457-60'/. No. 40 sieve 68%-80'X 657.-80X No. 80 sieve 80'X -92'X 807-92'/. No. 200 sieve 90'X -96X 90X-96'/. 4.5y.-7.5% 4.5%-7.5/. At least one-half of the fraction passing the No. 200 sieve shall comply with the requirements for mineral filler and in no case shall the mineral aggregate contain less than 5/. mineral filler. The general composition limits set forth above are master ranges of tolerance to govern mixtures made from any raw materials meeting specification requirements, and are maximum and minimum for all cases. The Engineer will specify or approve a job mixture for each project coming within the above limits, which in his judgement will be suitable, and the maximum permissible variations from the job mixture shall be as follows: Total retained on No. 4 sieve + 5y. Total retained on No. 10 sieve + 5% Total retained on No. 40 sieve + 4% Total retained on No. 200 sieve + 2% . Bitumen + 0.4% Temperature of mixture on delivery + 20°F. TS -1911-1 COFT'.ISHT © 1%I Cu.no:i, Tat i AnoCuTFC, M. 0 The Engineer will take as many samples as he considers necessary for checking the uniformity of the mixture. When unsatisfactory results or changed conditions make it necessary, the Engineer may establish a new job mix formula. Aggregate samples will be tested for gradation in accordance with AASHTO T 11, T 27 and T 30, as applicable. Extraction tests on bituminous mixtures shall be in accordance with AASHTO T 164. Density of compacted mixture shall be determined in accordance with AASHTO T166. 1911-2.2 MATERIALS: The materials shall conform to the following requirements. A. Mineral Aggregates; The mineral aggregate for Surface Courses shall consist of a natural or artificial mixture of gravel or crushed stone and stone screenings, sand, and other finely divided mineral matter, so proportioned as to meet all applicable requirements of this specification; and the fraction retained on the No. 10 sieve shall contain at least 15 % of crushed particles. The course aggregate is that fraction retained on the No. 10 sieve and shall consist of gravel or crushed stone. Fine aggregate is that fraction passing the No. 10 sieve, and shall consist of clean, hard, durable particles of natural sand or stone sand, or combinations of the two. Crushed stone shall consist of hard, tough, durable fragments of rock of uniform quality, free from an excess of soft particles. The stone shall have a percent of wear by the Los Angeles Test (AASHTO T 96) not greater than 40 and when subjected to 5 cycles of the Sodium Sulfate Soundness Test (AASHTO T 104) the loss shall not exceed 12%. Gravel shall consist of hard durable aggregate free • from an excess of soft particles. The gravel shall have a percent of wear by the Los Angeles Test (AASHTO T 96) not greater than 40. TS -1911-2 Co1THIGHT © 1N CATION, TULL & most Tn; wC Crushed gravel is that which 100%. of the particles have been produced from larger particles by crushing operations. Mineral aggregate shall be uniformly well graded from coarse to fine, and free from lumps of foreign material. They shall also be free from adherent films of clay that will prevent thorough coating with bituminous material. The fraction passing the No. 40 sieve shall have a plasticity index not greater than 4. Mineral filler shall comply with the requirements of AASHTO M 17. B. Asphalt Cement: Asphalt cement furnished shall be in accordance with AASHTO M 226. Specific physical requirements to be met are those set forth in Table II of AASHTO M 226. The grade to be used will be specified by the Engineer. If required, the asphalt cement shall contain a heat stable antistripping additive. The additive shall be one approved by the Engineer and shall be added in the proportion of approximately 0.5 percent by weight of the asphalt cement. The additive shall be thoroughly and uniformly mixed with the asphalt cement, either at the refinery or in the storage tanks at the hot mix plant. The additive will not be paid for directly but will be considered subsidiary to the item of Asphalt Concrete Hot Mix Surface Course. C. Prue Coat: A prime coat shall be applied to the base course and allowed to cure before the surface course is applied. The materials used for the prime coat shall be MC -30 bituminous material or equivalent as approved by the Engineer. A medium curing cut back asphalt will be used for the prime coat. After the surface to be primed has been prepared, the bituminous material for the prime coat shall be sprayed uniformly over the surface by the means of an approved mechanical pressure distributor at the rate of application of 0.3 gallons per square yard. Surplus bituminous material forming in the surface depressions shall be removed by hand sweeping. Following the application of the prime coat, the road shall be closed to traffic for a period of time sufficient to allow the proper curing of the bituminous material. Prime coat shall not be applied TS -1911-3 co?TR1CNT © Svi t8A1TON. TULL & ASSOCIATEL, p& 0 1911-3.1 1911-3.2 A. when the air temperature is below 5O°F., nor shall it be applied to a surface having excess moisture, no when general weather conditions in the opinion of the Engineer, are not suitable. If the primed surface becomes damaged prior to the application of the wearing course, the damaged area shall be cleaned, patched and retraced as directed by the Engineer. EQUIPMENT AND CONSTRUCTION METHODS: Equipment and Construction Methods shall conform to the Asphalt Equipment and Construction Methods Specification. ACCEPTANCE OF NON -SPECIFICATION MATERIALS: The following provides for corrective actions to be taken and/or provisions for accepting a street when test results indicate non -specification materials or workmanship have been incorporated into the project. Any penalties which are assessed shall be paid to the Owner by the Contractor before a street will be accepted by the Owner. Density of AC! -PS Surface: No individual density shall be lower than 90.0% of maximum theoretical density. Any section with a density below that value shall be removed and replaced. The average of all densities for the project shall be not less than 92.0% of maximum theoretical density. If this average is less than 92%, the following penalties shall be assessed: 91.5% to 91.9% - 3% of the cost of the in place material. 91.0% to 91.4% - 5% of the cost of the in place material. 90.5% to 90.9'/. - 15% of the cost of the in place material. 90.0% to 90.4% - 30% of the cost of the in place material. Below 90.0% - Remove and Replace. Depth of ACHM Surface: The depth of the Asphalt Hot Mix Surface Course shall be within ± 1/4 inch of the required depth plus any TS -1911-4 CO►TRICHT © 1W CGAITON, TULL & ASSOCIATES, DIC, 0 0 additional depth(s) required depth plus any additional depths) required due to deficient depths in the base binder courses. The average of all depth measurements shall not be less than the required depth, and any depth in excess of + 1/4 inch will not be used in computing the average depth. If the average depth is less, it will be corrected by overlaying with additional ACHM Surface, or as directed by the Engineer. C. Surface Tolerance of ACHM Surface: If the surface deviation is greater than + or - 1/4 inch when checked with a 10 foot straight edge, the surface smoothness shall be corrected by overlaying or replacing the entire surface course at the Contractors expense. 1911-4.0 TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS: Test and Short Title Density ASTM D 2041 Material and Short Title AASHTO T AASHTO T AASHTO T AASHTO T AASHTO T AASHTO T AASHTO M 11 Gradation 27 Gradation 30 Gradation 96 Los Angeles Test 104 Sodium Sulfate Soundness 164 Extraction 226 Viscosity TS -1911-5 Cc►TRICIR © nU DIVISION 19 BASES AND PAVEMENTS ITEM 1913 ASPHALT - EQUIPMENT AND CONSTRUCTION METHODS 1913-1.1 DESCRIPTION: This specification shall cover equipment and construction methods for use in asphalt construction. 1913-2.1 EQUIPMENT: A. Mixing Plants: Only plants approved by the Engineer shall be acceptable for the manufacture of the various asphalt pavement mixes. B. Rollers: Compaction of bituminous base, binder and surface courses shall be obtained by self-propelled rollers. No roller will be permitted on the work which is not in • good mechanical condition, free from backlash, loose link motion, faulty steering mechanism or worn king bolts, and which cannot be reversed smoothly. Steel wheel rollers shall be equipped with adjustable spring scrapers on each roll which will scrape in both directions. Rollers shall have a system for moistening the full width of each roll. Each roller shall be operated by a competent and experienced roller operator. The roller shall be kept in continuous operation as nearly as practicable. Trench rollers shall be equipped with a leveling mechanism to maintain the axis of the compacting roll in a horizontal plane while compacting surfaces below the edge of the old pavement. The compacting rolls shall have not less than 15 inches width of tread. The weight applied by any compacting roll shall be not less than 200 pounds per inch width of tread. C. Mechanical Spreading and Finishing Equipment: Mechanical spreading and finishing equipment shall consist of a self -powered paver, capable of spreading and finishing the mixture true to line, grade and cross section without the use of side forms or side supports. The paver shall be capable of laying the mixture to a width of at least 12 feet and shall be adjustable to TS -1913-1 C:F itl¢:iT © Its CP..FT09, TL'LL i ASSOCIATEL INC4 lay the mixture in strips of more than B feet in 6 inch increments. The paver shall be equipped with mechanical devices such as equalizing runners, straightedge runners, more even arms or other compensating devices to adjust the grade and confine the edges of the mixture to true lines without the use of stationary side forms. The paver shall be equipped with hoppers and. distributing screws of the reversing type adequate to place the mixture evenly ahead of the screed. The term "screed" shall include any strike -off device operated by cutting, crowding or other practical action which effectively places and spreads the mixture without tearing, shaving or gouging. The finished surface shall be smooth and of even texture. Screeds shall be adjustable to crown and grade and shall have an indicating level attached thereto. The paver shall be equipped with blending or joint leveling devices for smoothing and adjusting all longitudinal joints between adjacent strips. Suitable and adequate heating equipment shall be provided to pre -heat the screed as required. The paver shall be equipped with an automatic screed control system for the control of grade and slope. The sensor or grade control may be operated from a reference string line, from a ski -type grade reference system, from a sensor shoe siding over an adjacent mat, or any other appropriate method approved by the Engineer which will produce the desired results. Final approval of spreading and finishing equipment will be based upon satisfactory performance during actual construction. If equipment previously approved becomes unsatisfactory, it shall be replaced before proceeding with the work. D. Pressure Distributors; Each pressure distributor used for applying asphaltic material shall be equipped with the following listed appliances or devices: 1. Tachometer devices registering speed in feet per minute and indicating gallons per minute passing through the nozzles. 2. Pressure gauge. TS -1913-2 cc'YUGM © its cPdnoN, tl'LL L ASS0cuTEl, uxc 3. Thermometer well and accurate thermometer to indicate the temperature of the bituminous material in the distributor. 4. Adjustable length spray bars mounted a proper distance above the ground to insure a fifty percent lap of the sprays from adjacent nozzles. 5. Power unit and pump distributing system capable of operating under and maintaining a pressure of not less than thirty pounds nor more than seventy pounds per square inch. 6. Calibrated metal measuring stick. 7. Easily removable dome cover B. Wind guards on ends of spray bar. Each distributor will be calibrated by the Engineer before being used on the work. Distributors previously calibrated and certified in writing thereto, will be accepted. Distributors will be kept free from sludge or other residue and at such time as there is evidence • of inaccuracy, they will be subject to re -calibration. The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing the required calibration and shall, at his own expense provide all necessary equipment, materials, and assistance for such calibration. 1913-3.1 CONSTRUCTION METHODS: A. General: The methods employed in performing the work and equipment, tools, and plant machinery used in executing the work shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer before the work is started. When they are found unsatisfactory they shall be changed and improved as required. Equipment, tools, and plant machinery must be maintained in a satisfactory working condition. The plant and equipment used shall comply with the requirements as specified above. B. Preparation of Asphalt Cement: The asphalt cement shall be heated at the paving plant to a temperature not exceeding 325°F. S TS -1913-3 CDTTMGMT © IW CF.NID:I IIAS & 1SSDWTU, DIQ Co Preparation of Mineral Aggregate: The coarse and fine aggregates shall be fed into the drier through the cold aggregate bins in such a manner that a uniform and constant flow of materials in the required proportions will be maintained. The aggregate shall be dried and heated to the temperature necessary to produce a mixture having the desired temperature within the range specified. In no case shall the temperature of the heated aggregate exceed 425°F. upon discharge from the drier. Immediately after heating, the aggregate shall be screened into three or more approximately equal fractions and conveyed into separate bins ready for batching and mixing with asphalt cement. The burners on the drier shall be adjusted so that fuel is completely burned. Screens shall never be loaded to such an extent that they will not separate the aggregate efficiently. D. Preparation of Mixture: Each size of hot aggregate, mineral filler and the asphalt cement shall be measured separately and accurately in the proportions in which they ar to be mixed. In batch mixing the hot aggregate and mineral filler shall be mixed in the pugmill for at least 10 seconds before application of the asphalt cement. The dry mixing requirement may be waived for binder or hot mix stabilized base course when clean uncoated aggregate is used. The asphalt cement shall be introduced in such manner as to spread evenly over the mixture. The time required to add the asphalt cement shall not exceed 15 seconds. The time required for adding asphalt and completing the wet mixing shall not be less than 30 seconds. In continuous mixing, the mixing period shall not be less than 30 seconds, as determined by the following formula: Mixing time in seconds = Pugmill dead capacity in lbs Pugmill output in lbs per sec. The mixing time may be increased above the minimum specified if necessary to produce a homogenous mixture with a uniform distribution of the asphalt cement throughout the aggregate and complete coating of the aggregate particles. The temperature of the mixture when discharged from the mixer of a batch or continuous type plant shall not be more than 325°F. The temperature of the mixture when J TS -1913-4 CCP h;HT c mi CP11101. TOIL & IS:OCLLTE$ fl discharged from a dryer -drum mixer shall not be more than 3OO°F. E. Preparation of Subgrade: Unless the course is to be placed on an existing base or pavement, the subgrade shall be prepared in conformity with the provisions of the subgrade preparation specification, and shall conform to the typical cross section as shown on the plans, and primed if specified. Additional material obtained from preparing the subgrade shall be bladed to the shoulders and evenly spread, with excess material being distributed evenly on the slopes. F. Preparation of Existing Base or Surface: Newly constructed base courses shall be prepared as set forth in the specification item covering such base courses. Prior to placing bituminous base or surface courses all required corrections of the existing pavement or old base such as filling pot holes, sags and depressions or alterations of the existing pavement crown shall be made. Such corrections shall be accomplished by placing bituminous binder or surface course mixtures at the location and in a manner as directed by the Engineer. Bituminous material used for wedging or leveling courses, or for filling holes, may be placed by hand, blade grader, or mechanical spreader methods. The mixture shall be featheredged to a smooth and even surface around the edges of these areas. Prior to placing bituminous material, the base or existing surface shall be covered with a prime coat or tack coat. Unstable areas in existing pavement or bases shall be corrected by the removal of the pavement or base to the necessary depths and the repairs made as directed by the Engineer. No direct payment will be made for the removal of unstable material except as provided in the plans but payment will be made for bituminous mixture used in repairs at the bid prices per square yard for the number of layers to fill the excavation. Joint or crack filler on existing pavement surface shall be removed as specified by the Engineer. No direct payment will be made for cleaning the surface of existing pavement unless provided for in the plans. TS -1913-5 C:FRTIGHT © 1151 CIMnoH, TULL i TS30CUATt; INC. Prior to arrival of the mixture on the work, the prepared surface, primed or tack coated as specified, shall be cleaned of all loose and foreign materials. The mixture shall not be placed on a surface which shows evidence of moisture. Contact surfaces of curbings, gutters, manholes and other structures shall be pained with a thin coating of rapid curing cut -back asphalt or emulsified asphalt. No direct compensation will be made for this work. When an asphaltic course previously laid becomes coated with dirt or foreign material, or when the time lapse between courses is of such length as to prevent proper adhesion or bond of a later course, the earlier course shall be cleaned and given a tack coat prior to placing the succeeding course. G. Transporting: The mixture shall be transported from the paving plant to work in tight vehicles previously cleaned of foreign materials. Each load shall be covered with canvas or other suitable material of sufficient size to retard • loss of heat and to protect it from the weather conditions. The cover shall extend at least 12 inches over the sides and ends of the truck bed and shall be securely fastened. When the mixture is being hauled more than fifteen miles or when the pavement is being placed between November first and April first, the beds of the vehicles shall be suitably insulated to retard loss of heat. The insulating material shall be at least 3/4 inch thick and shall cover ends, sides, and bottom of the truck bed. No loads shall be sent out so late in the day as to interfere with spreading and compacting the mixture during daylight hours unless artificial light, satisfactory to the Engineer, is provided. The mixture produced in a batch or continuous type plant shall be delivered at a minimum temperature of 265°F. for Surface Courses, 250°F. for Binder Courses,and 225°F. for Base Courses. When Sand Asphalt Hot Mix is specified, the mixture shall not be less than 200°F. The mixture from a dryer -drum plant shall be delivered at a temperature of not less than 200°F. The mix shall be placed only upon a base which shows no evidence of free moisture, and only when weather conditions are suitable. The Engineer may, however, permit work of this character to continue when overtaken by sudden rains to utilize materials which may be transit from plant at the time, provided the TS -1913-6 Co`P17,i3ti'T © I* CpyrI :ie LULL 1 AROCUTEt, O LO mixture is within the temperature limits specified and provided the finished pavement otherwise meets specification requirements. H. Spreading and Finishing: The mixture shall be laid upon an approved surface, spread and struck off to the grade and elevation established. Bituminous pavers shall be -used to distribute the mixture either over the entire width or over such partial width as may be practicable. The longitudinal joint in one layer shall offset that in the layer immediately below by approximately 6 inches i however, the joint in the top layer shall be at the center line of the pavement if the roadway comprises two lanes of width, or at lane lines if the roadway is more than 2 lanes in width. Hand spreading will be permitted only on small turnouts or other small areas inaccessible to the spreader. On normal two-lane roads the mixture shall be spread and finished in one-half widths. Unless two machines are employed, the spreader shall alternate between the two half widths with such frequency that the second half width shall be laid the next day after the first half width is laid. The finishing machine shall be kept in good mechanical condition and adjustment. All worn or defective parts shall be replaced immediately when indicated by improper finish of the surface. Bituminous pavers shall be self-contained, power -propelled units, provided with an activated screed or strike -off assembly, heated if necessary, and capable of spreading and finishing courses of bituminous plant mix material in lane widths applicable to the specified typical section and thicknesses shown on the plans. Pavers used for shoulders and similar construction shall be capable of spreading and finishing courses of bituminous plant mix material in widths shown on the plans. The paver shall be equipped with a receiving hopper having sufficient capacity for a uniform spreading operation. The hopper shall be equipped with a distribution system to place the mixture uniformly in front of the screed. The screed or strike -off assembly shall effectively produce a J• finished surface of the required evenness and TS -1913-7 CWIo,J, TULL & ASSUCLATL; INC. texture without tearing, shoving or gouging the mixture. When laying mixtures, the paver shall be capable of being operated at forward speeds consistent with satisfactory laying of the mixture. The edge of the binder course shall be established by a string or chalk like for a distance of not less than five hundred feet ahead of the spreading operation. When more than one course is called for on the plans, the succeeding course shall follow not later than 72 hours unless the preceding course is given a tack coat. If proper bond is not obtained between the two courses, a tack coat shall be used even though the lapsed time has been less than 72 hours. I. Rolling and Density Requirements: The mixture, after being spread, shall be thoroughly compacted by rolling as soon as it will bear the weight of the rollers without undue displacement. The number, weight, type of rollers and sequences of rolling operations shall be such that the required density and surface are consistently attained while the mixture is in a workable condition. Final approval of rollers and rolling sequences will be based upon satisfactory performance and the ability to compact the asphaltic mixtures to the specified density and surface requirements. Rollers which produce excessive crushing of aggregate particles will not be permitted. When using vibratory rollers, the Contractor shall exercise due caution to prevent any deterioration of the material caused by excessive rolling or vibration. Rolling shall start longitudinally at the sides and proceed toward the center of the roadway, overlapping on successive trips by at least one-half of the width of the roller. When paving in echelon or abutting a previously placed lane, the longitudinal joint shall be rolled first followed by the regular rolling procedure. Alternate trips of the roller shall be terminated at least three feet distance from any preceding stop. Rolling on super -elevated curves shall progress from the low side. The speed of the rollers shall be displacement of the hot mixture. occurring as a result of reversing slow enough to avoid Any displacement the direction of the TS -1913-8 COPYRIGHT© 1Sq CRIROM, TULL 1 TSSOCUT[2, INC, roller, or from any other cause, shall be corrected at once by the use of rakes and the addition of fresh mixture as required. Rolling shall proceed continuously until all roller marks are eliminated and the required density attained. To prevent adhesion of bituminous mixture, the rollers shall be kept moist for the full width of the rollers, but an excess of water will not be permitted. The finished bituminous courses shall be compacted to the following densities: Asphaltic Concrete Hot Not less than 92'/. of Mix Surface Course theoretical density. Asphaltic Concrete Hot Not less than 90% of Mix Binder Course theoretical density. Dense Graded Hot Mix Not less than 90y. of Binder Course theoretical density. Hot Mix Asphalt Not less than 95% of Stabilized Base Course the density obtained in the laboratory. isOn the day following placement of asphaltic materials samples for the determination of density shall be taken by sawing or coring from the finished pavement by the Contractor, at his expense, at locations and in the manner directed by the Engineer. Samples taken shall be furnished by the Engineer for testing. The cuts made in taking such samples shall be repaired by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner. 3. Joints: Placing of the bituminous paving shall be as continuous as possible. Rollers shall not pass over the unprotected end of a freshly laid mixture unless authorized by the Engineer. Transverse joints shall be formed by cutting back on the previous run to expose the full depth of the course. When directed by the Engineer, a brush coat of bituminous material shall be used on contact surfaces of transverse joints just before additional mixture is placed against the previously rolled material. K. Surface Tests: The finished surface when checked with a ten foot straight edge placed parallel to the centerline, shall show no variation more than 1/2 inch for base and TS -1913-9 co.TaiSxT © rm crdrro:l, TULL L Assocunt, lit intermediate courses and not more than 1/4 inch for surface courses. The Contractor and Engineer will test the finished surface with a rolling straight edge immediately following the final rolling as conditions permit. All testing will be made in a longitudinal direction and at least one pass shall be made for the full length of each lane. Immediately prior to testing, the rolling straight edge shall be calibrated. Surface deviations for base and intermediate courses may be corrected by skin patching, feather edging or other methods which would provide the required smoothness and maintain quality material. Surface deviations for surface courses shall be corrected in such a manner as to maintain a quality pavement having the same uniform texture and appearance as the adjoining surface. Skin patching and feather edging will not be permitted, except at beginning and end of job. All corrective work shall be at the expense of the Contractor. L. Widening Operations: When asphaltic hot mix material is to be placed in a trench for widening an existing pavement, and the trench is inaccessible to normal rolling operations, compaction both of the subgrade and of the bituminous material shall be accomplished by means of a trench roller or by other approved methods. M. Temperature Limitations: Hot mix bituminous material shall not be mixed or placed when the air temperature in the shade is below 400F., or when there is frost in the base or subgrade, or at any other time when weather conditions are unsuitable for the type of material being placed. When approved by the Engineer, bituminous material may be placed when the lifts are in excess of 2-1/2 inches compacted thickness and the air temperature in the shade is 35°F., or higher. TS -1913-10 TUMCNI © TSii T3;TTOY, BULL L ASS0QLTEU,lNt. DIVISION 19 BASES AND PAVEMENTS ITEM 1915 GRANULAR BACKFILL. 1915-1.2 DESCRIPTION: The material and work covered under this section of the Specifications shall include furnishing and placing granular backfill in accordance with these Specifications where called for on the Plans or directed by the Engineer. 1915-2.1 MATERIAL: Granular material shall be Class 7 as set out under the Stone Base Course Specification. 1915-3.1 PLACING: The material shall be placed in layers not greater than six inch (6") thickness and compacted to the satisfaction of the Engineer. w TS -1915-1 • {LfICt; 'flu. S :.CCTLS. Ilto l